Blog 17 on 23 of October, 2020

Blog 17 on 23 August 2020. This is a continuation of previous blog where three subjects are studied in turn: Genesis, Deuteronomy and the miracles of Jesus. We are back to Genesis in this cycle where I am trying to treat this book not just as theology in the Bible but as a basic step to the theology of the Bible but I am also trying to treat it as a book of science which has been written out by none other than the Creator Himself. There are no problems within this science book but there are problems with the one who is trying to understand it. Any science book must define its terms so that we know what we are looking at, whether it is dead or alive or is organic or inorganic or it is matter or energy or how small or large leaders and heavy it is etc and Scripture certainly does do this and it does it with very first sentence. “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth”. In secular science measuring units are the international standard ( SI) and today are the MKS system. We are allowed to use metres, kilograms and seconds and in the Bible these are taken in the reverse order. Initially God created time first then He set the earth within these optic fibres of time and once inside measurements were taken in many directions and not just the standard three dimensions. Scripture begins with, “In the beginning,” which I have used up the now but now I realise that it should be, “In the beginning God”. The starting point should be God as it was The God who created time and the reason why we can exist or anything else that is within this universe does exist today. There is only one universe in existence today but this will not always necessarily be the case. It only exists on the condition that the daily sacrifice is operative and that daily sacrifice is the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ and that daily sacrifice clearly defines the unit of time as a 24-hour timeslot which in itself has two times highlighted; 9 AM and 3 PM. It is a reenactment of what Jesus did on Good Friday and as we have seen and was highlighted by Jonah that in biblical terms this was 6 PM to 6 AM of what we call Thursday and then 6 AM to 6 PM of what we call Friday with six hours highlighted. It is a day that we have tried to study some time now and for the saints it is a day that they will continue to study for the eternities to come. Why it seems to me to be constructive is the tunnel or helix which has a right-handed thread in which I represent as an optic fibre that pervades the universe and probably finishes up where it started to begin its journey of many trillions of years again. The existence of this fibre has been challenged and therefore the existence of everything that exists within it and it must now be replaced but only those who accept this fibre will be allowed into its replacement and there will be no more challenges ever after. As this fibre is the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ it cannot be destroyed but neither can it pass into a new universe with any stains or rebellion within it. It must be fully cleaned out and that is what Peters conflagration does as fires race in all directions and destroying everything within it. The anything that is not as destroyed are those who are observing in fascination as to what is going on and we are in Eden2 which is not destroyed but then again does not pass into the new universe. It is the archives or the Museum of what Jesus did for us in the old universe. This cleaned out optic fibre from this universe passes through the doorway which has been opened into the new universe which will now be created within this optic fibre. So the basic unit of creation was time and that was in the beginning and we still have much to understand about the creation of heavens or distance or metres or miles and the earth and for those God’s people were given certain standards. The basic question we have to ask was was there just a beginning or was there a  prebeginning stages well. Surely the question had to be asked whether there would be a beginning and the pros and cons against such a beginning. In the pre-beginning stage The Holy Trinity had always existed and this could not be defined in time as time did not exist until the beginning when that decision was made to proceed with the beginning. The idea of the beginning was to create similar beings to God, in His likeness and to give them the breath of God. Immediate problem that this posed was that if they were given a free will they may choose to use the free will in order to disobey God or to sin. I have used this text so many times now that I don’t even have to go back to check it and that is the book of Numbers 6:9 which tells us that, “If a man drops dead suddenly alongside the Nazirite” but it does not say that, “when a man drops

Page 2

suddenly alongside the Nazirite.” This is a very important decision within the pre-creation. And a distinguishing mark within the forces of nature. These forces are based on the possibility of sin occurring but not the inevitability. When this sunk in I realised there was a case for eternal fires of hell but I also realise that this doctrine is wrong. We still have a way to go before we understand our three dimensions let alone before we had other dimensions to them let alone the nature of the Holy Trinity but we do know that whatever dimension it is there are three separate entities but in times past they were one. No distance in whatever dimension between them. But note that it was the possibility of sin, it didn’t matter whether that sin was intentional or unintentional that now put a break and doesn’t matter how small a break was, just possibility of the break between them and the forces required to cause this break were infinite. If this break is ever to be destroyed and not just a sin but the possibility of sin and that person would have to spend an infinite period of time in hell and it would never happen. But therein is the difference between before in the beginning and after the beginning and it relates to God. Things after the beginning that would result would mean that everything would be different in that original restoration within the Holy Trinity would never occur. The Holy Trinity would remain as an entity but there would be a distance between the three beings within it. So now as we study the forces involved in nature we must realise that they come from before the beginning and that the decision to go ahead with creation and the possibility of sin. So a plot of forces of gravity against distance within the Holy Trinity would come from infinity that they would decrease as the distance between them began to increase. There would be a time where they would be conceivable if ever measurable to humanity. Can you imagine that one drop of what I call zero point energy has enough energy within it the boil away all the oceans of the earth! When the French were letting off their atomic bombs in the Pacific Islands they may have lifted the water in a lagoon by some 5 m and even boiled away a few tons of water it does not hold a candle on the energy that was stored in one drop of zero point energy. And there is even a greater energy than that which we cannot begin to measure! If those secular scientists at the CERN accelerator who claim to be looking for the God particle which actually should be the sin particle they have no hope of ever finding it even if there accelerator went up to the moon and back again or around the sun or even around the universe! The energy required is stored as the potential for sin and cannot be measured. One of these days I hope to make up by definitive model of what is going on but right now I still have to drag the moon away from the centre of the earth, through the earth and through the surface and finally finish up in is correct orbit. Doing this with the electron and the proton and ultimately the neutron is a more difficult task but ultimately as a chemist it is that electron that is the focus of chemistry. So at this stage the model looks like an eternity past and perfection when the possibility of sin appears because God has decided to go ahead with creation and from this possibility that our energy has to be applied to cause a separation within the Holy Trinity so great that it is called zero point energy and once separated begin to move them apart further are the strong nuclear forces which in turn decrease when the moon reaches the surface of the earth they drop off drastically as it is dragged through the surface of the earth when they become weak nuclear forces as the moon is now lifted up into its orbit and once there normal forces of gravity apply as different coloured lights of different energies are shone on the moon, hydrogen atom as it moves through the seven allocated zones for it, orbitals and then finally breaks away from the influence of the atom/earth or ionises. But even within this plasma form there are still forces of gravity and these forces of gravity have applied since 6 AM on the first day of creation when the divine light combined with the optic fibres of time to create the field of gravity which then became the matrix of the universe. There are still many treasures that are to be uncovered like what was the difference between the first 12 hours of darkness when the matrix of the universe was time and what

Page 3

happened at 6 AM when that matrix changed to gravity? I still think that our most sought after treasure is the changes between day three on day four of creation when divine light was replaced by sunlight that we know today. The period before creation began has been looked at and I am shocked at the enormity of evil and just the possibility of what sin was going to introduce and the lower stage that the Holy Trinity would now have to move to add to spend the rest of eternity for us! It does beggar belief that Jesus knew these details down to a minutest level and that He went through it anyway just for me, just for anyone who wants to join Him!

All the pros and the cons have been considered and God is going ahead with His creation. The driving force which has dominated as being the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. The optic fibre of time shoots out of the throne room of God and after traversing through what will be called the universe returns back to the throne room of God begin a second journey. This fibre only occupies a tiny amount of the universe but it does define its dimensions and there is far more dark matter outside of it than what there inside of it. There is only one universe and if you want to get any more than that you will either have to partake of hallucinogenic drugs or enter into the world of the insane where nothing can blow up and produce anything that you want! Within this time tunnel there appears to be three dimensions of space whether you look at space or matter or time they are split into smaller and smaller components until finally you get a component that is so small that it cannot be further split. But even this tiny component say of distance must have somewhere to exist, it must exist within a continuum. This continuum itself must have somewhere to exist and we will call for the time being the fourth dimension. It itself may or may not be made up of tiny particles but ultimately there will have to be a continuum that is not made of any particle. In mathematics today we have three dimensions and we call them the X, Y and Z dimension but in the Bible X and the Y are of interest. The vertical direction or the Y axis stands for the attribute of Jesus that is called life. Life only exists because Jesus hung on that vertical cross the other attribute of Jesus Christ is that He is light and at this stage light axes was 9AM to noon the light that we know then it turned to darkness from noon to 3 PM and these two dimensions of Jesus, His light and His life constitutes existence and can be represented by a piece of paper no doubt out of the Bible. When these pieces of paper are stacked on each other up to and pass the moon they give us our third dimension and that is the love of Jesus Christ these three dimensions themselves are set in ¼ dimension and this fourth dimension is a continuum and if this is the omnipresence of God in the presence of Jesus than it is indeed a real continuum and of which only a small part has been exposed and which we can see and use. This would then be a spiritual dimension and where not only the Holy Spirit resides and so do the forces of evil. I have tried to follow the interaction between the third and the fourth dimension and the miracles of Jesus by following Satan’s destiny and some progress has been made. But we cannot really get any real progress until we establish our footing on day four of creation when Satan and the angels were made. What did they look like when they were first created? What did that lot rebelled look like when they were thrown down to earth and why did Satan disguise himself as any animal that alone snake ? If one third of them were thrown down to earth what they look like and where did they live and why don’t they get old and die because they have sinned just like we have? Why did both lots of demons from the Gadarenes and the Gerasenes wants to enter those pigs which they knew would drown and how did that help their cause for survival? The lot in the man from the Gadarenes were where this man wanted them to be but the problem was they were counting and they knew that thir day for destruction and torture was right on them now and this was their final bid for survival in some form. They knew that even though Jesus had prepared His apostles for His death on the cross of Good Friday and as we have seen this preparation was as early as Jonah and the three days in the belly of the great fish and the three days as well. These doubly

Page 4

evil demons in that they were from the top of the hierarchy and they were inside a person who wanted them to be there had been counting the days and they knew that their day of torture was now imminent. They were still convinced that Jesus would not go to the cross of Good Friday but that he would return to heaven from the garden of Gethsemane the night before. Then there was the lot from the Gerasenes who were not welcomed by the person in which they lived who was glad to get rid of them and after they had roamed around for a while they returned with seven more evil angels than themselves. This lot were desperate not to be returned to the abyss because they have probably just spent 4000 years there and you if they went back again they would be released with the raising of the unrighteous dead and that would mean another 3000 years in the abyss. They would do anything to avoid this even if that meant getting rid of the physical body and having it drowned inside the pigs. I am fishing around the demons of the Bible hoping to give me some thing that I can run with. The problem is not the Holy Spirit and the Holy Spirit is not the continuum of the omnipresence of Jesus because if it was it would not have to wait for 50 days to come back to earth at Pentecost. It would have already been here because it was omnipresent but it is not and is only sent by God the Father to help us in the journey which is which will end up within the throne room of God and therefore eternity at the highest possible level. Our understanding of Lucifer and all those angels under him began with the fourth day of creation where we have to answer why wasn’t Lucifer created on this world where Adam and Eve were to be created or going back the other way why won’t Adam and Eve created in the tent of meeting above where Lucifer and the angels had been created? Lucifer was created along with the angels in the tent of meeting and Adam and Eve were created on this earth and placed into the garden of Eden and so far in my understanding of Genesis this was the same place. A piece of this earth that was covered in vegetation from day three of creation was torn out and placed near the throne room of God and the bare patch that was left behind was later to be replanted and called the garden of Eden. So it is not so much the garden that is the issue it is the distance in that the angels were created close to God whereas planet Earth was moved a significant distance back from the throne room of God. So why the distance? Both sinned and both with unintentional and intentional sin. Up there there was a place where those who sinned intentionally could be punished and removed from and they were either killed outright or thrown into the abyss or thrown down to earth. Most of the evil angels were in this last category and one third of them which I take to be 100 million were thrown down to earth and were going to play a significant part in the history of the human race and the eradication of sin. This last option would not have been possible if these angels rebelled on earth and this alone tells us to beware of evil angels. It is a privilege of sorts though to have so many of them allocated to me and to destroy this blog and to think that I am worth their time and effort. But how I wish that they would just bugger off! But then again why should they if they have a success rate of hundred percent?

Returning to the topic of day four of creation where Sonlight became ordinary sunlight. It seems to me that the science of quantum mechanics is burying its head in the sand and refusing to come across. My good friend Ken Duff was an expert in quantum mechanics and he got his PhD in this field. It came from Ford who were having trouble with their light sensitive glass and wanted it to respond to light quicker than it was doing and then return back to its original condition also quicker than it was doing. Ken was given the task of predicting what quantum mechanics would tell Ford what would happen if nitrogen was added to the matrix for which he got an answer. That in no way makes me an expert in quantum mechanics and in fact it is the exact opposite but the quantum that they treat are tiny packets of energy and they seem to ignore that they could also be tiny packets of matter and on which gravity would operate. I don’t know how they explain how waves can be diffracted as to me it seems like an open and close case of gravitational attraction. Quantum

Page 5

mechanics will be right about day three of creation but even there the light would not be bent or diffracted as it passed through an orifice. It is the addition of the particle like nature waves that changes their properties. Wave nature would allow a certain part of their properties to travel at an infinite speed by the particle nature with its inertia would bring that speed back to a certain level however high or low it was. It does have both a wave and particle nature and what has to be determined is what nature it displays and under which conditions. Particle nature that was added as on day four gave rise to the possibility of order and disorder and that these particles can move in different ways. The disorder or entropy is the property of the system or the quality factor but the amount of disorder is determined by temperature and so on day four of creation temperature became a relevant factor. The reverse of that argument does not apply in that the introduction or matter also brought into effect temperature and if we are going back to the system with no temperature then there must be no matter either. In fact this situation is covered by the third law of  thermodynamics. It states that, ‘the entropy of pure crystalline substance is zero and 0° absolute”. Yes there is going to be matter in the new universe and it will be at a temperature that does not exist. Does this mean then there is no starlight or sunlight both of which contain particles? They behave as a pure crystalline substance is one possible explanation. It was Satan who is going to bring disorder into this universe and there was a correction factor added to take this into account so that this universe did not have to be destroyed. There will be no disorder and no temperature in the new universe and in the throne room of God but what about if this world were to continue on as the heaven of eternity? I have already put my two bobs worth into the discussion by saying that particle nature that was added on day four was added to the existing divine light and therefore the plants there were created and lived on day three could continue to live on day four as they did not require the particle nature of light. Maybe the difference between the plants that were created on day three and those they were created on day six. Ones created on day six require the dual nature of light and thus behave very differently to the ones that do not. It is also of interest that it was the lights in the expanse of the sky that were created on day four were to be used to separate the day from the night and to mark seasons and days and years and to give light on the earth. The main two players were the greater light the sun and the lesser light the moon for night. This also was a 24-hour day as were each of the other six in that it started with an evening and finish with a morning or actually 6 PM on that day would have been an evening. Do I have anything to add to light as to when it behaves as waves and when it behaves as particles, I don’t but it has given me food for thought. The ultimate tie in will occur when we see Good Friday on Mount Calvary is three hours of light three hours of darkness whilst Jesus is hanging on the cross.(+4083)

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 24/10/20 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

24102020. There is now an attempt being made to look at the book of Genesis as a science book as after all Jesus was how creator as well as our Redeemer and to understand this book as a science and history book would have to increase our level of confidence within it*details about salvation and life to come. The major problem that we strike the when we begin with the first seven days of creation as Genesis does there is little science here as miracles dominate each of the days of creation in mind that there was only going to be one creation event and one universe then creation of the earth would only take place once, water or the fence posts of the courtyard were only to be lifted into the sky one time, the continents only need to be floated once. The creation of the stars and planets and you needed to be done once. The creation of birds and fish only need to be one done once. Creation of animals and humanity only needed to be done once and the day of worship, the Sabbath day only needed to be created once. Once created though they could begin their cycles

Page 7

of modus operandi. What needed to be created was the three units of measurement of time, distance and mass and those we looked at. Next we needed was the forces of nature and in fact we are trying to get all forces come under the banner of gravity. In a physical sense gravity appeared at 6 AM on the morning of the first day after 12 hours of darkness. This gravity I take as the combination of time light in which when went on to become the matrix of the universe. In a spiritual sense light which was divine light combined with time was the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ a new being adult parts which had existed since the eternities. I call this being The Christ and the role of the The Christ was now to supervise the rest of creation in such a way that it would be able to cope with and recover from the calamities of sin which would soon strike. The Christ/gravity had already been given a creation which had occurred during the 12 hours of darkness but there were still six more days of creation to be added. Cope with the sin/disorder which was going to be introduced on day four with the creation of Lucifer and all the angels Christ added a particle nature to the divine light and these particles could cope with disorder that sin would introduce. Coping with disorder introduced temperature as a variable with the introduction of temperature and also had to be an ability for changes in energy levels of the simple and the complex. In today’s language that meant that the electron around the hydrogen atom in its most stable state, the ground state then move further away from its position and it appears that this can happen in seven stages; from the first shell to the second shell to the third shell to the fourth shell to the fifth shell to the six shall and finally the seventh shell although it last time I taught I taught chemistry they were up to the Pfund series but 7 sounds like a nice scriptural number. At this stage if I was forced for a result I would say that this indicates a particle nature for the existence of shells as a wave nature could have any number of increments in between. Anyway I want to look at light streaming out through a window into the darkness and it bends as it passes out of the window and I just want to look at the bending will will that is occurring at the sill or the bottom of the window. This sill is made out of matter and is capable of producing the forces of gravity on any other matter including on these beam of light if it has any matter nature about it. It does have and it has had this matter nature, or particle nature about it since the fourth day of creation. This matter nature also therefore is capable of and producers a force of gravity. The forces of gravity between the window sill and all those packets of light passing by interact but it is according to the inverse square law. The closer the particle the greater the interaction and it is only those particles that are very close to the sill will that have enough interaction in order to bend the bottom part of that beam of light by a gravitational attraction. We have to keep in mind that the field of gravity is everywhere including around this window and is the matrix of the universe. So it is not unexpected that the forces of gravity between the sill and the light particles would interact. The more basic question however is how did the forces of gravity develop within this light or within this windowsill. It does not seem to help all that much to know there is only one force and that is gravity.

 

Before leaving gravity until next time some thoughts for food. At the end of the first day of creation the earth was surrounded by waters of the deep but we are not told how deep these waters were. Were they 100 miles deep or 1000 miles deep just that they were deep. Even at 100 miles deep that was still a lot of water that was pressing down on top of the continents and pushing them under the magma. It was a lot of water that needed to be lifted up form the expanse between the waters on earth and that of the sky. We already had The Most Holy Place and the tent of meeting and we needed a fence to build around them or a courtyard to complete the

Page 8

sanctuary. Fence around the sanctuary had to be made up first-class materials, the same ones used in the building of the tent of meeting. Water from those oceans filled the requirement. The height to which this water was taken probably meant that there were only large puddles of water up there. It is how these large puddles of water were highlighted could be of interest. The secular lot would ignore them or even call them black holes which had such intensive properties of mass that was suck in any and all matter including light and remained black except of course for Hawking’s radiation were a photon would escape from its clutches and do a runner. Fortunately though secular astronomers at their mighty telescopes focused on this event and recorded it. They could not tell you if the world would last for 10 minute without s being wiped out by a meteorite but they could the history of this brave lonely photon. This again all comes from the world of insanity where nothing can blow up and give you anything you want. It would be fairly sure grounds to stand on by taking exact opposite and instead of taking these puddles of water as black holes call them white holes so instead of a tiny infinite mass causing things gravitate towards it and then sucking them up and destroying them if we take a tiny very light mass and having massive stars circulating around it and emitting spectacular radiation and particles. It should give us a clearly defined sanctuary above us.

The lifting of the water above the earth that was holding the continents down in the lava took 24 hours and was the introduction centrifugal forces on this earth. This is the case then what was it that caused the continents to float and a flotation that did not begin until 6 PM on the third day? Was it centrifugal forces or was it gravity working through density that caused the flotation of the continents on day three? Again on day three the forces involved were of a miraculous nature and again would not be repeated today. If you hold a tennis ball out of the water and release it why does it pop up above the water? Just a note on the fence posts that were put into place on day two of creation . I use the opposite of black holes, I use white holes where instead of a tiny infinite mass sucks everything in towards it including light and chews it up a white hole has almost no mass in the middle but massive stars circulating around it and compare that to a tiny earth with the sun circulating around it.. This gives rise to instant mirth and jeering and you are rated as being so insane you cannot even enter into their room of insanity. It is one that we discussed with my golfing friend on many occasions and the best that he can do was to say, ‘how could this be a matter for discussion of today?’ What moved around what was settled a long time ago in what is known as the Michaelson Morley experiment. He could easily have been settled with Sputnik’s were put into place and photographed the earth release of the sun and relative to a few other stars and therefore settled the matter. This was not brought up in the debate creationists were having and the anything that was brought up was the Michaelson Morley experiment.; What was the idea of the Michaelson Morley experiment? The idea of the Michaelson Morley  e experiment was to prove beyond doubt that it was the earth that was moving around the sun and not the sun around the earth. The earth was not stationary but was travelling through space at about thousand kilometres per hour. Was this will experiment sensitive enough to pick up these sort of movements of the earth? The equipment was built and designed to easily pick up that sort of movement within the earth. What did the experiment show? The experiments showed that the earth was stationary. What interpretations were there put forward to explain this result? Were there any modifications made to the equipment which changed this result? How long is a piece of string? Many modifications were made and even more explanations

Page 9

made but the result was the same as it is this experiment which is responsible for so many of the wonders that mankind has managed to come up with and is used in FT interferometers. Not that these were so good at first and were used in weapons guidance system and if the weapon was supposed to bomb Libya then if you live in any place starting with L like London or Lisbon or Liberia or Latvia will you were in definite danger of being bombed. You are relatively safe that if the name of the place you live in only contained and L but did not start with it! But I do intend returning to the topic of which one rotates around what!

The elephant in the room remains distance and spin. How can a proton attract another proton and then repel it. How can an electron attract another electron and then repel it? One electron can cope with another electron in the same orbital providing they have opposite spin. And does this now open up the field of magnetism? These questions might be too early to open up at this stage. Today we had a lightning storm Passover house seems to have damaged my computer. Yesterday I did have ideas on these topics but was too tired to write them down you guessed it they are not here today. So I returned the next topic in the book of Deuteronomy chapter 31 and chapter 32. Chapter 31 Joshua to succeed Moses verse one; ‘then Moses went out and spoke these words to all Israel: “I am now hundred and 20 years old and I am no longer able to lead you. The Lord has said to me, “you shall not cross the Jordan” the Lord your God himself will crossover ahead of you. He will destroy these nations before you, and you will take possession of their land. Joshua also will crossover ahead of you, as the Lord said. And the Lord will do to them what he did to Sihon and Og the Amorites, whom he destroyed along with their land. The Lord will deliver them to you, and you must nurture them all that I have commanded you. Be strong and courageous. Do not be afraid or terrified because of them, for the Lord your God is with you; he will never leave you nor forsake you.” Then Moses commanded Joshua and said to him in the presence of all Israel, “be strong and courageous, for you must go with all enter the land that the Lord swore to their forefathers to give them, and you must divide it among them as their inheritance. The Lord himself goes before you and will be with you; he will never leave you nor forsake you do not be afraid; do not be discouraged.” [The reading of the law verse nine] ‘so Moses wrote down this law and gave it to the priests, the sons of Levi, who carried the Ark of the covenant of the Lord, and all the elders of Israel. Then Moses commanded them: “at the end of every seven years, in the year for cancelling debts, During the Feast of Tabernacles, when all Israel I’m still year before the Lord your God at the place people choose, you shall read this law before them in their hearing. Assemble the people – men, women and children, and the aliens living in your towns – so that they can listen and learn to fear the Lord your God and follow carefully all the words of this law. Their children, who do not know this law, must aerate and learn to fear the Lord your God as long as you live in the land you are crossing the Jordan to possess.” [Israel’s rebellion predicted verse 14] ‘

(+6453 +600)

XXXXXXXXXXXXX 25/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

25102020. Deuteronomy 31: 14; ‘the Lord said to Moses, “Now the day of your death is the period. Call Joshua and present yourselves at the Tent of Meeting where I will commission him.” So Moses and Joshua came and presented themselves at the Tent of Meeting. Then the Lord appeared at the Tent in a pillar of cloud, and the cloud stood over the entrance to the Tent. And the Lord said to Moses: “You are going to rest with your father’s, and these people will soon prostitute themselves to

Page 10

foreign gods of the land they are entering. They will forsake me and break the covenant I made with them. On that day I will become angry with them and forsake them; I will hide my face from them, and they will be destroyed. Many disasters and difficulties will come upon them, and on that day they will ask, “have not these disasters come upon us because our God is not with us?” And I will certainly hide my face on the day because of all their wickedness in turning to other gods. Now write down for yourselves this song and teach it to the Israelites and have them sing it, so that it may be a witness for me against them. When I have brought them into the land flowing with milk and honey, the land I promised on oath to their forefathers, and when they each there feel and thrive, they will turn to other gods and worship them, rejecting me and breaking my covenant. And when many disasters and difficulties come upon them, this song will testify against them, because it will not be forgotten by their descendants. I know what they are disposed to do, even before I bring them into the land I promised them on oath.” So Moses wrote down this song that day and taught it to the Israelites. The Lord gave this command to Joshua Son of Nun: “Be strong and courageous, for you will bring the Israelites into the land I promised them on earth, and I myself will be with you.” After Moses finished writing in a book the words of this law from beginning to end, he gave this command to the Levite’s who carried the Ark of the covenant of the Lord; “Take this Book of the Law and place it beside the Ark of the covenant of the Lord your God. There it will remain as a witness against you. For I know how rebellious and stiffnecked you are. If you have been rebellious against the Lord while I am still alive and with you, how much more will you rebel after I die! Assemble before me all the elders of your tribes and all your officials, so that I can speak these words in their hearing and call heaven and earth to testify against them. For I know that after my death you are sure to become utterly corrupt and turn from the way I have commanded you. In the days to come, disaster will fall upon you because you will do evil in the side of the Lord and provoke him to anger by what your hands have made.” [The song of Moses verse 30]’  ‘ And Moses recited the words of this song from beginning to end in the hearing of the whole assembly of Israel: [chapter 32 verse one] ‘Listen, O heavens, and I will speak; hear, O earth, the words of my mouth. Let my teaching fall like rain and my words descend like dew, like showers new grass, like abundant rain on tender plants. I will proclaim the name of the Lord. O praise the greatness of our God! He the Rock, his works are perfect, and all his ways are just. A faithful God who does no wrong, upright and just is he. They have acted corruptly towards him; to their shame they are no longer his children, but a warped and crooked generation. Is this the way you repay the Lord, O foolish and unwise people? Is he not your Father, your Creator, who made you and formed you.? Remember the days of old; consider the generations long past. Ask your father and he will tell you, your elders, and they will explain to you. When the Most High gave the nations their inheritance, when he divided all mankind, he set up boundaries for the people according to the number of sons of Israel. For the Lord’s portion is his people, Jacob his allocated inheritance. In a desert he found him, in a barren and howling waste. He shielded him and care for him; he guarded him as the apple of his eye, like an eagle that stirs up its nest and hovers over its young, that spreads its wings to catch them and carry them on its opinions. The Lord alone led him; no foreign God was with him. He made him ride on the heights of the land and fed him with the fruit of the fields. He nourished him with honey from the rock, and with oil from the flinty crag, with curds and milk from the herd and flock and with that more lambs and goats, with choice rams of Bashan and

Page 11

the finest kernels of wheat. You drink the foaming blood of the great. Jeshurun grew fat and kicks; filled with food, he became heavy and sleek. He abandoned God who made him and rejected the Rock his Saviour. They made him jealous with their foreign gods and angered him with their detestable idols. They sacrificed to demons, which are not God – God’s they had not known, gods that had recently appeared, gods your fathers did not fear. You deserted the Rock who fathered you; you forgot the God who gave you birth. The Lord saw this and rejected them because he was angered by his sons and daughters. “I will hide my face from them,” he said, “and see what their end will be; for they are a perverse generation, children who are unfaithful. They made me jealous by what is no God and angered me with their worthless idols. I will make them envious by those who are not people; I will make them angry by a nation that has no understanding. For a fire has been kindled by my wrath, one that burns to the realm of death below. It will devour the earth and its harvests and sent fire to the foundations of the mountains. I will head calamities upon them and spend my arrows against them. I will send wasting famine against them, consuming pestilence and deadly plague; I will send against them the fangs of wild beasts, the venom of vipers they glide in the dust. In the street the sword will make them childless; in their homes terror will remain. Young men and young women will perish, infants and grey-haired men. I said I would scatter them and blot out their memory from mankind, but I dreaded the taunts of the enemy, lest the adversry misunderstood and say Our hand has triumphed; the Lord is not done all this.” They are a nation without sense, there is no discernment in them.. If only they were wise and would understand this and discern what their end will be! How could one man chaser thousand, or to put 10,000 to flight, unless there Rock had sold them, unless the Lord had given them up? For there Rock is not like our Rock, as even our enemies concede. They’re fine comes from the vine of Sodom and from the fields of Gomorrah. Their grapes are filled with poison, and their clusters with bitterness. Their wine is the venom of serpents, the deadly poison of cobras. Have I not kept this in reserve and sealed it in my vaults? It is mine to avenge; I will repay. In due time there foot will slip; there day of disaster is upon them and their doom rushes upon them.”. The Lord will judge his people and have compassion on his servants when he sees their strength is gone and no one is left, slave or free. He will say: “Now where are their gods, the rock they took refuge in, the gods who ate the fat off their sacrifices and drunk the wine of their drink offerings? Let them rise up to help you! Let them give you shelter! “See now that I myself am  He! There is no God besides me. I put to death and bring to life, I have wounded and I will heal, and no one can deliver out of my hand. I will lift my hand to heaven and declare: as surely as I live forever, when I sharpen my flashing sword I will take vengeance on my adversaries and repay those who hate me. I will make my arrows drunk with blood, while my sword devours flash: in the blood of the slain and the This, the heads of the enemy leaders.” Rejoice, O nations, with his people, he will avenge the blood of his servants; he will take vengeance on his enemies and will make Atonement for his land and people. Moses came with Joshua son of Nun and spoke all the words of this song in the hearing of the people. When Moses finished reciting all those words to all Israel, he said to them, “take to heart I have solemnly declared you this day, so that you may command your children to obey carefully all the words of this law. They are not just idle words for you – they are your life. By them you will lives long in the land you are crossing the Jordan to possess.” (+8086 +600)

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX26/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Page 12

26102020. [Moses to die on Mount Nebo verse 48] ‘on that same day the Lord told Moses, “Go up into the Abarim range to two Mount Nebo in Moab, across from Jericho, and you Canaan, the land I am giving the Israelites as their own position there on the mountain that you have climbed you will die and be gathered to your people, just as your brother Aaron died on Mount Hor and was gathered to his people. This is because both of you broke faith with me in the presence of the Israelites at the waters of Meribah Kadesh in the Desert of Zin and because you did not uphold my Holiness among the Israelites. Therefore, you will see the land only from a distance; you will not enter the land I am giving to the people of Israel.”

The Book of Deuteronomy has been yielding its secrets many of which I am still Unaware of but the thing seems to have changed since chapter 29 when God made an extra covenant with the Israelites in Moab and that was in addition to the one already made in Horeb. Some quick revision is in order. God’s people, the Israelites set out from Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 with a single destination; heaven on this earth and the Messiah would take them there via the Day of Atonement. It was as a single journey that they reached Sinai and it was here that God would formalise the agreement, covenant with two copies of writing on stone, one copy for God and the other for the Israelites. They were probably not ready for the stone tablets on the day that they left Egypt and there was a time of preparation before this agreement was handed to them. The seriousness or finality of this agreement and its connection with God can be judged by the fact that Moses had to spend 40 days and 40 nights without any food or fluid in the presence of divinity before these tablets were given to him. He picked these tablets up and took this agreement to the people who were waiting at the foot of Mount Sinai. When he got there he found them all including Aaron were worshipping the golden calf! They had rejected God and had replaced him with a Satanic image! Moses smashed these stone tablets and the covenant between God and the Israelites had been smashed and it was now only a matter of gathering the righteous dead of the previous 2500 years and via the Day of Atonement taking them to heaven which would have been on this earth. It was going to happen is God’s time and they could have been on this particular day when Moses smashed the tablets. The journey would not have been all that long from Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 to Sinai and could have been as short as a couple of months. God delayed that journey on this day and Sinai became Horeb. It was on this day that another journey was added to the Israelites calendar. We already had Sinai to whenever God chose to finish time and begin eternity but on this day also God asked Moses to hew out another two stone tablets and that is the difference between what Moses broke on what Moses took back to the top of Mount Sinai and on which God Himself wrote and it was the beginning of the journey called Horeb. The difference between these two stone tablets was that the first lot were written on material provided by God and the second lot were written materials supplied by man. But it was way more than material supplied by man in that the requirements of the stone tablets would be met by Jesus on behalf of humanity and their achievements would then be passed on to humanity at no cost, what Jesus had done in fulfilling these 10 Commandments was perfection and perfection has no price. It only has to be asked for and it will be given. So the question has to be asked where were those pieces of stone tablets which Moses broke and what were they suppose to achieve? If they were the Day of Atonement and Jesus fulfilling what was required of these tablets or the cross of Good Friday and what is the difference between them, are they both going to be fulfilled and when? These issues are what is being addressed now in 29:1; ‘These

Page 13

are the terms of the covenant the Lord commanded Moses to make with the Israelites in Moab, in addition to the covenant he had made with them in Horeb.’ This is an issue with which we have struggled with for a long time but it is formalised in these chapters. Let me first look at what we have already seen. We are actually addressing two journeys but the particular one is the one that began in chapter 27 where we were told to build an altar on Mount Ebal. To me still this is a relatively new topic and the subject matter keeps running into and across itself as I have to make adjustments as to which journey I am now starting. Is the journey from Sinai where the first covenant that God wanted to make with His people has been smashed and this journey must now finish up with the end of time and the Day of Atonement which is what the synoptic gospels are telling us. Or is this the journey from Horeb and is based on the second lot of tablets that Moses Himself hued out and is now going to finish up in Moab? They may have started off from the same place from the same mountain clearly what is going to have to travel over the top of Mount Calvary whereas the other one is not and the differences between these two journeys so great that Little wonder we are having a problem with trying to relate. They are the difference between this universe existing forevermore with a throne room of God at its centre or whether this throne room has to be backed up and moved to another universe. Let us try to build a picture up by starting with some smashed tablets which let us guess have been broken into 100 pieces. These were going to be the base of the Day of Atonement as on 010 – 07 – 3889 and 2000 years ago and are still going to be the base of the Day of Atonement in some 1800 years time and in Daniel’s reckoning on 10 – 07 – 486. We are supposed to build an altar on Mount Ebal out of stone fragments we are not allowed to use any iron on them we can write on them flint stones 10 Commandments and we must paint stones over all this also with lime. At this stage the reason for painting them with lime is to place them in a tomb, or a cave or a grave this engraving process can any related Jesus been placed in His grave after He had been the cross of Good Friday. This would be a fair assumption that these stone from which we will be making once we have got into the new universe and calling it Mount Ebal maybe have not come from the old universe but at least symbolises stone tablets that were being fulfilled on Good Friday. It would also account for the fact that iron could not be used to write any message on them. (engrave?) This would have to be symbolic as those stone tablets in the Ark of the covenant are not coming across with us, only the cross on which they were fulfilled on is coming. There is no need for them to come because they have been fulfilled and have been transferred from stone to heart and those who refuse to allow this transfer to occur will be totally destroyed when this first universe is destroyed but it still does not appear right that these tablets can be destroyed keeping in mind what happened to them. God could quite easily transfer tablets of the Ark of the covenant into the new universe God if did so we should not be able to write on them just clean out the original letters. We are also not told whether these tablets are complete or whether they have been smashed and it may not even a matter what happened to them once they have accomplished and their contents has been transferred.  We have to find the exact piece of the jigsaw because there is another one coming up and that is Jeshurun. So what can we conclude about these pieces of stone that we gather to make an altar out of on Mount Ebal? Is it as simple as stones come from the altar of the cross of Good Friday and from the altar of the Day of Atonement? Is it a conferment what has hit us after the Day of Atonement that the only reason we exist in and walk on is because the law of God has been fulfilled and this law is

Page 14

expressly stated in the 10 Commandments? Our footing is that secure and that footing is the nature of Jesus Christ and that it has been fulfilled on both the cross of Atonement and the cross of Good Friday. We know the cross of Good Friday and that has already occurred so what is the cross of the Day of Atonement still have left to fulfil.? The destruction of Satan all they could have occurred eight days before the cross of Good Friday but it did not and still has to occur. What other theological issues are involved and expressed in the garden of Eden by God that Eve’s seed was still to have His heel bruised? This again is not a one line answer. And it is into this maze that we have to introduce Jeshurun. On the cross of Good Friday Jesus met the conditions that the saints are required to meet and He met them to a standard of perfection. This act of perfection as well as other issues are now to be presented to God the Father for His acceptance. (+9510

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 27/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

27102020. We are coming to the end of the book of Deuteronomy and therefore events surrounding the cross of Good Friday. But it should be remembered that the cross of Good Friday was half time, exactly that there would be equal time until full-time or the Day of Atonement. Task has been set before us by Scripture trying to understand what time and in which universe would have look like with and without the cross of Good Friday. With and without what happened on 14 – 01 – 3889? That is the issue that was introduced within the book of Deuteronomy and it is this book now that is addressing these issues. And it looked so simple when God’s people left Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01. It was on a one-way one journey and they were to cross the desert and arrive on the banks of the Jordan and after a series of tying up events via the Day of Atonement they would cross the Jordan and into Canaan. It should also be noted that Jericho, the throne room of God was also there in the background and entry into Jericho was conditional on Jesus going to the cross of Good Friday. We have already spent much time on the cross of Good Friday and the cross of the Day of Atonement and comparing them against each other. When the Israelites left Egypt there was only one cross on the horizon and that was the day of Atonement. There was only one lot of stone tablets with the 10 Commandments written on them, and this was the agreement between God and His people for the eternities to come. They would come to Him in His temple and they would confess their sins and that He would forgive them. Their unintentional sins would also be forgiven but by a different mechanism. The overall result would be that they would be sin free. The eternities in heaven which would be on this earth would then begin and should have begun some 2000 years ago. The Book of Deuteronomy therefore had a very simple theme or plot or ending and this remained the case right until the time that they arrived at the foot of Mount Sinai when like at Mount Calvary God’s people not only rejected God but they replaced Him a lifeless demonic symbol, the golden calf. The truncation of the first covenant was precise and concise. But why didn’t God finish time at this point and He had every reason to do so. The journey that began in Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 itself took God some 2500 years of preparation and it itself was fully dependent on what happened on 01 – 01 – 01 on this planet Earth. In fact everything that happened was determined by what happened, “In the beginning God………… ” it was all depended on the creation of time and that time itself was created was conditional on what did/may have happened in the daily sacrifice. There is no mixing here or any allowances that this daily sacrifice had to be the cross of Good Friday! So all that Moses did when he smashed those two stone tablets had its beginning way back on the first day of creation. The smashing of these stone tablets supplied by God and which had the 10 Commandments written on them, Moses was told to cut out another two lots of stone tablets and taking them back to the top of Sinai for God to write on them, bringing them back to the foot of the mountain in a box, the Ark of the Covenant, and storing them in a very special place called the Most Holy Place. What was different about the second lot of stone tablets was what Jesus certainly implied one He would do for humanity and the very first second of their creation; He would go to the cross of Good Friday and this became the daily sacrifice or the reason for our existence. The daily sacrifice was there for a

Page 15

possibility from 01 – 01 – 01 on earth and became a probability on at least Mount Sinai and I suspect that once we more fully understand what happened on 01 – 01 – 01 in the Passover of Egypt and came back to this time. We are addressing this issue in the miracles of Jesus and specifically addressing the fact that the Passover is that occurred 1400 did not and could not become number 1401. The problem that appeared in Deuteronomy was in chapter 29 when the new covenant was made by God with the Israelites in Moab. It was in addition to the covenant that God had already made with them in Horeb and at first glance appear to have all the answers but now that I have got to Jeshurun it does not seem necessarily so. As this is only a second journey through Deuteronomy it may require more time to understand what is going on. Just looking at Deuteronomy 29:5,6 ; ‘During the 40 years that I lead you through the desert, your cloths did not wear out, nor did the sandals on your feet. You ate no bread and drank no wine or other fermented drink. I did this so that you might know that I am the Lord your God.” Why did God keep them away from fermented food and fermented drink? Today many of societies ailments can be attributed to fermented drinks and these include not just the destruction of the body and particularly the brain and the liver but the destruction of society itself. But what about bread which I presume has fermented flour or leaven in it? We already know that leaven bread must not be used in the Lord’s supper as the leaven is a symbol of sin and the only sin that Jesus bore to the cross of Good Friday was our sin. Jesus was the scaffolding for this sin and it was not not a part of Him. It was burned off in the fires of hell leaving the scaffold untouched.

I was hoping with this brief revision that it would help me when I got to the controversy of Jeshurun but it has not done this so I will state the controversy and just go back to chapter 31 and 32. The problem is that we are leaving Horeb and this is Mount Sinai where the second lot of tablets are to come into play where Jesus has done everything for us and it was standard required by God- He has died on the cross of Good Friday. The nation that arises from this event is the Christian kingdom and as a very privileged people they began their journey to heaven about 2000 years ago from the Day of Pentecost. We still have 1800 years of the journey to go when we arrive at Moab or the banks of the Jordan River. At this point we become Jeshurun when all these admonitions are read out to us. But this cannot be because we have already just spent 1800 years in heaven, we have just got married, and the bridegroom is about to return to the place where He left us to go back to earth to complete His Father’s business. The Day of Atonement is about to occur and we are well on our way to perfection. We do not need all these warnings about future misbehaviour. So returning back to chapter 31 we are told that Moses was 120 years old and that when he dies the nation will break out into disobedience. A journey that began even whilst Moses was living it and become so much worse. It is the very end of the journey because both the kings of the Amorites, Sihon and Og have been destroyed and in heavenly terms that means that the battle against the beast and against Satan have taken place. This will happen eight days before the Day of Atonement when Moses/Jesus hands the reins over to Joshua/Melchizedek. The land that we are going to on the other side of the door with the blood of the Passover lamb on it has not even been created let alone divided up. What is now being discussed was written down by Moses as the law and was given to the priests and it was presumably placed it into the Ark of the covenant. It was to be read out every seven years at the feast of Tabernacles. Joshua and Moses are to present themselves at the Tent of Meeting where God will commission Joshua. It is all this predicted disobedience which will occur as they are entering the promised land and which will result in the break of the covenant that God made them at this moment. This simply cannot apply to us especially after the Day of Atonement when Jesus has finished building our temple. We become a temple of God by asking the cross of Christ to be transferred from the sanctuary where it was present as an altar and into our hearts and this is done to us and a sign of which was we want the presence of the cross for the eternities to come. This is done in that Simon will drag the cross through the doorway and into the new universe and the cross is also placed into our hearts and the stamp of its divinity is that Jesus places His sinless hair at the base of it. These are indeed holy moments and there is no question of diseases and difficulties and

Page 16

disasters occurring to us because of disobedience. This has to be an earthly step and there is can be a long way between the earthly and the heavenly steps. So inside the covenant were the 10 Commandments written out by God on stone supplied by Moses and from here Horeb began. But other than the 10 Commandments the Ark of the covenant also contained this book but Moses wrote out and gave it to the Levite’s, ‘after Moses had finished writing in a book the words of this law from beginning to end, he gave this command to the Levite’s who carried the Ark of the covenant of the Lord: “take this book of the Law and place it inside the Ark of the covenant of the Lord your God”. “And Moses recited the words of this song from beginning to end in the hearing of the whole assembly of Israel:” (+11567 +600)

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 28/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs

• The song of Moses is a part of Scripture and therefore of critical relevance. But we are allowed to ask what relevance if we cannot see any relevance which is the case for me. Relevance will be on two scales on whether it is applicable to heaven on this earth and should have started 2000 years ago or whether relevance can carry on to universe above and therefore within the throne room of God itself. Trying to progress by a question and answer technique. 1; question; to which of the above scenarios does the song of Moses apply? Answer; don’t know as yet. 2; question; can any case be made or is relevance in either heaven? Answer; yes. It cannot be any more relevant than to be included Within the Ark of the Covenant which also contained the two stone tablets that Moses hewed out and on which God wrote the 10 Commandments which were to be both subject and object the cross of Good Friday. It was the requirements that were on stone tablets that Jesus fulfilled on our behalf and to a standard required by God Himself. They are an expression of the nature of God and they are written down in an inanimate way on the ground of creation itself, on stone tablets. Also expressed in an animate way on the hearts of any living human being who wants them to be written there. They are not written across all humanity but only those who want them to be and it is these will be this universe and pass into the next universe. The animate expression of the nature of God will be transferred via the presence of saints but what about the inanimate expression that was on those stones the first lot that Moses broke for the second lot that finished up inside of the Ark of the Covenant alongside this Song of Moses? That altar that we will build out of stone on Mount Ebal, will it have pieces of stone from either the first or second lot of Commandments that were given to Moses on Mount Sinai? Keep in mind the significance of this altar which will be engraved in a tomb of limestone just like Jesus was engraved in a tomb and will not be able to use any iron tool to write on it. There is still much heavy lifting to do when concerning stone tablets of Moses supplied and that God wrote on because this Song of Moses is included in the same Ark of the Covenant does it also have the same relevance? What other holy items are contained within this Ark? The four items that I know that are inside this holy box are the 10 Commandments, the Book of Law or the Song of Moses, Aaron’s rod and some of the manna that fell in the desert whilst the Israelites were crossing the desert on their way to the banks of the Jordan River. I know that I have spent a significant time on Aaron’s rod first appeared and the manna that fell from heaven also played a major role in our salvation as it represented the body of Jesus Christ and therefore could not change with time and be contaminated by any sin/yeast and that it was going to be this body that were taken on itself all our sins and have them destroyed in hell. Each of the items within the Ark of the Covenant represents a crucial element in our salvation and so it is now that we approach the Song of Moses and try to relate its significance now into the big picture. It has just been given to Moses to write in the Book of the Law and then go and pronounce it to the Israelites just before he dies. Chapter 32 verse one; ‘Listen, O heavens, and I will speak; here,
• Page 17
• O earth, the words of my mouth. [The address is to both heaven and earth so there must be people/angels who are expected to listen up there as it will be of benefit to them just like it will be of benefit to those of earth especially those who do not have any appreciation of this song especially as to why it is included in the Ark of the Covenant] verse two; ‘Let my teaching fall like rain and my words descend like it dew, like showers new grass, like abundant rain on tender plants. [These are beautiful words indeed especially when you have seen rain and dew after a drought and the relief that it brings and this rain and teaching is falling from heaven itself] verse three; ‘I will proclaim the name of the Lord. Oh, praise the greatness of our God!’ [In Genesis we have been studying the cost that the holy Trinity would have to pay for its decision to go ahead with the creation of humanity and despite the disaster that was about to happen the Holy Trinity decided to go ahead with creation anyway and for those who choose to take advantage of this creation they will forever praise the greatness of our God and His holy name.] Verse four; ‘He is the Rock, his his works are perfect, and all his ways are djust. A faithful God who does no wrong, upright and just is he.’ [A connection to the 10 Commandments where the works of God are expressed and they are perfect. His ways are just and judging what He Himself wrote on this rock they could do no wrong as He is just an upright and despite 1800 years of checking and crosschecking there will not be one mistake that He has made. An example of his justice is that he will not punish anyone who has sinned unintentionally, they did not know it was wrong what they were doing. ] Verse five; ‘They have acted corruptly towards him; to their shame they are no longer his children, but a warped and crooked generation’. [Sadly, with very few exceptions this describes most of God’s children.] Verse six; ‘Is this the way you repay the Lord, oh foolish and unwise people? Is he not your Father, your Creator, who made you and formed you?’ [The root cause of apostasy is forgetting our relationship to God as our Father and as our Creator. It is the root of the problem of the time that the Song of Moses was written] verse seven; ‘Remember the days of old; consider the generations lot past. Ask your father and he will tell you, your elders, and they will explain to you.’ [History is a stance of the Bible and therefore time is a critical issue and something that Satan must destroy the concept of on which he spends so much of his time doing through the pseudoscience fields like archaeology and cosmology and geology and biology. Genealogies are therefore a critical part of biblical understanding.] Verse eight; ‘When the Most High gave the nations their inheritance, when he divided all mankind, he set up boundaries for the people according to the number of the sons of Israel.’ [As past history and only time that I can think of this happening was when the Israelites cross the Jordan into Canaan where the land was divided among them. If it refers to the Christian nation who received their inheritance at the cross of Good Friday, the kingdom that they received can only be divided once we get through the doorway and into the new universe. Due to the certainty of that event Scripture might now regard that as having already been accomplished. But this division was only for those who are going to last the journey until the end. It is not for those who would waver.] Verse nine; ‘for the Lord’s portion is his people, Jacob is allotted inheritance.’ [We all belong to God as created beings with His breath within us and made according to His image but it was only Jacob working through the line and Judah, or Jesus Christ that we are to finish up as the allotted inheritance of Jacob.] Verse 10; ‘In a desert land he found them, in a barren and howling waste. He shielded him and care for him; he guarded him as the apple of his eye,” [again the history of the Jews stands out from Egypt and onwards but it does also relate to the journey that Christians will have to make and its beginnings on earth but we could not be any surer than being the apple of God’s eye.] Verse 11; ‘like an eagle that stirs up its nest
• Page 18
• and hovers over it young, that spreads its wings to catch them and carries them on its pinions.’ [The power that protects is is that of the creature that looks like an eagle and it is God Himself and it is the divinity that does this. It usually is not but it should be comforting during those many storms of life that it is God that is in control. We do wish that like Job that there will be a time that having been through that last big struggle that it was the last one and we could now spend the rest of our days with no more trials. Many still await that moment.] Verse 12; ‘the Lord alone led him; no foreign God was with him.’ [This is my impression as to how long life’s trials last for until we walk with the Lord alone and there are no foreign gods with us. At this point life’s trials finish and we simply follow God until that final entry into the throne room of God itself.] Verse 13; ‘You made him ride on the heights of the land and fed him with the fruit of the files. He nourished him with honey from the rock, and with oil from the flinty Craig’ [the NIV Bible study tells us how the honey came from the rock and how bees building hives in the cliffs of rocks. Olive trees often grew on rocky hillsides, as on the Mount of olives east of Jerusalem. ]. (+13271 +600)
  • XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 29/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
  29102020. Deuteronomy 32:14; ‘with curds and milk from herd and flock and with fatten lambs and goats, with choice rams of Bashan and the finest kernels of wheat. You drank the foaming blood of the grape.’ [Every detail of the key of God’s people has been looked after and looked after to the highest of details. No-fault of God can be attributed to why things went so badly wrong.] Verse 15; ‘Jeshurun grew fat and kicked; filled with food, he became heavy and sleek. He abandoned the God who made him and rejected the Rock his Saviour.’ [Here we have the first introduction to Jeshurun and being Scripture would come at a earthly level but also the place from which we could look up to and see the heavenly realms. It could have had an earthly application and finished with the Day of Atonement some 2000 years ago but coming from the Book of Deuteronomy it also has to have a heavenly application in the new throne room of God. The earthly foundation that applies Jeshurun as being the Israelites is easy enough to see. They were meticulously looked after by God and the reward they gave him in return was that they abandon God Who had a base as their creator and therefore a foundation that cannot be moved and when God sent His Son to gather them and take them to heaven they not only rejected their saviour, they killed him and replaced him with their own demons. As it was on Mount Sinai some 1400 years before with Aaron and the congregation worshipping the golden calf their rejection and replacement of God was total. The symbolism of Jesus being the Rock must be emphasised as Moses did smash those two stone tablets to end the covenant.] Verse 16; ‘They made him jealous with their foreign gods and they angered him with their detestable idols’. [In the miracles of Jesus that we have been following we have seen the degree to which the leaders of the people take God’s people and as they were either demons or demon possessed that was as far as possible, as far as it could go.] Verse 17; ‘they sacrificed to demons, which are not god – god’s they had not known, gods that recently appeared, gods your father did not fear.[Satan plays a major role in the synoptic gospels as these are the Gospels of the Day of Atonement and eight days before this day Satan will be destroyed. But as this earth will then go on to become the heaven of eternity any influence or Dominion that Satan held must be destroyed beforehand. Thus all traces of Satan must be destroyed before eternity can begin on this earth. This condition did not have to apply for the cross of Good Friday as the Day of Atonement had been postponed by some 3800 years and will not apply in that time because not just Satan will be destroyed but so will also this earth and this universe. I think all that this is saying is that the Israelites had lost the plot. They had rejected Jesus despite of all the miracles that He had performed and it is not
• Page 19as if they went to neutral ground, if there is such a thing, they replaced him with Caesar as king and Barabbas as leader.] Verse 18; ‘You deserted the Rock, who fathered you; you forgot the God who gave you birth.’ [Again that strong link of humanity to divinity is emphasised, that God is our Creator and is therefore the link to where we get to by the end of life but it is also the link that takes us through to the eternities to come. This is why Satan has done such incredible damage to the church of today because of the theory of absurdity, evolution. The church must restore that link between Jesus as our Creator before it has any chance of any revival and the first being that they realise how critical that link is, Satan himself. The Pope and the papacy today promote the theory of evolution and on this one ground alone can be judged as Satanic. I have come from nothing or even worse still a God that is cruel and inefficient but it is true at least that this will result in you returning to nothing. Unfortunately this is but one of Satan’s clangers!’ Verse 19; ‘The Lord saw this and rejected them because he was angered by his sons and daughters.’ [The rejection down here was only partial as the Jews could come good if they repented but that would only be under the banner of Christianity. In the days to come this rejection will be final.] Verse 20; ‘I will hide my face from them,’ he said, ‘and see what their end will be; for they are a perverse generation, children who are unfaithful.’ [Something has to click somewhere in our attempt to explain why this Song of Moses or the Book of the Law has been included within the Ark of the Covenant along with three items which we do have some idea about, the stones with the 10 Commandments, Aaron’s rod and some of the manna which fell in the desert. So it is with the significance of this song that we struggle. The Day of Atonement had it occurred on earth some 2000 years ago would have been preceded by a tutorial from Jesus which should have lasted 1260 days and another tutorial of 1260 days after the cross of the Day of Atonement. This is also the same order of things that is still to occur in some 1800 years time where this song or this Book of the Law if it is indeed the Bible that was within the Ark of the covenant will again be read out. At the time of Jesus the Ark of the covenant contained four items and if Jesus went to the cross of the Day of Atonement at that time the 10 Commandments would have applied but they were not the same ones that Jesus went to the cross of Good Friday. They would have been the ones that Moses broke and were on material supplied by God whereas the ones that Jesus went to the cross for of Good Friday was supplied by Moses and their requirements were fulfilled by Jesus. So the writing on the tablets of the two crosses is the same but conditions met were different. Aaron’s rod that blossomed was in the Ark of the covenant at the time and at this stage I know too little about it to see any differences between the two crosses. The manna that the Jews were given in the desert, if this is the representation of the body of Jesus Christ and it became symbolised on Thursday night at the Last Supper. Thursday night at the Last Supper was the Last Supper because Jesus was leaving earth and He inaugurated the breaking of the bread as was to occur on the Day of Atonement in six months time. So how much of sending of the manna was to be transferred across to the cross of Good Friday I do not know at this stage. But the issue with which we are struggling now is that of the Song of Moses or the Book of the Law is going to transfer across into the new universe. But this would imply that it did apply had Jesus gone to the cross of the Day of Atonement. This would therefore also imply that because Day of Atonement wherever it was going to be held it had to be accompanied by a 1260 day tutorial before the event and a 1260 day tutorial after the event. Logically then the tutorial that Jesus gave for 1260 days before he left for heaven from Gethsemane was some form of the Song of Moses or the Book of the Law. This will therefore require us to study other appearances of this Book of Law to better understand it. Whatever line of reasoning we come up with the elephant in the room is that it was given in the book ofPage 20Deuteronomy and just before the death of Moses. Deuteronomy tells us that it is the cross of Good Friday that is involved but the death of Moses tells us that we are about to cross the Jordan River via the Day of Atonement. So is this the prologue to what is going to happen until the Israelites got to the Jordan to cross it or is this the epilogue of what happened? The questions remain and the answer at this stage at least is Jeshurun.] Verse 20; ‘I will hide my face from them”, he said, “and see what their end will be; for they are a perverse generation, children who are unfaithful.’ [I know that sooner or later that I will have to bite the bullet and write in what Scripture is telling me and I have no problem with pleading guilty as charged to all this evil which is now being described and for which I am responsible. But at this stage at least I have repented of my sins and therefore since I have been forgiven these charges no longer stand. It certainly seems as if we are getting closer and closer to that step called Jeshurun]. Verse 21; ‘They made me jealous by what is no god and angered me with their worthless idols. I will make them envious by those who are not a people; I will make them angry by a nation that has no understanding.’ [From the time that the Israelites left Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 they were God’s people and they alone held this unique position. Others were more than welcome to come and join by going to the temple and repenting of their sins, they alone were God’s people and this is probably because they chose to be so. It was also their choice to stop being so and on Good Friday on Mount Calvary when they chose to murder their Saviour they were replaced by the nation of Christ or Christians]. Verse 22; ‘For a fire hazard been kindled by my wrath, one that burns to the realm of death below. It will devour the earth and its harvests and set a fire the foundations of the mountains.’ [The fires that devour everything that are being referred to could be none other than Peters conflagration and the fire which began with the river of blood that was some 200 miles long and and races in all directions and when it is extinguished only Eden2 with the saints awaiting the creation of the new universe is left behind. It is only when this fire is extinguished that the wrath of God subsides and we are allowed to enter into perfection, God’s presence in the throne room of God. Verse 22 is thus a finality and we are ready to see Jesus creating the new sin less universe and so we are at that heavenly step.] (15132 +600)

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

  • XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 30/10/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
    30102020. Verse 23; ‘I will heap calamities upon them and spend my arrows against them.’ [Just before the foundations of the mountains are set alight there will be two battles near the heavenly courts, the battle against the beast and the battle against Satan and we have already been given some detail of both of these battles.] Verse 24; ‘I will send wasting famine against them, consuming pestilence and deadly plague; I will send against them fangs of beasts, the venom of vipers they glide in the dust.’ [It would not be too hard to relate to consuming pestilence and a deadly plague to what is going around today and wasting famine have also occurred many times including today. The venom of vipers as in the case of Moses and the bronze snake in the desert play a crucial role in the message of salvation. But these conditions seem to apply at the time that the mountains catch light and that is at the very end of time just before this universe disappears. So next time we return to the Book of Revelation to look more into the details of these last two battles and these are earmarked by Sihon and Og at the time of the seventh bowl being poured out which will complete the fury and the wrath of God. Bowl number seven will also be a time of desperation just like the other six were.] Verse 25 ; ‘In the street the sword will make them childless; in their homes terror will reign. Young men and young women will perish, infants and grey-haired men.’ [Things are obviously different between the earthly step in the heavenly step still to come and one of those differences going to be there will be no young men or young women up there or infants, the youngest person will be some

    Page 21

    1800 years old and covered by grey-haired men. I would not think that there would be any fighting amongst them as they now as the kingdom of Satan prepare for the final battle and in fact we are told the trouble to which the beast and Satan go to to make sure that there are no desertions in these battles. Actually the only  one who should be concerned with desertions is the beast, or the hundred 44,000 foolish virgins as they still have the seal of God on their foreheads and will in all probability desert once they see the hopeless situation that the beast is in. Those who have died and are the wicked dead cannot/will not change their minds and they are no concern of God nor does Satan have any concern about them deserting.] Verse 26; ‘I said I would scatter them and blot out their memory from mankind’ [At the time when the mountains are burning the dead have already been to hell and the fires have been extinguished and all that is left now is their memory of them and it is this memory that plays a major role in these final days of the existence of the universe. It has been a problem pretty well since the saints arrived in heaven especially in circumstances like a husband and wife team who were in the last tribulations together only to find that one has been taken to heaven but the other one left behind and will finally be extinguished in the fires of hell. How can this happen? Why didn’t the one who went to heaven realise that their partner had such a serious problem that stopped them from going to heaven? And then there are those family and friends and ministries that did not make it and I must finish the sentence what about those whom I defined as demonic and using Scripture to do so, why did they make it? Only the judge of perfection who can make these decisions and He does not make any mistakes! In the meantime we are to judge the tree by the fruit that it bears and if that fruit is a war ministry like that of Billy Graham and Jimmy Swaggart then that fruit is poison and the only spirit that they can impart to you when they lay their hands on you is Demons and therefore must be stayed away from at all costs. Verse 27; ‘but I dreaded the taunt of the enemy, lest the adversery re-misunderstand and say, “Our hand has triumphed; the Lord has not done all this.” [Satan/Lucifer was the first born of the angelic world and the adversary of Jesus from the start. I still do not know how many days or months it took him to get the idea of rebellion but once inside his head it became a case of 24 /seven and developing an opposing God on any and every possible ground. So what is the difference between a severe trial sent by God on me because a major correction is required and  Satan claiming that it was he who sent this calamity? Was it God Who are allowed all those Israelites to die in the desert over the 40 year period or was this a satanic trial claiming that he did it or was it worse still blaming God for it happening because God has lost control of the situation? As in the case of Job God does give Satan a certain amount of leeway in order to test us but that leeway will always be within certain limits and until it has accomplished the correction of the character trait that needs correcting. It is a topic worth considering both that the occurrence of the Day of Atonement that should have been and the one that is still to come and in both cases Satan will be taken out of the picture eight days before the Day of Atonement itself occurs. Verse 28; ‘They are a nation without sense, there is no discernment in them.’ [Up to recently I would have difficulty in relating to this verse but after what nearly happened in Victoria a state of Australia has removed any obstacle to understanding this verse. The legislation was not put to parliament but had it been it would have been passed. It would have amounted to anyone being able to grab me and lock me away and throw away the key with no rights of appeal to anyone even though I had done nothing wrong nor was I on the way of doing something wrong! This horror legislation was not being brought forward by people who lacked intelligence it was being brought forward by people who had no moral compass. It came from the depths of depravity where values such as life do not exist. From those depths already have come gay rights and when Christians objected to these rights because they would lead to gay marriage we were howled out of the park! We were told we were sick in the head to even think of such absurdity will

    Page 22

    all happen, that has eventuated now. The depths of the deprevity have produced gay rights and gay marriage, they have produced abortion and euthanasia and the only two evils left to produce are sodomy and paedophilia! In the meantime there is a break in that legislation to take away any human rights that anyone may have. And the only thing that is worse than this evil parliament is the ones who vote for them and call out, “More, more and come and look after us!” It is as bad as you can get when you shake the socialist cupboard but is it any better if you shake the capitalist cupboard? And the skeletons that fallout of that one are even worse because they have been done in the name of Christianity and more anti-Christian you cannot get! Altruistic causes such as cheap oil or the need to establish a cheap source of drugs and the wars fought as a result of and the damage to humanity especially children is incomprehensible. It is not as if they have no value of what happens let me use the example of government pairing up with the medical profession. The case that they make is that, “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old”. But your tactic has destroyed the jobs and the lives of millions of people, totally and utterly! ““we have saved the life of an 88-year-old”. Your tactics of locking up a whole city has resulted in many suicides. “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old” for every suicide you have caused the destruction of the immune system and altered the health of many millions of people. “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old” the death that you have prevented was of a person who may well have wanted to die because they had had enough of life and enough of pain and suffering. “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old” the disease that you have prevented from killing is but a very minor one when compared to what is going on in the big picture where many major diseases kill millions of people. “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old” tobacco and alcohol and drugs kill millions of people so why are you so preoccupied with this one person? “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old. Euthanasia gives the right to almost anyone to have anyone killed providing they have an altruistic reason, should not it be removed from the legislation? “we have saved the life of an 88-year-old”. It does not matter what evidence there is against it and what damage that results they just concentrate on that tiny bit of good and rightfully so because they rely on the evidence of peer-reviewed scientific information. Let me give you an example of one singular drug, it has been reviewed initially and then over a period of over 50 years and science is beyond reproach. Hydroxy chloro quine has ticked all the boxes and goes out to receive its marks from the medical profession. The marks that comeback are 0% worse than this this is a lethal and a dangerous drug should be kept away from the public right up to 100% which say that providing it is used under the right conditions as a success rate of 100%! This in turn makes the peer review process and the science behind it not worth a squirt of duck shit! So you may ask what is the difference between the peer review process and ducks droppings? Well both are crap, one can be used to fertilise ones lawns or gardens whereas the other one is used entirely to weed out any medication that is not under patent and therefore is not making any money. These are the conditions under which millions of lives been destroyed as has the world financial system but still mushrooms call out for, “More, more”. ‘They are a nation without sense, there is no discernment in them.’ Verse 29; ‘if only there were wise and would understand this and discern what their end will be!’ [This should be the mission of the Christian church in the last days and days of the great tribulation and for this purpose we have been left the Bible which can only be of value to those who believe in it and know how to use it. Sadly today the best we can say is that the church sleeps, all 10 virgins and Satan is running around and instilling his demonic spirits to make sure that the 10 virgins stay asleep and if they do awake it will be into a demon possessed world. I believe that if we can interpret the wonders of nature around us in terms of the science of the Bible that this should be a major step in breaking out of the cycle.] Verse 30; ‘How could one man chase a

    Page 23

    thousand, or two put a 10000 into flight? Unless their Rock had sold them, unless the Lord had given them up?’ [ (+17152 +600)

    31102020. Deuteronomy 32: 31; ‘For their rock is not like our Rock, as even our enemies conceived.’[ This thing about being chased around by our enemies is easy enough to apply to the Israelites and the old Testament but as yet I have made no attempt to apply it to the New Testament which it obviously does as well.] Verse 32; ‘Their vines come from the vine of Sodom and from the fields of Gomorrah. Their grapes are filled with poison, and their clusters with bitterness’. [Again without being referred back to the Old Testament and the old Jeshurun when the Israelites rejected and murdered not just the second witness, Jesus Christ but also the first witness John the Baptist. The idea behind the Book of Deuteronomy though is to introduce the cross of Good Friday and the history thereafter so by going back to the rejection of God by God’s people some 2000 years ago is what is actually happening.] Verse 33; ‘Their wine is the venom of serpents, the deadly poison of cobras.’ [This may not be the same incident of Moses holding up the bronze snake because there it was the Viper that was responsible for killing Israelites.] Verse 34; ‘Have I not kept this in reserve and sealed it in my vaults?’ [ Again difficult to apply throughout our times unless of course it is the final push of the Jewish nation to destroy Christianity. The second coming will be a rerun of the first coming when the Jews combined with the Romans in order to murder Jesus Christ so that moment is still to come. This time they will again combine with the ruling power of the day, mostly USA but others as well and attempt destroy Christianity as has been described under the headings of the beast out of the sea and the beast out of the earth and the Book of Revelation, Matthew chapter 24 and other Scripture. Even at the first coming when they murdered John the Baptist and Jesus Christ they did their darn most to destroy the fledgling Christian church and they received their reward for this at the hands of Titus and I can’t remember the second Emperor who made the most systematic effort destroy the Jewish nation. (Hadrian ?)] Verse 35; ‘It is mine to avenge; I will repay. In due time therefore it will slip; there day of disaster is now and then doom rushes upon them.’ [Vengeance is mine is a basic tenet of the Christian faith and Jesus should know because he could have vaporised all those not only who came down to arrest him but also conduct the cruelty and injustice that was about to occur. Jesus did no such thing. If there was anyone who would be aware of this tenet of faith it would be Martin Luther and when he saw how systematic the Jews would be in closing the door of righteousness by faith he sadly only had one solution; genocide, kill everyone of them! How successful they are in closing the door of righteousness by faith can be judged by what the Jimmy Swaggart ministries are doing today and they know exactly what they are doing! It is how cunning they are in doing it and is not as simple as listening and saying that, “aha, that is where the trap is!” Take another example of Billy Graham and find one place that you realised that you are being led in a war ministry to a dreadful war. Satan is far more clever than this and you do have to admire his knowledge and the misuse of this knowledge in taking you away from Jesus.] Verse 36; ‘The Lord will judge his people and have compassion on his service when he sees their strength has gone and no one is left, slave or free.’ [Again I have often referred to this particular moment that there are warnings of Scripture when the Jew returns to Jesus Christ.] Verse 37; ‘He will say: “Now where are they are gods, the rock they took refuge in’ [The Jew will only return to Jesus as a very last resort when every single one of those earthly things that they relied on has failed them.] Verse 38; ‘the gods who ate the fat of their sacrifices and drink the wine of their drink offerings? Let them rise up to help you! Let them give you shelter!’ [Even though this moment is defined in Scripture as day 1290 in Daniel chapter 12 there are not that many moments in the Old Testament where the Jews under duress turn to God] verse 39; ‘See now that I myself am He! There is no God beside me. I put to death and I bring to life, I have wounded and I will heal, and no one can deliver out of my hand.’ [The sovereignty of God has been unwisely challenged by humanity on many occasions past and ultimately always with disastrous consequences. All those people who lie under oath in a court of law surely cannot realise what disaster they are invoking on themselves!] Verse 40; ‘I will lift my hand to heaven and declare: as surely as I live forever,’. [When God decides to do something it does not necessarily mean that it will be straightaway but the decision has been made to act and He will act at the right time.] Verse 41; ‘when I sharpen my flashing sword and my hand grasps it in judgement, I will take vengeance on my adversaries and repay those who hate me.’ There can be any number of reasons for the delay between God deciding to take an action and then the time lapse before He takes it and most would regard this as a weakness and the time of Noah would be one such example. From the time that God closed and sealed the door on the ark it took another seven days before the rain came and all those who had derided the “fools” for being in a dark smelly place where they could be out in the lovely sunshine. This was the closing of the door of mercy on the pre-flood world and it was closed at exactly the right time as it will be some 4500 years later. ] Verse 42; ‘ I will make my arrows drunk blood, while my sword devours flesh: the blood of the slain and , the heads of the enemy leaders.” [The results of these final battles is imminent and difficult to comprehend their results but the end will come and it will come at the right time and is the work of Satan to mislead us and thereby destroying the credibility of the Word of God.] Verse 43; ‘Rejoice, home nations, with his people, for he will avenge the blood of his servants; he will take vengeance on his enemies and make Atonement for his land and people.” [ And a fitting end to the end of the Bible that has been placed inside of the Ark of the Covenant. There are now only two chapters left in the Book of Deuteronomy before we go back and look at itself again but this time prayerfully on a verse by verse basis. The book covers a very specific time span in the history of humanity. On an earthly scale it covers the history of the Israelites for a period of 40 years from the time that Moses led them out of Egypt starting on 01 – 01 – 01 and 40 years later when Moses died and was replaced by Joshua. The corresponding Christian journey is harder to define the start of by the end of it comes when Moses/Jesus dies on the cross of the Day of Atonement and when risen is not going to be the same as Jesus dying on the cross of Good Friday at 3 PM but being resurrected early on the morning of Resurrection Sunday. No this is going to be different because the Jesus that arises from His death at 3 PM on the Sabbath of 10 – 07 – 486 will not have His blood drained from him at 4 PM but the exact opposite will happen when every drop of blood that Jesus shared on this earth will be returned back again to His body. The Jesus down here became a part of us after Resurrection Sunday via the presence of His Holy Spirit but the Resurrection Sunday to come will have little semblance to what happened down here. There is therefore a very sharp cut off point when the death of Moses earthly step becomes the death of Jesus heavenly step at 3 PM on that holy Sabbath day. The end of the Song of Moses is clearly defined on this earth but it is also clearly defined in the heavenly realms. It is the start of this journey for Christians that may at least is not so clearly defined. Did the Christian church begin on 01 – 01 – 01 in Egypt when we chose to leave the horrors of sin or is our journey begin on 14 – 01 – 3889 on Mount Calvary or even 50 days later on the day of Pentecost? Even though there are four possible beginnings; Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01, Mount Sinai when Jesus decides to do for us what God expects us to do all writing on the two stone tablets that were supplied by Moses, or Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889 or the day of Pentecost 50 days later. I could give a number of reasons supporting each of those dates but the Gospel of John tells me to start the journey on the day of Pentecost. We have just seen the epilogue of the journey that was given as the Song of Moses and even though I take Pentecost start of the journey Jesus/Moses took Egypt as its start and therefore there must be some correlation between between Pentecost and the Jews leaving Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01. As the Book of Deuteronomy is the start of the cross of Good Friday it must therefore also be the link between the earthly Jeshurun and the heavenly Jeshurun. Earthly Moses is looking back over the last 40 years of his life and leading the Israelites out of Egypt he could also look back another 40 years where he himself preparing for the journey that he was to lead or even another 40 years before that a life of wealth and luxury in Egypt. As for the heavenly Moses or Jesus is about to die on the cross of the Day of Atonement He too will look back over the different stages of His ministry. Yes there was a stage which the Holy Spirit supervised on and from Pentecost. Then there was that stage of horror the previous 50 days which began with the cross of Good Friday. Then before that there was a stage of some 33 years of preparing for this horror event. If you want to account the time as Melchizedek when the scope of the Day of Atonement was extended not just to include unintentional sin but to include confessed intentional sins as well and that was at the time of Abraham. It actually began when Jesus made a vow with God the Father to come to do certain things and in His role as Nazirite. To do this He was expected to do and not do certain things but the ultimate role of the Nazirite was to crush the head of Satan and in return have his heel bruised and to do this Had to be Eve’s seed. This role is clearly explained in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6 under the heading of, “if a man falls dead suddenly alongside him”. But our Nazirite can even go back further than this as it was with Him everything became possible. He is our earthly step and He is our heavenly step, He is our Creator! Once you miss that crucial step there is more than a small chance of losing the plot of salvation entirely and it is ‘down that we will be constantly reminded to return! It is a long journey indeed for the heavenly Jeshurun and there must be some unpleasant truths sorted out and providing at the end of this process Jesus is the only one on the pedestal then our journey has been worthwhile. As this was such an important topic I tried to analyse it verse by verse a method I will try and the miracles of Jesus but only after giving an overall picture first as we are trying to compare the Gospels against themselves. The next two miracles are miracles nine and 10 in the NIV Bible study on page 1596 and they concern the man with with a shrivelled hand which is found in all three synoptic’s and the man born blind and mute and possessed which is only found in Matthew and Luke. The man with a shrivelled hand Matthew chapter 12: verse one the Lord of the Sabbath; ‘at that time Jesus went through the grain fields on the Sabbath. His disciples were hungry and began to pick some heads of grain and eat them. When the Pharisees saw this, they said to him, “Look! Your disciples are doing what is unlawful on the Sabbath.” He answered, “Haven’t you read what David did when he and his companions were hungry? He entered the house of God, and he and his companions eight the consecrated bread – which was not lawful for them to do, but only for the priest. Or having you read in the Law that on the Sabbath the priests in the temple desecrate the day and yet are innocent? I tell you that one greater than the temple is here. If you had known what these words mean, “I desire mercy, not sacrifice,” you would not have condemned the innocent. For the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath.” Going on from that place, he went into the synagogue, and the man with a shrivelled hand was there. Looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, they asked him, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?” He said to them, “If any of you as a sheep and it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will you not take hold of it and lifted out? How much more valuable is a man and a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath.” Then he said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” So he stretched it out and it was completely restored, just as sound as the other. But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they they might call Jesus might kill Jesus. [God’s chosen servant verse 15] Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed him, and healed all their sick, warning them not to tell her he was. This was to fulfil what was spoken through the prophet Isaiah: “here is my servant whom I have chosen, the one I love, in whom I delight; I will put my spirit on him, and he will proclaim justice to the nations. He will not quarrel or cry out; no one will hear his voice in the streets. A bruised reed he will not break, and a smouldering wick he will not snuff out, till he leads justice to victory. In his name the nations will put their hope.” [Jesus and Beelzebub verse 22] ‘[since a life of wealth and luxury in Egypt. As for the heavenly Moses or Jesus is about to die on the cross of the Day of Atonement He too will look back over the different stages of His ministry. Yes there was a stage which the Holy Spirit supervised on and from Pentecost. Then there was that stage of horror the previous 50 days which began with the cross of Good Friday. Then before that there was a stage of some 33 years of preparing for this horror event. If you want to account the time as Melchizedek when the scope of the Day of Atonement was extended not just to include unintentional sin but to include confessed intentional sins as well and that was at the time of Abraham. It actually began when Jesus made a vow with God the Father to come to do certain things and in His role as Nazirite. To do this He was expected to do and not do certain things but the ultimate role of the Nazirite was to crush the head of Satan and in return have his heel bruised and to do this Had to be Eve’s seed. This role is clearly explained in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6 under the heading of, “if a man falls dead suddenly alongside him”. But our Nazirite can even go back further than this as it was with Him everything became possible. He is our earthly step and He is our heavenly step, He is our Creator! Once you miss that crucial step there is more than a small chance of losing the plot of salvation entirely and it is ‘down that we will be constantly reminded to return! It is a long journey indeed for the heavenly Jeshurun and there must be some unpleasant truths sorted out and providing at the end of this process Jesus is the only one on the pedestal then our journey has been worthwhile. As this was such an important topic I tried to analyse it verse by verse a method I will try and the miracles of Jesus but only after giving an overall picture first as we are trying to compare the Gospels against themselves. The next two miracles are miracles nine and 10 in the NIV Bible study on page 1596 and they concern the man with with a shrivelled hand which is found in all three synoptic’s and the man born blind and mute and possessed which is only found in Matthew and Luke. The man with a shrivelled hand Matthew chapter 12: verse one the Lord of the Sabbath; ‘at that time Jesus went through the grain fields on the Sabbath. His disciples were hungry and began to pick some heads of grain and eat them. When the Pharisees saw this, they said to him, “Look! Your disciples are doing what is unlawful on the Sabbath.” He answered, “Haven’t you read what David did when he and his companions were hungry? He entered the house of God, and he and his companions eight the consecrated bread – which was not lawful for them to do, but only for the priest. Or having you read in the Law that on the Sabbath the priests in the temple desecrate the day and yet are innocent? I tell you that one greater than the temple is here. If you had known what these words mean, “I desire mercy, not sacrifice,” you would not have condemned the innocent. For the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath.” Going on from that place, he went into the synagogue, and the man with a shrivelled hand was there. Looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, they asked him, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?” He said to them, “If any of you as a sheep and it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will you not take hold of it and lifted out? How much more valuable is a man and a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath.” Then he said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” So he stretched it out and it was completely restored, just as sound as the other. But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they they might call Jesus might kill Jesus. [God’s chosen servant verse 15] Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed him, and he hailed all their sick, warning them not to tell her he was. This was to fulfil what was spoken through the prophet Isaiah: “here is my servant whom I have chosen, the one I love, in whom I delight; I will put my spirit on him, and he will proclaim justice to the nations. He will not quarrel or cry out; no one will hear his voice in the streets. A bruised reed he will not break, and a smouldering wick he will not snuff out, till he leads justice to victory. In his name the nations will put their hope.” [Jesus and Beelzebub verse 22] ‘[

• we have had a severe thunderstorm directly over the house which stop computer from working altogether for a while and since has crashed three times so I just publish the result out of DragonPad.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 1/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXX
  01112020. Matthew chapter 12:22; ‘Then they brought him a demon possessed man who was blind and mute, and Jesus healed him, so that he could both talk and see. All the people were astonished and said, “Could this be the son of David?” But when the Pharisees heard this, they said, “It is only by Beelzebub, the prince of demons, that this fellow drives out demons.” Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them, “Every kingdom divided against itself will be ruined, and every city or household divided against itself will not stand. If Satan drives out Satan, he’s divided against himself. How then can his kingdom stand? And if I drive out demons by Beelzebub, by whom do your people drive them out? So then, they will be your judges. But if I drive out demons by the spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you. Or again, how can anyone enter a strong man’s house and carry off his possessions unless he first tries up the strongman? Then he can rob his house. He who is not with me is against me, and he who does not gather with me scatters. And so I will tell you, every sin of blasphemy will be forgiven man, but the blasphemy against the spirit will not be forgiven. Anyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man will be forgiven, but anyone who speaks against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven either in this age or in the age to come. Make a good tree and its fruit will be good, or make a tree bad and its fruit will be bad, for a tree is recognised by its fruit. You brood of vipers, how can you who are evil say anything good. For out of the overflow of the heart the mouth speaks. The good man brings good things out of the good stored up in him, and the evil man brings evil things out of the evil stored up in him. But I tell you that man will have to give account on the day of judgement for every careless word they have spoken. For your words you will be acquitted, and by your words you will be condemned. {The sign of Jonah verse 38}; ‘Then some of the Pharisees and teachers of the law said to him, “Teacher, we want to see a miraculous sign from you.” He answered, “a wicked and adulterous generation asks for a miraculous sign! But none will be given it except the sign of the prophet Jonah. For as Jonah was three days and three nights in the belly of a huge fish, so the Son of Man will be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth. The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgement with this generation and condemn it; for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and now one greater than Jonah is here. The Queen of the South will rise at the judgement with this generation and condemn it; for she came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon’s wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here. When an evil spirit comes out of a man, it goes through arid places seeking rest and does not find it. Then it says, “I will return to the house I left.” And when it arrives, it finds the house unoccupied, swept clean and put in order. Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go and live there. And the final condition of that man is worse than the first. That is how it will be with this wicked generation.” [Jesus is mother and brothers verse 46] ; ‘While Jesus was still talking to the crowd, his mother and brothers stood outside, wanting to speak to him. Someone told him, “your mother and brothers are standing outside, wanting to speak to you.” He replied to him, “Who is my mother and who are my brothers?” Pointing to his disciples, he said, “Here are my mother and my brothers. For whoever does the will of my life have father in heaven is my brother and sister and mother.” This miracle is repeated in Mark chapter 3 and follows directly from the topic of the Lord of the Sabbath; ‘Another time he went into the synagogue, and a man with a shrivelled hand was there. Some of them were looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, so they watched him closely to see if he would heal on the Sabbath. Jesus said to the man with a shrivelled hand, “Stand up in front of everyone.” Then Jesus asked them, “Which is lawful on the sabbath: to do good or to do evil, to save life or to kill?” But they remained silent. He looked around them in anger and, deeply distressed at their stubborn hearts, he said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” He stretched it out, and his hand was completely restored. Then the Pharisees went out and began to plot with the Herodonians how they might kill Jesus. [Crowds follow Jesus verse seven;] ‘Jesus withdrew with his disciples to the lake, and a large crowd from Galilee followed. When they heard all he was doing, many people came to him from Judaea, Jerusalem, Idumia, and the regions across the Jordan and around  Tyre and Sidon. Because of the crowd he told his disciples to have a small boat ready for him, to keep people from crowding him. For he had healed many, so that those with diseases were pushing forward to touch him. Whenever the evil spirits saw him, they fell down before him and cried out, “You are the Son of God.” But he gave strict orders not to tell who he was. [The appointing of the 12 apostles verse 13;] ‘ Jesus went up on a mountainside a call to him those he wanted, and they came to him. He appointed 12 – designating them apostles – that they might be with him and that he might send them out to preach and to have authority to drive out demons. These are the 12 he appointed: Simon[to whom he gave the name Peter]; James son of Zebedee and his brother John[two then he gave the name of Boanerges which means the sons of thunder]; Andrew, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alpheus, Thaddeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot, who betrayed him. [Jesus and Beelzebub verse 20]; ‘Then Jesus entered a house, and again the crowd gathered, so that he and his disciples were not even able to eat. When his family heard about this, they went to take charge of him, for they said, “He is out of his mind.” And the teachers of the law who came down from Jerusalem said, “He is possessed by Beelzebub! By the prince of demons he is driving out demons.” So Jesus called them and spoke to them in parables: “How can Satan drive out Satan? If a kingdom is divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand. If a house is divided against itself, that house cannot stand. And if Satan opposes himself and is divided, he cannot stand; he is and will come. In fact, no one can enter a strong man’s house and carry off his possessions unless he first ties up the strongman. Then he can rob his house. I tell you the truth, all the sins and blasphemies of men will be forgiven them. But whoever blaspheme is against the Holy Spirit will never be forgiven; he is guilty of an eternal sin.” He said this because they were saying, “He has an evil spirit.” [Jesus mother and brothers verse 31] ; ‘then Jesus is mother and brothers arrived. Standing outside, they send someone in to call him. A crowd was sitting around him, and they told him, “Your mother and brothers are outside looking for you.” “Who are my mother and my brothers?” He asked. Then he looked at those seated in a circle around him and said, “here are my mother and my brothers! Whoever does God’s will is my brother, and sister and mother.” And in Luke chapter 6 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 02112020.XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
  2112020. Luke chapter 6. Lord of the Sabbath verse one; ‘one Sabbath Jesus was going through the grain fields, and his disciples began to pick some heads of the grain, rub them in their hands and eat the kernels. Some of the Pharisees asked, “Why are you doing what is unlawful on the Sabbath?” Jesus answered them, “Have you never read what David did when he and his companions were hungry? He entered the house of God, taking the consecrated bread, he ate what is lawful only for priests to eat. And he also gave some to his companions.” Then Jesus said to them, “The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath.” On another Sabbath he went into the synagogue and was teaching, and a man was there his right hand was shrivelled. The Pharisees and the teachers of the law were looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, so they watched him closely to see if he would heal on the Sabbath. By Jesus knew what they were thinking and said to the man with a shrivelled hand, “Get up and stand in front of everyone.” So he got up and stood there. Then Jesus said to them, “I ask you, which is lawful on the sabbath: to do good or to do evil, to save life or to destroy it?” He looked around at them all, and said to the man, “Stretch out

  Page 29

  your hand.” He did so, and his hand was completely restored. But they were furious and began to discuss with one another what they might do to Jesus. [

  The 12 apostles verse 12;] one of those days Jesus went to a mountainside to pray, and spent the night praying to God. When morning came, he called his disciples to him and chose 12 of them, whom he also designated apostles: Simon [whom he called Peter], his brother Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James son of Alphaeus, Simon who was called the Zealot, Judas son of James, and Judas Iscariot, who became a traitor. [Blessings and woes verse 17] ‘he went down with them and stood on a level place. A large crowd of his disciples was there and a great number of people from all over Judaea, from Jerusalem, and from the coast of Tyre and Sidon, who had come to hear him and to be healed of their diseases. Those troubled by evil spirits were cured, and the people all tried to touch him, because power was coming from him and healing them all. Looking at his disciples, he said: “Blissed are you who are poor, for yours is the kingdom of God. Blessed are you who hunger now, for you will be satisfied. Bleesed are you who weep down, for you will laugh. Blessed are you when men hate you, when they exclude you and insult you and reject your name as evil, because of the Son of Man. Rejoice in that day and leap for joy, because great is your reward in heaven. For that is how their fathers treated the prophets. But woe to you who are rich, for you have already received your comfort. Woe to you who are well fed now, for you will go hungry. Woe to you who laugh now, for you will mourn and weep. Woe to you when all men speak well of you, for that is how their fathers treated the false prophets. [Love your enemies verse 27] ‘But I tell you who hear me: Love your enemies, and do good to those who hate you, bless those who curse you, pray for those who mistreat you. If someone strikes you on one cheek, turn to him the other also. If someone takes your cloak, do not stop him from taking your tunic. Give to everyone who asks you, and if someone takes what belongs to you, do not demand it back. Do to others as you would have them do to you. If you love those who love you, what credit is that to you? Even sinners love those who love them. And if you do good to those who are good to you, what credit is that you? Even sinners do that. And if you lend to those from whom you expect repayment, what credit is that to you? Even sinners lend to sinners, expecting to be repaid in full. But love your enemies, do good to them, and lend to them without expecting to get in the back. Then your reward will be great, and you will be sons of the Most High, because he is kind to the ungrateful and wicked. Be merciful, just as your Father is merciful. [Judging others verse 37] ‘do not judge, and you will not be judged. Do not condemn, and you will not be condemned. Forgive, and you will be forgiven. Give, and it will be given to you. A good measure, pressed down, shaken together and running over, will be poured into your lap. For with the measure you use, it will be measured to you.” He also told them this parable: “Can a blind man lead a blind man? Will they not both fall into a pit? A student is not above his teacher, but everyone who is fully trained will be like this teacher. Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brothers eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye? How can you say to your brother, “brother, let me take the speck out of your eye, when you yourself fail to see the plank in your own eye? You hypocrite, first take the plank out of your eye, and then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother’s eye.[ A tree and its fruit verse 43] ‘No good tree bears bad fruit. Nor does a bad tree bear good fruit. Each tree is recognised by its own fruit. People do not pick figs from thorn bushes, or grapes from briars. The good man brings good things out of the good stored up in his heart, and

  Page 30

  the evil man brings evil things out of the evil stored up in his heart. For out of the overflow of his heart his mouth speaks. [The wise and foolish builders verse 46] ‘Why do you call me, “Lord, Lord” and do not do what I say? I will show you what he is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice. He is like a man building a house, who dug down deep and laid the foundation on rock. When a flood came the torrent struck that house it could not shake it, because it was well-built. But the one who hears my words and does not put them into practice is like a man who built a house on ground without a foundation. The moment the torrent struck that house, it collapsed and its destruction was complete.”

  Countless hours of theological discussion can be done away with with that one verse; ‘why do you call me, “Lord, Lord,” and do not do what I say? All the answers in the dictionary are given to this question and when they finally run out they then redefine words such as to remember and get them to mean to forget that all costs. The man with a shrivelled hand from three different angles is about keeping the Sabbath day. It is this many and other theological issues that I struggle with and let me tell you about the nightmare I had about last night. Two of my former students with whom I keep in contact with and are only children were lined up and shot for keeping the Sabbath day. Worse was still to come in and I was given the task to go to their mothers and to explain why God had allowed this to happen. I don’t know what the worst part of the nightmare was whether it was seeing them shot or having go to their mothers to explain why their only child has been taken away. It seemed like a million years before I woke up and in that time I had already decided that I could no longer continue with this blog or the Bible or Christianity. I signed out on all three with one simple sentence and I think it was only then that I woke up. It was real and it was a different world! I did not have to go to Andrew’s mother and tell her why her only child was dead. I had tried to understand that the blows in life come thick and fast but this was way below the belt. It had happened to my head teacher who lost his only son in a car accident who actually had a bit in common with my first daughter as they were both born on the same day. We all turned up to the funeral when it was different then because his son took such pleasure in mocking and deriding the Christian church and at the time I knew it was a matter of when and not if disaster would strike and no I did not give anyone any sermons about anything. Today many disobey the law of God will fully and intentionally and it is up to God when He calls time. The biblical text that kept rolling around in the back of my head though was the one where the man went out to collect wood on the Sabbath day, was caught doing so and was stoned to death for it. Yes he could have collected it on any other of those six days but he chose the Sabbath and he could even have been to prepare a meal with or keep the house warm or some other altruistic reason and with reasons like this I do struggle especially when you keep in mind the degree to which I have broken and will continue to break the rules of the Sabbath day. This is why I suffered during this nightmare and still have difficulties in reconciling events.

  Then you have to look at the context under which this man with a withered hand was healed. The accusers are Pharisees and these are either Demon possessed at least and probably most of them are demons themselves. Here they are accusing Jesus of breaking one of their rules on the Sabbath, say rule 1476 but they themselves are planning to murder Jesus. They will allow Herod to murder John the Baptist if they in return will allow Herod to kill Jesus and here they arm pointing to specks of dust in other people’s eyes. This is hypocrisy at its worst! But despite these difficulties I am still going to comment on this man with a shrivelled hand. One last thought though;

  Page 31

  suppose so there are two JKs and one of them was around 2000 years ago when Jesus came down and took his 99 sheep back to heaven with him via the Day of Atonement. Back then JK had broken the Sabbath on many occasions but by confessing these sins and placing them on the head of the scapegoat they were removed and taken somewhere outside of the city and obliterated. They were gone and they no longer existed. Then there was another JK who lived just before the second coming of Jesus who also regularly broke the Sabbath day but the difference this time was that when he confessed his sins they went to the cross of Good Friday some 2000 years before. These sins also were removed and obliterated and no longer existed. The difference between the two events however was that even on both occasions those sins were wiped out only the sins that went to the cross of Good Friday were wiped out but were also replaced by how Jesus fulfilled the requirements of the whole law. Because this replacement came to the fore it more than filled the fault that was there before and therefore could Jesus be as strict in punishing me for this sin?(.24065 +1000)

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

• XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 03/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
  3112020. The miracle that we are studying now is that of the man with a shrivelled hand and the issue is Sabbath day in all three gospels. So what is so significant that the state should receive and be compartmentalised and allocated one day out of seven in the creation account? Time will only be created once especially if it returns back again to where it came from, from the throne room of God and then it begins its circle again of a trillion years thousand times over or whatever number is but it does return back to the throne room of God begin its circle again. If it is one line that line will have to be added to every so many trillions of years, but it is only created once. Both the heavens and the earth are to be destroyed so they will have to be created once more. The water from the earth will have to be raised up on day two of this creation in order to establish the fence posts in the courtyard of the sanctuary for the eternities to come. Day three will still need the continents to be floated and

  Page 32

  to be covered with vegetation. Day four will still need to have all those stars and planets created again as the present ones will be destroyed. Day five will need the recreation of fish and birds and a six the recreation of animals. Humanity which accepted Christ on the cross as their salvation will not be recreated by will have their first day of sabbath worship in the new universe on day seven of creation and will then continue forevermore to put aside the Sabbath of eternity. So why is the Sabbath the only created entity that will continue forevermore? If on earth we accept Jesus Christ haven’t we entered a period of rest of 24/7 in that there is nothing more we can add, in fact it is sinful to try to add anything to our salvation. Jesus has done it all and His work was finished as at 3 PM on 14 – 01 – 3889 on Mount Calvary. We can peacefully rest from any labour to achieve salvation as it has all been done. For most of this requirement about keeping the Sabbath day holy on this earth will last for about 100 years and for those who chose Jesus Christ as their saviour at His second coming will be taken to the heaven above where they will see the last 1800 years with Jesus and in his direct presence. We will see the Holy Spirit tying up all loose ends and making sure that no one misses out on heaven who wanted to be there. Do we celebrate the Sabbath day with Jesus every seven days during this 1800 years?

  Page 32

  There is a drastic turn of events at the end of this 1800 years when the Holy Spirit returns to heaven from earth. This is the return of the fine linen and which will be placed under the robe of righteousness that we received from Jesus on entry into heaven and the Holy Spirit will not have to explain the beauty of this robe very long when we demand to be married to Jesus. The marriage does soon take place but amazingly we ride out of heaven is an army is following the rider of the Whitehorse and onto the promised land, Canaan. We thought we were already in the promised land but questions no longer arise as we are now a married couple and have full confidence in my Jesus as to what He has planned for me. It works out that there are still two battles to be fought before we can even think about even entering throne room of God, these are the earthly battles against Sihon and Og. There is still much history to have to occur but ultimately we will finish up in the direct presence of God and in the Most Holy Place or the new Jerusalem or the throne room of God. Surely there can be no Sabbath up here? We cannot get any closer than this to the holy Trinity so then the Sabbath becomes a case of 24/7 and there was no need for God to allocate this as a special day back on our sinful world? We don’t have to worry at this stage about blasphemy or murder or adultery or stealing or any of the other

  Page 33

  commandments it is just that the Sabbath has been done away with! But this is not the case in the throne room of God and it is certainly not the case in this sinful world of today. From the creation of the world from the very first day and for the rest of eternity is the daily sacrifice. It is a commemoration of what did not even have to happen and in fact the world was created in such a way that it did not happen but it was always fully dependent on the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. What is described as described in minute detail but which is not mentioned or even does it come onto any radar screens of most so-called religions of this world. The daily sacrifice which is a display full extent of the love of Jesus Christ as the basic unit of time and as we can get no better than this time of eternity as well. When this time was created, “In the beginning God,” it was the stamp that was stamped on everyday from then and forevermore. The day that received a double stamp of the daily sacrifice was the seventh day and was called the Sabbath day. It retains the stamp as a double stamp in this universe and when it slides through the doorway into the new universe it will also retain the stamp. You cannot get any better and it is too good to forget! What we must realise though is that every day down here and in the eternities to come as the stamp of the daily sacrifice and the only reason we exist or

  Page 34

  anything else exists is because of what Jesus was prepared to do for us on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. Time is therefore a continuum of infinity be that one long straight line or one that cycles back through the throne room of God from where it was created but it has been given a special tag and that is the tag of the Sabbath day. But why do we need a double stamp when all time itself is just a continuum and a repeat of what did not even have to happen on Good Friday on Mount Calvary? After all the original plan was that there was to be no Good Friday on Mount Calvary and that time would finish 2000 years ago. Jesus did not have to go to the cross of Good Friday and could quite easily have taken all those who wanted to be taken to heaven on this earth via the Day of Atonement.

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

   

• XXXXXXXXXXXXX 04/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXX
  4112020. 04 In a technical way at least those who claim to be in Jesus are in a state of eternal rest because that is how everyday of creation is marked out. It is marked out as the daily sacrifice and that in turn is marked out as events before 9 AM, what happened between 9 AM and noon and what happened between noon and 3 PM and then 3 PM joint onto 9 AM the next day and this is the complete cycle of the daily sacrifice. But if all that Sabbath was just a double stamp of the daily sacrifice then why did Jesus die for this issue evil

  Page 35

  had maxed out at the time of Jesus and Jesus could have chosen any number of evils that were occurring around Him but out of all of them Jesus chose to die for the Sabbath day. From this we must gather that Jesus was not going to die for something that was about to become obsolete and in fact had been stamped on many trillions of Sabbath still to come in time and most importantly even though we are within the throne room of God Sabbath day still stands. When Jesus died on that Good Friday some 2000 years ago he more than died for the Sabbath he died to fulfil the requirements of God as these requirements were the very nature and the very fibre of God as expressed in our three dimensions. They were actually written out on a part of this earth and at least on two occasions; these requirements that only God could meet were the 10 Commandments and were written out once on stone tablets supplied by God Himself and which are still to be met On the Day of Atonement to come and the second lot which have already been fulfilled were written out for humanity on material supplied by humanity, Moses, but fulfilled out by Jesus to the standard required by God and given to humanity free of charge to anyone who wants them. The requirement to keep the Sabbath day holy was but one of 10 Commandments and probably because it was so important was marked out with the

  Page 36

  admonition, “remember to keep holy the Sabbath day.” As most today have little or no idea about the daily sacrifice you could stamp any time or day with double or triple or tenfold lots of stamps of the daily sacrifice and they would still have no effect or significance. Scripture sets these three miracles aside and attempt to explain to us the significance of this day has to establish the significance of this day is so extreme that Jesus chose to die for this cause. The fact that it overrules man-made requirements which themselves destroyed any significance of this day is not unusual. These rules were made up by demons or demon possessed individuals who are right now planning not just to kill the two witnesses who were here on earth finish time and begin eternity. And the cruellest blow of all was they were to accomplish these acts of barstedry by twisting the Word of God around it such a way as to throw it back into His Holy face. The deal was that the Jews would allow Herod to murder John the Baptist and in return Herod would allow the Jews murder Jesus Christ. Both events significant but one far more significant than the other. The murder of John the Baptist resulted in separation of the Holy Spirit as a separate entity within the Godhead but the murder of Jesus Christ resulted in moving God’s people and God’s presence from this universe into another universe. So Jesus overruling the disciples picking wheat

  Page 37

  and eating it as the ruling of mankind and was never meant to be. What is significant in Matthew though is that Jesus overrules or seems to overrule at least a divine requirement of humanity eating divine bread of the temple and even worse than that that on the Sabbath the priest in the temple desecrate the day which at least would be the case for the congregation. No, the channel of communication between God and humanity overrides all other channels and the issue becomes mercy for the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath. The issue is further addressed in Mark when Jesus raises the question of, “Which is lawful on the Sabbath: to do good or to do evil, to save life or to kill?” And again, “The Sabbath was made for man, not man for the Sabbath. So the Son of Man is Lord even of the Sabbath.” Again we have this overriding principle of a channel of communication that has been established by putting a double stamp of the daily sacrifice and calling it the Sabbath day Satan must at all costs destroy entirely  this channel of communication which has been superimposed on top of the Sabbath day and it seems to be according to this day that God has created humanity. For six days in a week we work in all our spiritual and mental and physical resources are drained down but once we hit the Sabbath day we are dragged up by the head to the heights that were at at the start of the

  Page 38

  week to begin our downward weekly slide. By destroying that weekly lifting up by the head process Satan achieves his goal: a continual downhill slide and under no circumstances will he allow the rebuilding of this process. In this process Jesus communicates with us and restores us and if we do not give Jesus a chance to do this Satan will do this but with different results. Luke repeats both the grounds of the Sabbath overruling man-made laws but also what seems to be overruling divine laws giving the example of David and his men any consecrated bread which was only lawful for the priest to eat. Again the same reason is given that Jesus as the Son of Man and is therefore the Lord of the Sabbath. Jesus was the one who created the Sabbath in the first place and therefore sets the rules about what is lawful to do on the Sabbath and what is not: to do good or to do evil, to save life or to destroy it? In my newly begun adventure of reading the Bible as a science book, just because I have extreme difficulty in understanding the concepts involved does not necessarily mean that they do not apply. They do apply and the problem with this is my understanding in the same with the Sabbath day: it does apply and the problem is with our understanding. The crux of the matter is obedience and the obedience that is required is spelt out in the 10 Commandments and as we

  Page 39

  have seen and will continue to see that these commandments are the matrix within which we exist and will continue to exist and they may even explain the existence of the heavenly Jeshurun. Matthew chapter 12 verse 15 concerning God’s chosen servant and what the prophet Isaiah wrote about him. What is being written about is the Messiah. It was the Nazirite and it was the final message. But you may say that the Nazirite was only supposed to be concerned with, ‘If the man fell down suddenly alongside him.’ Therefore this was the message of the Day of Atonement but here the Nazirite was given very strict rules about staying away from the dead, eating grape based products and having his hair shaved. This is not what was going to happen to Jesus Christ but then again we have followed at least a part of the journey where that original Day of Atonement was expanded to include not just unintentional sins but also intentional sins as well. But if this was the final message humanity why would Jesus not allow anyone to tell who He was?

  Jesus was the greatest miracle worker of them all. You could not beat creating this universe out of nothing! But he does not want to be known as a miracle worker as in the heaven of eternity this would have to run thin and you know very short period of time. There are only so many miracles that can be performed and so many universes can

  Page 40

  be created. Jesus wanted to be known for what he was and the attributes that He possessed; His mercy, His justice, His love, His grace, His Holiness and others as well and to these there can be no limit. He wanted to be loved and known for what He was. There must be something in this text tells us as to what mission Jesus was on and distinguishes from the other one. At this stage the only one I can see is the first verse, ‘ Here is my servant whom I have chosen ‘.the specific choice that I can think of is Jesus the Nazirite was chosen in this way and the role of the Nazirite was specifically to go through the cross of the Day of Atonement. Both Jews and Christians apply these texts of the prophet Isaiah to either of the ministries of Jesus Christ but not to both of them as far as I know. If you want to destroy these attributes of Jesus Christ there is no better way than the concept of eternal fires of hell. For this one concept Satan can be given a score of 100% and also those demonic ministries of his for using this example. Here we have Jesus creating 14 billion (?) human beings of which 99.9%  (?) are going to burn in hell and scream their guts out forever in the nastiest environment they can be expressed in ordinary language; a burning lake of sulphur . Jesus knew that when he created all those people that this is where they would finish up and what better display of mercy could you get

  Page 41

  than seeing and hearing someone screaming their guts out in pain that could not be described as excruciating! Well okay maybe mercy is not the best example so let us try justice instead! No that sounds like injustice and the furthest thing from justice that occurs. Jesus is light and life and there is plenty going on down there. He is love and well again if that is love and let me tick the hate box. Eternal fires of hell are the most serious misrepresentations of the nature of God that Satan can produce and the purely demonic ministries like that of Jimmy Swaggart pushes concept and they will push at all time. That I want you anywhere near God and this is the most effective way in which they can do this. It is sad indeed that so many other ministries push this Satanic clanger is still that they not know what they are doing! (+27102 +1000)

  05112020. These Scriptures used in the synoptic gospels are used to identify Jesus as the Messiah and could not have a used at first coming as identifying Jesus of the cross of Good Friday. If they had been all of God’s people including his disciples would not have most the message of Good Friday so badly and that was as late as Resurrection Sunday. It would be fair then to say these quotations linking Jesus back to the Messiah and therefore the Day of Atonement. If this be the case then Satan must become one of the major events that has to be dealt with because he is to be destroyed eight days before this day. Back then it goes further than this because what would result now was heaven on earth and therefore not only any presence of Satan but also any Dominion that Satan held over this world would have to be destroyed as well. It did not happen then but there are two major consequences of those days which affect Christianity today and they are what power and Dominion did Satan lose back then and how many Demons survived and are around today and whose aim will be to destroy Christianity. All the synoptic gospels therefore have Satan as a major concern as in now in Matthew verse 22 and the subheading of Jesus and Beelzebub. As the top angel in heaven before the rebellion Satan was called Lucifer but once the rebellion occurred at and they were all thrown out of heaven his name is Beelzebub which was the case at the first coming of our Lord to earth and is now called Beelzebub the prince of demons. He has the Dominion to be able to make people blind and mute which is very significant indeed. Whether he should have been destroyed 2000 years ago or 1800 years time he is going to put up a maximum fight and his hands will not be tied. Had the battle against Satan occurred 2000 years ago and Satan was defeated and thrown into hell and destroyed, the demons that were killed in Eden at the start of creation would have had to been resurrected, and those that were thrown into the abyss would have had to have been released. Both these events had occurred and Satan had a full complement of his soldiers to fight against Jesus at that time. There was Satan himself and the hundred million (?) Of the congregation that had been thrown down on the second day of the rebellion to earth. But there were two other lots as well which came on board at the time and whose fate we want to know about. These are the ones that either offered fire pans and were killed on the spot and those who said they have the right to offer fire pans but did not turn up to do so because they knew they were going to be killed. These are the ones where the earth opened up and swallow them and they are in the abyss down there somewhere today. Or are they? They were there at the time of Jesus because we know that they pleaded with Jesus not to be thrown back into the abyss. According to Peter these demons are today in the abyss and awaiting judgement so they must have been thrown back into the abyss and therefore are no concern to us. They were desperate not to be thrown back into the abyss because they must have known that they would be there for a significant period of time, more like 3000 years rather than a few years until the destruction of 02 – 07 – 3889. There certainly appears to be a major discrepancy in that Satan thought that he was going to be destroyed just before the Day of Atonement and were at this day was imminent. He made a deal with Jesus at the Garadenes to enter into those pigs which he knew would be drowned and that he would lose his physical body but his spiritual body would survive for ever. He would not/should not have made this agreement had he known that Jesus was not going to the cross of Atonement and that his period on earth had been extended by some 4000 years. It would be a major advantage to him to have retained this body and the any reason he forgave each use because he was certain that the Day of Atonement was imminent. With all hands on deck Jesus is able to describe Satan and his congregation as a kingdom and that this kingdom could not stand if it is divided. There does appear to be a division within the kingdom of beelzebub in that many in the kingdom knew that they were going to be thrown back into the abyss and for a significant period of time because Jesus was not going to the cross of the Day of Atonement but had extended time, actually exactly doubled it. Jesus further produces evidence about the existence of this kingdom and its uniformity by telling them about entry into a strong man’s house and carrying off its possessions unless he first ties up strongman. Beelzebub/Satan is the strongman and no one is going to enter into his house unless they tie him up first and that did not happen at first coming but it will happen at the second coming. He has been tied up and he is confined and has been since the time that he gloated at Jesus on the cross. It was at this time also that the door of mercy closed on Satan and he has been confined to planet Earth.
  The greatest worry of any Christian would have to be not to commit the unforgivable sin, this sin of blasphemy against the Holy Spirit. Anyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man will be forgiven but anyone who speaks against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven, either in this age or in the age to come. Does this give Satan/beelzebub a ring of protection in that we will be scared to be wary of or to accuse anyone of demon possession? Does Scripture give us a way of distinguishing between right and wrong, and black-and-white? How can we tell the difference between the Holy Spirit of righteousness and the demonic spirit of Satan? The consequences of not being able to do so are dire indeed. And Satan is no fool and has no problem with masquerading as the angel of light or the Holy Spirit. We are human indeed in a part of humanity is that it makes mistakes and I’m very sure that the converts from the Billy Graham crusade’s did not realise that they were being led to an evil war, not that most wars are not evil. They did not realise that at the end Billy would pack up and send them off to murder people because someone in America wanted to fill the country with drugs. Either I have become more spiritually discerning or something else I am aware that Jimmy Swaggart ministries are a demon based war ministry. I did see him with my own eyes jump for joy and delight at the thought of pagans killing Christians as happening in the Middle East today but he confirmed the demonic nature of his ministry’s by inviting the congregation to join him and in return he would christen them as, ‘Born-again Christians!’ Since that time I have listened to many of his sermons and exposes on the Bible and now realise how a professional deceives any potential Christians. This is very well summarised in verse 33 and onwards in Matthew chapter 12. If these verses relate to spiritual maturity and awareness then unfortunately I have not yet made it as I have extreme difficulty between telling the difference between an angel of light and an angel of death and I have no problem in compartmentalising which one Jimmy Swaggart fits. To claim that he or anyone else can give the Holy Spirit just like they would give sweats to children is a mockery and blasphemy of the cross of Jesus Christ. It is either commit the unforgivable sin and the unpardonable sin. To claim to be able to give the Holy Spirit or the seal of God to anyone or the guarantee of heaven for the eternities to come is not just blasphemy but an absurdity of the greatest order. But in the long run the judge that will make that distinction between intentional and unintentional is one Who can never make a mistake. If you are one of these unfortunates that has gone down to the front to be instilled by these demons and you didn’t Cotton On as to what was happening to you and it went to the second stage where the demons that were driven out came back with seven more evil demons you are indeed in serious trouble that we read through the demons of the synoptic gospels there is a class that has entered into people who do not realise what they were doing and therefore are capable of being driven out. Usually it is not just your prayers that I can be required but the prayers of family and friends as well, but they will come out. They find it particularly uncomfortable when you are reading the Word of God, the Bible and the more you read it the more of its power you will be able to harness until finally they have to leave! The simplest way is to realise that you are dealing with demons and you must stay away from them and if you want to know whether you are dealing with demons the best ways to ask them whether you are expected to try to obey God’s commandments, all of them and that means no exceptions including the fourth commandment concerning keeping the Sabbath day holy. If you do this what you are actually doing is transferring the 10 Commandments from this earth which will soon be destroyed and onto your heart and the degree to which they have been obeyed and that is perfection and that is what will pass from this universe to the next. What is surprising is the ease with which these demons handle Scripture and confidently quote from it. What they quote at best is half-truths and usually no truths and the cruellest and most sadistic part of it all is they give wonderful exposes of Paul’s writings which actually show you the mechanism of conversion from this earth to the heaven but they know damned well they are keeping you away from this conversion. Do not come under the new covenant, do not transfer the 10 Commandments from stone to your heart but you must stay under the old covenant! It is they who are committing the unforgivable sin, it is a who are masquerading as the Holy Spirit and it is they who claim to be the givers of everlasting life and it is they who are telling the unforgivable lie!

  _{XXXXXXXXXXXXX 06/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXX}

  _{Page 48}

   

   

  6112020. It has been a rewarding exercise in studying the miracles of Jesus on a whole chapter basis and the significance of Satan at the first coming of Jesus has certainly been more pronounced. It is with great expectations therefore that our approach the miracle of the sign of Jonah which is recorded in both Matthew and Luke. It is the relationship between Jonah and the Old Testament and Jesus of the New Testament that I want to establish. When Jesus sent Nicodemus back into the Sinai to find Moses holding up a bronze snake does not mean that Jesus was a bronze snake but there were lessons to be learned from and so it is going to now be with Jonah and Jesus. There are going to be many comparisons but the elephant in the room will remain as Jonah’s reluctance to go to Nineveh/Assyria. Jonah thought it would be a waste of time and no one would respond anyway. The Assyrians are known as a particularly cruel and brutal nation and there was every chance that they would grab Jonah torture him and kill him. He was going to run away from this mission and in the direction directly opposite to where he was supposed to go! Can we use this part of the comparison to apply to Jesus, He did not want to go? In the garden of Gethsemane on that Thursday night when God the Father showed Jesus the cup of iniquity from which He would have to drink the response of

  Page 49

  Jesus was to ask the Father that if it were at all possible to take it away from Him. Then came the qualifier when Jesus added, “But not my will but Thy will be done”. This incident is repeated again just before the saints enter into the throne room of God. Up to this moment Jesus has done everything that is divinely possible to prepare us for entry into the throne room of God but despite this much more needed to be done as if Jesus tried to take us into the throne room now the beauty of what we saw would just leave us speechless, breathless and unable to move and this is hardly the state that Jesus wants to spend the eternities with us. But now for the gory bits which I thought had finished on entry into heaven at the second coming let alone that far down the road and entry into the throne room of God. Well firstly the first thing we will be shown is not a part of the new universe where there are no gory bits. We are taken back outside of the new universe and into the archives of heaven in Eden2 which still have what was recorded by heaven as what happened on Good Friday of Mount Calvary. It is an incident which we have visited many times and is recorded in the Book of Numbers in chapter 19 and titled as the ordinance of the red heifer. This is how heaven has recorded what happened on Mount Calvary more 4000 years before. It is by seeing what we are going to be shown now that

  Page 50

  makes us fit and capable of entering the throne room of God and not being totally overcome by it. It is seeing and appreciating the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ now makes us fit and able to enter. It is really about for the first time getting rid of that fear and dread about all this is just too good to believe and sooner or later it had to finish and sooner or later I would be given a tap on the shoulder and told to get on my bike and leave. It is seen by what happened at the ordinance of the red heifer that removes this final fear and now I look forward to entering and being in the presence of Jesus Christ within the throne room of God. So what actually happens and what am I shown for this final change of attitude? Here is Jesus sitting/standing on an incinerator/hell and addressing me on a one-to-one basis which is now possible because we have the fine linen/Holy Spirit that He wants me to be with Him inside of the throne room of God for the eternities to come and that is the full extent of His love for me but the only way that this can occur is for me to push Jesus into those fires as it was my confessed sins that had to be removed and I have to be aware that this is what is happening. After being inside the belly of the fish where miraculously Jonah received his oxygen and was kept alive before being released into what turned out to be a very successful ministry. Jesus Christ was in the heart

  Page 52

  of the world/earth to be released after three days and three nights to also undertake a very successful ministry via the presence of the Holy Spirit on this earth to come. But Jonah represents the trilogy of salvation, of Friday, Sabbath and Sunday. Scripture at this point stresses that it is three days and three nights which are the issue. It is not “just” the Day of Atonement that is involved. It was just ordinary Passover from 6 PM to 8 PM and the Last Supper on 8 PM to 10 PM the garden of Gethsemane. The Passover was actually 12 hours of darkness of the Thursday night from 6 PM to 6 AM the next day and then 12 hours of light which Jesus spent 9 AM to 3 PM on the cross. Now 10 PM on that night the “ordinary” Passover or the one that had been conducted for some 1400 years beforehand now changed to the Passover and Good Friday and Jesus on the cross when the Roman soldiers came to arrest Jesus. The “ordinary” Passover would continue some 4000 years later to be followed by Resurrection Sunday and the resurrection of eternity. Matthew is stressing the establishment of this trilogy and he is using the events of Jonah. At this specific time is not giving us the details of these three nights at three days but only of the result that followed. Against all odds and the miracle of miracles anyone who wants to be a part of it can join the saints into heaven. Too good to believe for this

  Page 52

  world yes, and will continue to be so for a very long time and our entry into the throne room of God will depend upon this belief. It would be nice to try and tell how the Queen of the South will rise at the judgement although she learnt her facts from listening to Solomon’s wisdom but now there is one far greater than Solomon. At this early stage of the ministry of Jesus, He is already warning His disciples of the three days and three nights and therefore Jesus is warning them about the cross of Good Friday. What has this got to do with where an evil spirit comes out of you that it goes through aid places seeking rest and does not find it. Then it says, “I will return to the house I left.” When it arrives, it finds the house unoccupied, swept clean and put in order. Then it goes and takes with its seven other spirits more wicked than itself, they go in and live there. And the condition of that man is wose than the first. That is how it will be with this wicked generation.

  Chapter 12 started with Lord of the Sabbath and the healing a man with a shrivelled hand and was an interaction between Jesus and those demonic Pharisees. Next came Jesus as God’s chosen servant as predicted by Scripture and name the nations will put their hope. Then there was Jesus and His explanation about Beelzebub which surprisingly to me anyway led to the unforgivable sin. The solution to the unforgivable sin and how

  Page 54

  not to commit is was to look at the tree itself and that a good tree could not produce bad fruit. Now, again surprisingly to me Jonah leads us to this Demon who when it comes out and searches seeking rest and does not find it comes back again with seven more evil angels and if you are that person from whom that devil left and you have not been filled with Jesus and you will be filled by that same Demon and you will be worse off because he brings seven more evil spirits with him. This is the danger of all those ministries who claim to be able to give the Holy Spirit. They drive out any spirit out of you and then march you down to the front where they will infill you with those seven evil spirits plus the original even before you have a chance to realise what is going on. This is why they are a mortal danger. This is the modus operandi of the Jimmy Swaggart ministries. Chapter 12 finishes off with Jesus’s mother and brother and we are told that Jesus has 12 apostles that He also has an inner circle, and inner family. However does the will of the Father, obedience a technical term which is not used today become the family of Jesus, His brother, and His sister and His mother or just the family of God! The miracle of the man with a shrivelled hand has already been covered in Matthew and will be returned to next journey on this topic. From the shrivelled hand we

  Page 55

  move to the crowds that follow Jesus and the appointing of the 12 apostles which in turn is followed by Jesus and Beelzebub and the mother and brothers of Jesus.

  Another crash today adding 800 +1000 +30504)

  7112020. The significance of the healing of the man with a shrivelled hand is such that it is repeated in all three synoptic gospels. Its significance is about one of the building blocks of creation, and is one day in seven and is soon to pass into the eternities as the synoptic gospel tell us that this is soon to happen when heaven on earth will begin and was supposed to have happened 2000 years ago. It has nothing to do with all those rules made by those evil Pharisees which instead of adding to the day destroyed it. Every day since the first day of creation has already been stamped as daily sacrifice which even though was not going to happen and there was not going to be any challenge made to the existence of this universe in the presence of the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. On the Sabbath day beginning with day seven of creation it was God Himself Placed an extra provision on this day. This provision was that this day was to receive a double stamp of the daily sacrifice. The reverence and holiness of this day was therefore brought to the fore and this was over and above the existing daily sacrifice which was exactly that: it was every other day that we were supposed to keep in mind the reason for our existence. Humanities health and wealth rely on this premise and without it there is nothing and they have nothing and the wonderful consequences of nothing such as evolution and the Big Bang theory. This is only the second time around through the miracles of Jesus but the third time to the miracle of the man with a shrivelled hand. Luke chapter 6 the Lord of the Sabbath verse one; ‘one Sabbath Jesus was going through the grain fields, and his disciples began to pick some heads of growing, rub them in their hands and eat the kernels’. [The Messiah had a mission on this earth and every day was critical and so was every hour. Many hours that should have been kept aside for self-preservation were converted into ministry and this included the need for food.] Verse two; ‘some of the Pharisees asked, “Why are you doing what is unlawful on the Sabbath?” [The Messiah had an affinity for humanity as expressed in the daily sacrifice but He did not have a double affinity because the Sabbath had been stamped twice. You cannot get any more than the full extent of the love of Jesus but this extra stamp was provided so that we can stop and take advantage of it. It is his disciples who should have taken advantage of it and when picking the grain should have acknowledged where that grain and come from and for what purpose and expressed gratitude for it.] Verse 3,4; ‘Jesus answered them, “Have you never read what David did when he and his companions were hungry? He entered the house of God, and taking the consecrated bread, he ate what is lawful only for the priest to eat. And he also gave some to his companions.’ [I do not have any doubt that David knew that what he was doing was unlawful: this bread could only be eaten by the priests. David also knew that he should not be in that part of the house of God where this bread was stored. He was either deliberately flouting the rules or he knew what the rules were about. They were there to keep us on the straight and narrow which is what the path to the heaven of eternity is, straight and narrow. Therefore take advantage of being on that path and not be destroyed by God which could have resulted from his actions. It is about our relationship with Jesus Christ on the ground that He is our Creator and Redeemer and loving parent. These actions of David tell us why he was exhalated in the early part of his ministry and why the privileges of writing such wonderful hymns in Scripture were given to him. David knew that all the rules and regulations were a formulation of the pathway to God. They were the spokes that were concentrated in the epicentre or the hub which is Jesus Christ but he also knew that any spokes that came out of that hub, like the 10 spokes of the 10 Commandments only came from that hub because they were the nature of that hub and therefore could not be ignored. Verse five; ‘Then Jesus said to them, “The Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath.” [Is Jesus The Son of Man the Lord of the Sabbath and is Jesus the Son of God also the Lord of the Sabbath? After all this is a synoptic gospel where it is Jesus as the Son of God Who is going to the cross of the Day of Atonement and a mission that was given to Him way back in the garden of Eden when Satan and our first parents sinned? There are still many nuances which our left to harvest as we work our way through the Scriptures but at this stage at least what has been double stamped is the daily sacrifice and the daily sacrifice is a depiction of what is going to occur or what did occur on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. Verse six; ‘On another Sabbath he went into the synagogue and was teaching, and a man was there whose right hand was shrivelled.’ [Jesus has already made a ruling on the rules that He Himself has made. David and his men were seeking more than bread when they went to the temple, they were seeking protection and the breath and depth of the protection David left to God Himself. As the Son of Man Jesus is the Lord of the Sabbath expands the scope of those rules to time and life itself. Verse six was on another Sabbath and the issues and the ruling were at another level. I often wonder a God’s use of chirality, the reasons between the use of the left-hand and the right-hand and even though they are different they are one. Why the DNA molecule is threaded in one way and is that the same way that time itself is threaded. Why the proteins in our body are threaded one-way but the sugars that provide the energy to burn them are threaded the other way? It would only take one molecule within that long thread to be threaded the wrong way and the whole molecule could not be used that is how selective the threading is. The spin component which we soon have to discuss can spin clockwise or anticlockwise. Jesus took the scroll with a seven seals on out of the right hand of God at 3 PM on Good Friday and not out of His left hand. But then again we are dealing with none other than God the Creator. One of these days we might be shown while Luke specifies that the shrivelled hand on this man was his right hand and not his left hand. Both would have been healed at this time and both were a major miracle and it was for this miracle that Jesus was prepared to die for.] Verse seven; ‘the Pharisees and the teachers of the law were looking for a reason to accuse Jesus so they watched him closely to see if he would heal on the Sabbath’.[Jesus has just made a ruling on the rules that He Himself has made and now Jesus makes a ruling on the rules that the Pharisees/Satan has made and with these spokes Satan leads people away from God rather than to the hub or God Himself. This is now a direct challenge to the Pharisees and Satan because their rules lead people away from God into a maze of man-made rules.] Verse eight; ‘But Jesus knew what they were thinking and said to the man with the shrivelled hand, “get up stand in front of everyone.” So he got up and stood there.’ [The issues are clearly defined and there is no doubt that Jesus is now challenging these useless at best rules were probably worse than this because they put a load onto the back of the people a load which the Pharisees themselves are not willing to carry. Hypocrisy!] Verse 9; ‘Then Jesus said to them, “I ask you, which is lawful on the sabbath: to do good or to do evil, to save life or destroy it?”’ [The choice that Jesus gives them is what they are doing is doing evil and destroying life with all their endless rules and you could not put it anymore starkly than this.] Verse 10; ‘He looked around at them all, and then said to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” He did so, and his hand was completely restored’. [Jesus has replaced the demonic rule which was evil and destroyed life by one that does good and saves life and this is the rule that is applicable today and in fact been has been applicable ever since the first Sabbath of creation.’ Verse 11; ‘But they were furious and began to discuss with each other what they might do to Jesus.’ [And we know from the other synoptic gospels that what is now being discussed is the death of both the witnesses, John the Baptist and Jesus Christ and the issue involved in this death Jesus has chosen to be the Sabbath day. s just as Satan and the Pharisees defended there demonic interpretation of the Sabbath day so Satan continues today with the mighty backing of the Christian church. The issues are the same and the reason the church and Satan continued to hold their ground are the same today as they were then and that is to destroy the channel of communication between God and humanity and to replace it with Satan’s and the Pharisees version. This will not continue for much longer as Jesus is about to organise His 12 apostles and by His teaching He will change human behaviour. The 12 apostles verse 12; ‘One of those days Jesus went out to a mountainside to pray, and spent the night praying to God.’ [ The fervour of these prayers and their urgency would change once the Holy Spirit left planet Earth and Jesus realised that He would have to go the cross of Good Friday without the presence of the Holy Spirit. At this stage there was still unity within the holy Trinity and that unity was maintained by communication or prayer. It is a difficult call to make but I call Jesus as the Nazirite as someone Who has made the Nazirite vow and left His Father behind in heaven. Left-handed or right-handed, or seven or 12 or some other number for the number of tribes in heaven and apostles the decision for these and other numbers will be shown us but at this stage we would not understand anyway and it makes no difference as there are far more important issues to be considered but 12 was the number chosen and it does not really matter which tribe I spend the eternities in heaven with all that matters is that I am there. Verse 13; ‘when morning came, he called his disciples to him and shows 12 of them, whom he also designated apostles.’
  7112021. 08112020. Jesus knew the strength and the weakness of each of these apostles and each was chosen for a reason. Jesus did not choose His mother or brothers or sisters they were His family. Everyone who chooses to do the will of God and to obey Jesus become His family. For this we are given a free will and nullifies the argument that we will be robots with endless tapes of praise in heaven for the eternities to come. That will be the choice of some of God’s creation but most of it will choose to stay away from Jesus. This brings us to the sudden change of context within Luke which begins introduction of the message of Jesus. The Bible is not called, “the miracles of Jesus” or Jesus, “the miracle man” although Jesus did perform enough miracles to easily fill this book. The miracles of Jesus did have a role to perform in the history of humanity but they were not alone. What Jesus was about was the message of salvation which would be introduced on earth and could continue on earth or may even change to another universe. This to be so this message had to be introduced by divinity and his divinity had to be proven to be so. The messenger had to have come from God and been present and predicted in Scripture and to such an extent that when Jesus summarises this message to the two disciples on the road to Emmaus it had to be complete and the completion was marked as the cross of Good Friday. It was when they broke the bread that they saw Jesus. It indicates the finality of the cross of Good Friday as the end of the salvation message. When Paul encountered the great Greek philosophers whose specialty was asking questions the answers that he gave was, the cross of Good Friday and the cross of Good Friday alone as the answer to all those searching questions and again indicating that the cross of Good Friday was the finality that occurred within the cross of Good Friday. This does not mean that Paul thought that the end of sin and evil had come and now probably within days that time would end via the Day of Atonement. So in Luke 6:17 the headings of blessings and woes we begin the message of salvation. It has been cashed within a deep well and introduced by scriptural proof that the person who is now going to deliver this message was indeed God’s messenger and that much preparation had gone on for this to occur. The wall on the other side of this deep well are the miracles of Jesus and His claim of unity with the Father. Within this well or cacheis Jesus Christ and the position that He holds down here justifies the sacrifice of either twin pigeons or twin turtledoves in both the history of the Nazirite as described in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6 and when finally fulfilled on the 10 – 07 – 486 and just before we passed through the doorway and into the new universe . It was the same message that was written on the stone tablets that Moses broke way back at the foot of Mount Sinai and the same message that Jesus rewrote on the tablets that were supplied by Moses. The difference between these two lots of stone tablets was that in the first lot that were broken we were expected to obey them and any failures would be corrected on the Day of Atonement . The second lot of tablets however it was Jesus who met the requirements and it was His finished works that were given to anyone who wanted to take advantage of them and they were given free of charge. Does that mean that there were or were not major changes in the message of salvation determined by whom the requirements of God were met? The question that is being asked is what difference did the cross of Good Friday make and it is a question with which we have struggled already and will continue to do so throughout these gospels. But the issue now and the teachings of Jesus about the blessings and the woes and the love for enemies and judging others and the tree and its fruit and the wise and foolish builders and all those other teachings seem to be addressing the following introduction by Jesus and come far too late to be addressing heaven itself. Jesus should have just said but did not, “I am the Messiah to which Scripture has appointed and I am starting a ministry which will end in 1260 days and the Day of Atonement. There will be a further 1260 days after the Day of Atonement and final preparations when heaven will begin and that is Daniel’s 70 weeks have been decreed for your people and your holy city to finish transgression, to make an end to sin, to make atonement for iniquity, to bring in everlasting righteousness, to seal up vision and prophecy and to anoint the most holy Place. In other words I am now going to begin that last lot of seven years which will be split in the middle by the Day of Atonement. There is no need to stress to you then that these are final preparations. Six months before this final day of the Day of Atonement I will be taking the harvest, the 99 sheep, on 13 – 01 – 3889 and we will be leaving from the garden of Gethsemane on that Thursday night. We will be waiting in a specially prepared area for final preparations to occur on earth during these last six months for the existing temple to be destroyed but this time it will be rebuilt by divine order as it will be the temple of eternity. Its destruction will be by evil forces but these evil forces themselves will be destroyed and obliterated in the fires of hell will have gone out by 02 – 07 – 3889. I will return to earth with the saints to a world which has been refurbished and not just Satan will be destroyed but the Dominion that he held over this world will also be removed. So we have finished 69 of those 70 weeks and even within this last week it is only the first half that matters as from the Day of Atonement all sin and evil will be destroyed and I don’t have to tell you what behaviour is expected from you in the heaven of eternity as it should be spontaneous. All these doctrines and teachings have actually been relevant for nearly 4000 years but now come into play and then passed into eternity itself.” The relevance of these teachings then comes to the fore and the anomalty for how long these teachings are to apply at least disappears to some extent. There is no anomaly if time is to go on for thousands of years. Regardless of how long they of Atonement would take it was still going to occur and evil and sin were going to be destroyed and if there was to be an intermission because the cross of Good Friday then adjustments could be made at the required time. The teachings of Jesus and the ministry of Jesus makes sense to me under those conditions and it is in this light that they are now going to be commented on.
           Verse 17-19; ‘He went down with them and stood on a level place. A large crowd of his disciples was there and a great number of people from all over Judeo, from Jerusalem and from the coast to hear him and to be healed of their diseases those troubled by evil spirits work your and the people all try to touch him, because power was coming from him and healing them all’ [much preparation had gone into this ministry in order to receive such a response especially when you think how limited communication was in those days.
  7112022. 09112020. Luke 6: 20; ‘Looking at his disciples, he said: “Blessed are who are poor, for yours is the kingdom of God.” [What has really surprised me is the difficulty with which I am having to begin a commentary on the teachings of Jesus. After all this is what the Bible is about, the teachings of Jesus. Those who attempt to follow these teachings are called Christians and the societies that they gather in are call Christian societies. Then I frantically looked around the world to find an example of this and the Hamish in America were the only ones I could come up with and these are vanishingly small community. There are remnants of Christian societies around the world and the further they get from Christianity the further the degree of self-destruction. It would be a better world with the more Christian nations but Scripture is really about the individual; it is about your journey or my journey which will ultimately finish up either in heaven or hell. The difficulty is that if heaven is indeed such a wonderful place then anyone and everyone that is placed in there would live in perfection forevermore and never complain and never have any difficulties either. History tells us that this is not the case and that the angels were created and placed into such a place and should have lived there forevermore, but that is not what happened. In a relatively short period of time they rebelled and should have all been thrown out of heaven. One third of them were thrown out of heaven. The issue then is that of free will and that free will must choose to be with Jesus forevermore and make that choice that free will must see at least in part some of the beauty of the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ and it must be so impressed with what it sees that it wants to spend the eternities to come with Jesus. So how is Jesus supposed to show us the full extent of His love? He could be our miracle man, our genie and whatever we desire it would appear when he blinked his eyes. But this would only be a part-time solution in that everyone would want everything and Jesus could not give everything to everyone and His use as a genie would have to finish and however long that took. Jesus could have chosen not to give us a free will and made us into mindless robots with endless songs of praise which might have to be replaced every billion or trillion years but again Jesus chose not to do this. In fact the greatest act of love that Jesus could give us is that of a free will. Being made in His image and having His breath in us are certainly a good start but cannot match the act of a free will. Awakening free will is the result of a process of thought and reasoning and it must be thorough and must be complete in the choice that makes because there can be no further rebellions or breakdowns in the eternities to come. It is not the power to see perfection but to be able to look forward to perfection and that of itself must have a very solid grounding. This chapter in Luke could well be the first gathering of the first Christian society and yes they were brought out by the power of Jesus to be able to cure their ailments and that included driving out demons. Today we have any number of ministries that can only fill you with them, they cause far more harm than good. So, in the first sermon to the first church and the first line was, “blessed are you who are poor, ” can a person with a bank account that has all those zeros in it still be poor? They have all the trimmings, all the Porsches, all the boats and even planes and all the properties and islands and still be poor? The other end of the scale we have the refugees and all the real poor. The Christian church will go through to periods of extreme poverty and tribulation at the first coming and at the second coming of Jesus. But much more than this is covered in this particular sermon. Can the word ‘poor’ carry enough nuances to cover so many situations? Very few exceptions in the end all die and go before God and judgement. The only exception is the wise virgins at the time that the flash in the sky occurs at the second coming of Jesus Christ they alone are the only ones who will not see death. If you are still alive when this flash occurs and you are 100 years old and you are about to take your last breath well that actually won’t happen now for another 1800 years and as Jesus is not a cruel God He would not stretch/last breath out for this time but restore your health to an extent that you could enjoy this time and repent and come back to Him. The door of mercy still has 1260 years before it closes. Much is said about this last great judgement before the great White Throne and sooner or later we will have to have a more detailed look of what is going on. Particularly we have to keep in mind as to what Jimmy Swaggart ministries tell us about because almost everything that they tell you is demonic so there is no reason to think that what they tell you about this judgement is also not demonic. This will involve not only giving you the correct picture but telling you why what they are saying is wrong. Why it is just another clanger to the list that are already telling you about? But back to the first line of the first sermon to the first church for which there has been much preparation before they assembled here and stood on this level place. They were all poor and they were all searching for something. That did not come to listen to a get rich scheme or to buy a cheap Mercedes-Benz. They were poor because they had health problems and yes Jesus can heal these. Even if Jesus chooses not to heal them he does this for a specific reason. The ailment was sent for a reason and when it has accomplished that reason it will be taken away. Paul had such ailments and when he prayed and they were not taken away from him he glorified in them. This is not the journey that Jesus is to tell them about because to start this journey you firstly must realise that you have to make it and where you are now is most unsatisfactory situation. This implies that you must make a journey that is satisfactory and that journey has no flaws in it and will last for the eternities to come. You must be poor and you must seek and these two requirements are of themselves a blessing. The blessing that will result will be, “for yours is the kingdom of God.” Verse 21; ‘Blessed are you who hunger now, for you will be satisfied. Blessed are you a weep now, for you will laugh.” [Poor hunger and as a result of that hunger that will be given and they will be satisfied. It is a bit hard to associate blessed on those who weep now for you will laugh. Life would indeed be boring if there were no rain, no clouds but just constant sunshine, it would be a desert. If the hunger is for the word of God then it will never be satisfied and we will always want more. That is one of the surprising aspects of the last 1800 years of our existence on this earth are the swings that occurred in our character which will stop once we get into the kingdom of God and particularly the throne room of God. Verse 22; ‘Blessed are you when men hate you, when they exclude you and insult you and reject your name as evil, because of the Son of Man.’ As our society crumbles around us today we see this attitude becoming the norm and it is very easy to pull back and this associate ourselves from the name of Jesus Christ. Every time I do that I miss out and pass on the blessings of Jesus. This name which is the highest of all names Satan is making sure now becomes the lowest of all names and I am allowing him to do that and this is happening even though the going as not even begun let alone the going getting tough!
           10112020. Luke 6:23; ‘ rejoice in that day and leap for joy, because great is your reward in heaven. That is how their fathers treated the prophets.’ The church will go through a number of tribulations in its time on earth by Scripture emphasises the first and the last one which all indications are that we are in now. The word Christian is rarely used and Jesus Christ is not used for fear of ridicule and actual physical harm. It is very easy to be intimidated by the loony left but the more that Christian sstand-up the less effective will be their attacks and ridicules. It is easier said than done and is a real faith building exercise. If anyone asks has anyone here has received ridicule in their lives I would have no problem in lifting up my hand and if that ridicule was for Jesus Christ I would be well on my way to heaven. Unfortunately it was not and that part of the faith building exercise is still to come. Writing this blog is the start of that. Verse 24; ‘But woe to you who are rich, for you have already received your comfort. ‘ [This is the malaise of society today in that they cannot get enough zeros into those bank accounts which even in the world today are soon to turn into zeros. Financial system only needs a slight breeze for it to collapse and with it goes all that money. This cannot happen with
  7112023. Page 70treasures that are stored up in heaven and to which Jesus is now referring to.] Verse 25; ‘Woe to you who are well fed now, for you will go hungry. Woe you who laugh now, for you will mourn and weep.” [ Many Christians and future saints fit this category well today and when we join the category of those who are not well fed at least we should have enough decency to admit that we could have fed these poor when we were rich and now all we are doing is taking some of our own medicine.] Verse 26; ‘ Woe to you when all men speak well of you, for that is how their fathers treated the false prophets.’ [On those many occasions when we could have stuck our chests out and proudly admitted, “I am a Christian and a follower of Jesus Christ” but we did not we not only missed out on blessings but we gave the opposition a foothold for the ridicule. Once we have stood up for the first time and seen the blessings that flow from such a stand, subsequent standings will become easier and easier. Once you realise that the ground on which they are standing is nothing in the ground on which you are standing is the only alternative it should become easier. You know you have won the fight and the argument once they start their name-calling as this is their last and only resort they have in their armour. They are fighting off the ground of absurdity and insanity and the ground of nothing. Love for enemies verse 27; ‘But I tell you who hear me: Love your enemies, do good to those who hate you,’ [I realise now the difficulty I have been experiencing in commentating on the teachings of Jesus were due to the fact that they are so difficult to obey and therefore in most cases have not been obeyed. Like most old people I will tell you the same story knowing I must’ve told it many times before. Loving my enemy was a very steep step in my Christian life. I helped this person when he came to me in tears and asked for help. He had just bought a large industrial shed that was full of rubbish and he did not have enough money to pay to remove the rubbish and wanted me to do so. I loaded a number of trailers with this rubbish and when I got them home he reported me to the police not just for stealing but for stealing items that were of antique value and therefore even more expensive than brand-new ones. I actually offered to take it all back but the problem was that I had bent the axle and needed to replace it before I could get him his junk back again. Not good enough and the arrest and court cases that followed if I lost them would have resulted in losing my work and going to jail. Jesus alone could see my heart and my intentions that I was trying to help somebody in need and why would He allow such a horrible result? Yes my conscience did speak to me and told me that I was supposed to pray for the person who did this to me. As far as I was concerned hell would have to freeze over before I even considered praying  for this person. There were a number of consequences from Jesus allowing this to happen to me. I met the most beautiful and efficient solicitor who defended me and gave me at least some hope of justice in our legal system. I learned to pray for my enemies and there won’t just fleeting prayers, “and by the way I am supposed to pray for those mongrels who are causing me all those problems!” ] Verse 28; ‘bless those who curse you, pray for those who mistreat you.’ [There are many issues in Scripture which is difficult to deal with and this issue with enemies is certainly one of them. The answer will probably come with time and this is a first attempt at the teachings of Jesus. The answer that I specifically seek is what was Jesus’s attitude to the Pharisees? Continually we are warned to look at what fruit the tree is bearing and there is a distinction between good fruit and fruit and the reason for this is to keep the Demon out of our midst. Does Jesus expect us to pray for the Demon and did Jesus pray for the Pharisees even though he called them out as whitewashed tombstones. I know that later just before Jesus goes to the cross he does not pray for the outside world as he knows that only His disciples are going to benefit from these prayers. Verse 46 stands out, ‘Why do they call me, “Lord, Lord” and they do not do what I say?”The other miracle in this bsatch is the man blind, mute and possessed and is only found in the Gospel of Matthew and Luke. We have only just finished covering Matthew chapter 12 so I onlyPage 71intend going through Luke chapter 11:1-; ‘One day Jesus was praying in a certain place. When he finished, one of his disciples said to him, “Lord, teach us to pray, just as John taught his disciples.” He said to them, “When you pray, say: ‘ Father, hallowed be your name, your kingdom come. Give us each day our daily bread. Forgive us our sins, for we also forgive everyone who sins against us. And lead us not into temptation.” Then he said to them, “suppose one of you as a friend, and he goes to him at midnight and says, “friend, lend me three loaves of bread, because a friend of mine on a journey has come to me, and I have nothing to set before him.” Then the one inside answers, “Don’t bother me. The door is already locked, and my children are with me in bed. I can’t get up and give you anything.” I tell you, though he will not get up and give him the bread because he is his friend, yet because of the man’s boldness he will get up and give him as much as he needs. “So I say to you: Ask and it will be given to you; seek and you will find; knock and the door will be open to you. For everyone who asks receives; he who seeks finds; and to him who knocks, the door will be opened. Which of you fathers, if your son asks for a fish, will give him a snake instead? Or if he asks for an egg, will give him a scorpion? If you then, though you are evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father in heaven give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him!” (+38238 +1800)XXXXXXXXXXXX11112020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           11112020. Verse 14; ‘Jesus was driving out a demon that was mute. When the Demon left, the man who had been mute spoke, and the crowd was amazed. But some of them said, ‘By beelzebub, the prince of demons, he is driving out demons.’ Others tested him by asking for a sign from heaven. Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them: “any kingdom divided against itself will be ruined, and a house divided against itself will fall. If Satan is divided against himself, how can his kingdom stand? I say this because you claim that I drive out demons by beelzebub. Now if I drive out demons by Beelzebub, by whom do your followers drive them out? So then, they will be your judges. But if I drive out demons by the finger of God, then the kingdom of God has come to you. When a strong man, fully armed, guards his own house, his possessions are safe. But when someone stronger attacks and overpowers him, he takes away the armour in which the man trusted and divides up the spoils. He who is not with me is against me, and he who does not gather with me scatters. When an evil spirit comes out of a man, he goes through arid spaces seeking rest and does not find it. Then it says, “I will return to the house I left.” When it arrives, it finds the house swept clean and put in order. Then he goes and takes seven other demons more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there. And the final condition of the man is worse than the first.” As Jesus was saying these things, a woman in the crowd called out, “bless it is the mother who gave you birth and nursed you.” He replied, “bless it rather are those who hear the word of God and obey it.” [The sign of Jonah verse 29] ; ‘As the crowds increased, Jesus said, “This is a wicked generation. It asks for a miraculous sign, but none will be given it except the sign of Jonah. For as Jonah was assigned to the Ninevites, so also will be the Son of Man be to this generation. The Queen of the South will rise at the judgement with the men of this generation and condemn them; for she came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon’s wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here. The men of Nineveh are will stand up at the judgement with this generation and condemn it; for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and now one greater than Jonah is here. [The lamp of the body verse 33] ‘No one lights a lamp and puts it in a place where it will be hidden, or under a bowl. Instead he puts it on its stand, so that those who have come in may see the light. When your eyes are good, your whole body also is full of light. But when they are bad, your body also is full of darkness. See to it, then, that the light within you is not darkness. Therefore, if your whole body is full of light, and no part of it dark, it will

           Page 72

           be completely lighted, as when the light of a lamp shines on you.” [Six woes verse 37]; When Jesus had finished speaking, a Pharisee invited him to eat with him; so he went in and reclined at the table. But the Pharisee, noticing that Jesus did my first wash before the meal, was surprised. Then the Lord said to him, “now then, you Pharisees clean the outside of the cup and the dish, but inside you are full of greed and wickedness. You foolish people! Then not the one who made the outside make the inside clean also! But give what is inside the dish, to the poor, and everything will be clean for you. Woe to you Pharisees, because you give God a share of your mint, rue and all other kinds of garden herbs but reglect justice and the love of God. You should have practice the later without leaving the former undone. Woe to you Pharisees, because you love the most important seats in the synagogues and greetings in the marketplaces. Woe to you, because you are like unmarked graves, which men walk over without knowing it.” One of the experts in law answered him, “teacher, when you say these things, you insult us also.” Jesus replied, “And you experts in the law, woe to you, because you load people down with burdens they can hardly carry, and you yourselves will not lift one finger to help them. Woe to you, because you built tombs for the prophets, and it was your forefathers who killed them. So you testify you approve of what your forefathers did; they kill the prophets, and you build their tombs. Because of this, God in his wisdom said, I will send them prophets and apostles, some of whom they will kill and others they will persecute. Therefore this generation will be held responsible for the blood of all the profits that has been shared since the beginning of the world, from the blood of Abel to the blood of Zachariah, who was killed between the altar and the sanctuary. Yes, I tell you, this generation will be held responsible for all that. Woe to you experts in the law, because you have taken away the key to knowledge. You yourselves have not entered, and you have hindered those who are entering.” When Jesus left there, the Pharisees and the teachers of the law began to oppose him fiercely and to besiege him with questions, waiting to catch him in something he might say.

           There must have been countless sermons written on the Lord’s prayer and to these I can only add the significance it has on me. At this stage I have not compared the different versions in different gospels so it is a daily placing of God/Jesus Christ in charge of the day and that is all I have to do with one exception; I have to forgive those who sin against me. I cannot do any better than allowing the glory of God to settle on the world that I will be living in during this day. The condition for forgiveness certainly in the case of Jesus Christ is that we have to ask for it and we are not forgiven if we do not ask for it. I have to forgive anyone their sins against me and asks to be forgiven and there is nothing else that they can do but to ask. The burden then falls on me to forgive just like I have been forgiven every time I have asked Jesus to forgive me. I acknowledge my error and I want to restore the original relationship with Jesus. Jesus does not forgive those who do not want to be forgiven and wrongfully or rightfully I transpose this relationship with those around me. Most people around me including some of my family would regard me as a dropkick, village idiot, Public enemy number one and someone to be stayed away from. I have no problems with such a relationship as I know there will be no import required from me and the less of this then the better the news for me. The problem is only begin once the relationship is restored and it works out that I already have more than enough on my plate to do. There is them and there is me and both happily keeping a mile apart and what better situation could you get than that?

           This is the third time now that Jesus and Beelzebub have come up and it is time that a serious assault has to be made on the topic of Satan within the framework of judgement. It is indeed a very broad topic and covers many aspects of the Bible as it should as every living being including the angels will have to pass through this door. This involves the concept of life and once given will go through

           Page 73

           judgement and it makes no difference whether the baby was aborted or miscarriage or anything else it just has to have had the miracle of life given to it and that happens within a fraction of a second and so from that moment onwards divine justice requires divine judgement and all according to the same standard regardless of when they were born, for how long they were born what physical attributes they did not or did possess or anything else. Actually the same standards will be applied to Satan and the angelic world. It could even have been that Satan was the instigator of all these standards in all these requirements. It did begin with Satan as the firstborn and all the privileges that the firstborn are given and it will end with Satan when those privileges are all taken away and Satan is destroyed it is a very broad topic and a good place to start is with the Jimmy Swaggart ministries and how the topic has become meaningless which is a specialty of this ministry in making topics meaningless as you would expect Satan to do again they do this by placing Scripture out of context in both place and time and if you do this you can prove whatever you want to prove and Swaggart makes sure that you are worse off before than when you started. (+39842 +1800)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 12/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           12112020. There is much doubt in Scripture concerning judgement when in fact there should not be the case. These doubts seems to remain right until the bitter end and when it is removed it is then that we enter into the throne room of God via the pearly gates to begin eternity proper up there. Examples of this doubt are when we first arrived in heaven after the second coming and are stunned by its beauty the master of the wedding comes around checking everybody’s attire. Those who do not have the right attire are tapped on the shoulder and are thrown outside where there is weeping and gnashing of teeth. This never happens and the gospel of the last 1800 years is about this particular issue and the checking and rechecking to make sure that no one who was not supposed to be there did get there. We cannot be held responsible for having this doubt as this checking at the wedding is written up in Scripture itself. Then take into account what happened at 3 PM on Good Friday when Jesus arrived in heaven to pick up the scroll with the seven seals on it. There were certainly many unsavoury characters waiting there for Him, and two names I could use would be Peter and Paul. But all these people were not just in heaven but they were in the Most Holy Place right in the presence of God Himself! How could this be and is it possible for dodgy characters to be in the throne room of God? Even when the saints return with Jesus to heaven at the second coming as far as I know there is only one time when we are allowed inside of the Most Holy Place and that is when Jesus and the two witnesses returned from earth after the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy. It is about scroll with the seven soils again. We await their return because it also has the hundred 44,000 wise virgins who are carrying the final scrolls of eternity with them. This could give rise to 1 of the elements of doubt in that it was the role of the saints within the throne room of God at this time to compose a new song and which would prevent the foolish virgins entry into heaven. These foolish virgins realised that the door of mercy was now going to close and their last chance of going to heaven and they tag along to the end of the procession which was led by Jesus and the two witnesses. The ground for inclusion was quite reasonable they may have been foolish virgins but they were virgins, they were God’s people, they were prepared to die for Jesus and the proof positive is that they have the seal of God on their foreheads. With this seal they cannot be thrown into hell so they must be heaven bound and we certainly might have doubt that the new song that we have composed has fulfilled its role. Further doubt awaits us at the great wedding feast when the Holy Spirit returns to heaven from earth after making its final offer to these foolish virgins and the offer of the third angel is that if these foolish virgins keep the seal of God they will not be thrown into hell Jesus will take their place in hell for them. It is too late for them to go to heaven as

           Page74

           the door of mercy has closed some 500 years beforehand so they cannot go to heaven and Jesus will take their place in hell providing they keep the seal that they were given on the first day after the second coming of Jesus. They are evil and they remove the seal and replace it with a mark of the beast and fight against the rider and his army of the Whitehorse. You would think that the great wedding feast was the end of it all and eternity could now begin but you would be wrong. There is going to be a series of rollercoaster rides with each step followed by a higher and higher rise until that final rise of 1600 miles an into the throne room of God itself. The shock separation that occurs after this wedding occurs very soon after it when Jesus takes us into Eden2 and tells us that he has to leave us now to go and do Is Father’s business and that we cannot go with Him. We do see Him and we do hear Him but there is still a physical separation of great order between the two of us. Jesus has left us and that relationship that we had with Him will never be restored again. That was the relationship of the dip of the rollercoaster ride and the next rise will be millions of miles higher. Jesus will no longer be a part of us as He has been since the cross of Good Friday and now we will become a part of Him. It is at this time that we experience the most serious of breaks with Jesus and this happens for seven days when Jesus enters a period of defilement for accepting all those leftover sins after the fires of hell had gone out. This incident is described in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6 and an incident to which will soon have to return. It is from this defilement that results in the Day of Atonement and from which result monumental increases in our relationship to Jesus Christ. The real instrument of doubt however has been the saints. It is not that we doubt that there were errors made in the real judgement when it occurred, and that judgement occurred on an altar in the shape of a cross on Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889. Throughout Scripture we are told to make a judgement as to whether the fruit from this tree is good or bad and in one extreme case we are allowed to go as far as Revelation 2:6; ‘but you have this in your favour; You hate the practices of of the Nicolaitans which I also hate.’ With the events occurring around us we are justified to have some doubt but is the doubt within us that requires the attention. We are surprised when we arrive in heaven and our spouse or good friends are not there and there is also the chance that those we thought were Nicolaitans are going to be there. It is of greatest concern to the saints that no dogs or liars or murderers or idolaters get through because it is only a matter of time until the next rebellion and the next crash. And herein lies one of the problems it was the saints in heaven whilst they were in the throne room of God and awaiting the return of the scrolls of eternity who were supposed to singing the new song which would have excluded those foolish virgins try to tack onto the end of the line and return to heaven. Much time has already been spent on the doubt of the saints and how it is finally overcome by a visit to the red heifer. But now I want to return to the complex subject of the judgement in heaven and I would be quite happy if I could just beginning to address this topic today. There are many checks of the results of this judgement throughout the very end of time but they are only checking one judgement. Good Friday, 14 – 01 – 3889.

           Let me try to explain what happened on that day. There was an altar in the shape of a cross that stood on Mount Calvary and on it the Passover lamb, Jesus Christ hung alive between the hours of 9 AM and 3 PM. Directly above this altar was the throne of God with God the Father sitting in judgement on it. It had to be directly above the altar because the flames from the altar enveloped the throne of God. These flames were of the type that would allow presentations to exchange between the altar and the throne. Only fire pans could be used and this was the correct type of fire. The physical effect that it had on the throne itself was that it generated a sea of glass that was made of gold around the throne and which isolated the throne and would not allow the presence even of the saints on it. The closest that they can get was to put their thrones in a circle on its very edge and which resulted in a rainbow. With this as the background where can we go wrong?

           Page 75

           Well Beelzebub and the prince of demons is there with all the demons and his house is strong and it will be difficult to break into. All demons, each and every one of them were present on Mount Calvary. It may have been Lucifer at the beginning but now it was Beelzebub and judgement was passed on him. The hundred million (?) Grumbling angels that were thrown down from heaven the next day were here also and judgement was passed on them. Then there were the leaders of the rebellion of the first day and some of them were killed outright, those who try to offer the fire pans and those who backed out of the last moment were thrown into the abyss and they were present on this day also. All the Satanic world were there and each was charged and on each was closed the door of mercy and they were now confined to this earth. Under every scenario Satan will be destroyed, will have his head crushed by Eve’s seed eight days before the Day of Atonement and will therefore play no part in this holy day. On Good Friday judgement occurred against every demon but they will still survive until eight days before the Day of Atonement when they will be all destroyed in hell. This leaves us with a very thorny issue.  (+41542 +1800)

           XXXXXXXXXXX 13/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           13112020. We have seen a number of causes for uncertainty even in the new heaven and beginning with our arrival in heaven at the second coming. All we want to happen is for the master to check the attire of the person next to us giving us just one more fraction of time to be in this most beautiful places before we are tapped on the shoulder and thrown out because we do not have the right attire. This uncertainty actually peaks at the moment we are about to pass through the doorway and into the new universe. We have just experienced the Day of Atonement and the 1260 day tutorial that followed it and Jesus is no longer a part of us but we are a part of Him. In Scripture this is recorded as the first verse of the Book of Numbers in chapter 7. ‘Moses had finished building the temple’. Yes it took Jesus 1260 days to complete building our temple after the Day of Atonement and proof positive that it had been completed was that we asked for the cross of the Day of Atonement to be moved from the courtyard of our lives and into our hearts so that meant it was coming with us into the new universe and the eternities to come. We realise the finality of what is about to come, the beauty we are about to see and we all lay down and refused to move any further. This is a strike and the beauty of what is we are already at is such that we can’t absorb any more and if even now somebody woke up and realised we shouldn’t be here the losses we would experience would be unbearable. We know that if we go on that the grandeur of what we see will be greater still and therefore the losses even more unbearable. Somewhere along the line somebody is going to realise that we shouldn’t be there and everything is going to come crashing in around us. Thus our resistance and the reason why we want to stay where we are. It is at this point that the angelic hosts come into the picture. If the numbers I have chosen even have a remote credibility, hundred 44 million saints and 200 million angels that grumbled they were not thrown out of heaven give us a ratio of about 1 ½ angels per saint. One angel would be holding two people and the other angel would just have one hand of the saints in his hand. But are they allowed to pick us up off the ground and present us and plead with God to accept this into the new universe as they love us so much that they want us to be with them forever to come? But they are not going across into the new universe because only those who have accepted the sacrifice of Jesus Christ on Mount Calvary are going to do that. The sins that they committed way back in heaven were judged to be unintentional sins and therefore to be addressed in the Day of Atonement which is the event that has occurred before our strike. They may have confessed to these unintentional sins and any sin that has been confessed whether it be intentional or unintentional gets a tag put on it and therefore goes to the cross of Good Friday. If the angels had done this they were entitled to pass through the

           Page 76

           doorway and into the new universe and plead with God to allow us to come with them. They were certainly in heaven at this time with God the Father sitting on the white throne in judgement on His creation. If this were not the case then the situation that is described in Genesis applies. We have all  been through the Day of Atonement that is described in Leviticus 16 and a part of that was unintentional sin including those of the angelic hosts has been forgiven. It would appear then that they are lifting us up and presenting us to God so that we can be in their heaven with them and not on the earth below where heaven should have been. It does seem like an unusual request but the first option makes sense in that the angelic hosts when they saw the judgement of humanity taking place also called, “Accept!” To the sacrifice that was being offered to all created human beings.

           I want to describe what happened to one human being on that day about 2000 years ago and counting from the first day of creation it was half time and it was 14 – 01 – 3889 and that human being was JK. He like all conceived human beings had a plan for life in God’s creation and that was registered way back in Eden with Adam and Eve as his first parents. Like all human beings were a part of this plan were present probably in the peak of their lives as Jesus was on the cross, 33 years old and judgement on each of these was now to be made. The altar for the judgement for this presentation to God the Father was the cross that stood on Mount Calvary. There may have been 14 billion or more souls present on the day but there was no uncertainty when my number and name came up. All my confessed sins appeared and then were swept into the lower part of the fires of hell and disappeared. I was then presented an almost naked body of a man that had been tortured and brutalised beyond description and asked if I accept this body and what was happening to it now as my eternal and only source of salvation. Immediately I called, “Accept!” And this set in motion a strange series of events. I was surprised when this brutalised figure responded with, “Mine!” And lifted me up and presented me to God the Father Who was present above. It was those fires that had just obliterated all my sins but it was also those fires which cleanse the medium between the throne and the cross and through which Jesus could now present me before God the Father. The act of salvation and acceptance were gone through at this moment and somewhere in that moment the beast within me called, “Over my dead body!” The sequence of events that occurred then when there was a bright flash of light and the beast within me was killed are still to be determined but I would have thought that it was JK with a dead beast of evil that was finally presented before God sitting on the throne directly above Mount Calvary. Then it was all over and then it was the next number and name.

           With the privilege of salvation within the throne room of God itself that had just been bestowed on me you would think it fitting that Jesus would allow me to stay alive for a few more moments and put me in the throne room of God to await the coming of Jesus and to vote Him worthy of taking the scroll and opening it seven seals. In the meantime I want to see how this judgement is described in the Book of Revelation and it really should be all of chapter 20 and not just verse 11 onwards. Revelation 20:1; ‘And I saw an angel coming down out of heaven, having the key to the Abyss and holding in his hand a great chain’. [If this is indeed the second coming then it is unusual that Jesus should be described as an angel, but is the reason He is coming down is to deal with and other angel, Satan and he expects great resistance in that it is not an ordinary chain but the great chain and Satan has more power than an ordinary angel and that the abyss is going to have to be locked up to keep Satan inside. Verse two;]’ he seized the Dragon, that ancient serpent, who is the devil or Satan, and bound him for a thousand years.’ [Jesus expects the Dragon to put up a fight and we will be the start of that fight and the great tribulation. It was Satan himself who was inside of that serpent in the garden of Eden as all hierarchy that had been in the rebellion had either been killed or thrown into

           Page 77

           the abyss. As firstborn Satan had more privileges and power than they all did.] Verse three he threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over, to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. After that, he must be set free for a short time.’ [How long is a thousand years it is 1000 years plus or -1 ms. I do not know whether the saints who are going to heaven at this time see this battle but the wicked remaining behind certainly will and because the nations will not be deceived during this time those angels that had been resurrected and were preparing for the first coming of Jesus Christ are no longer here and must’ve been locked up after Jesus returned to heaven 2000 years beforehand.] Verse four; ‘I saw thrones on which were seated those who had been given authority to judge. And I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of their testimony for Jesus and because of the word of God. They had not worshipped the beast or his image and had not received his mark on their foreheads or their hands. They came to life and reigned with Christ for a thousand years.’ [This millennium continues to be a fascinating subject. In heaven it is first and foremost a period of prayer for those 144,000 foolish virgins who were given the seal of God on their foreheads but left behind on  after the second coming. In heaven the saints see the result of every prayer that they prayed and which resulted in that person being in heaven with them. It is a time of great rejoicing indeed and the result of that prayer was that this person was to be now in eternity forevermore. Even though we may have prayed for the dead on this earth we now see the efforts were futile because the dead are still dead and will continue to be dead for a thousand years. This millennium seems to go in such a short time and so many things happened after it that we do need to do a daily analysis to fit them in which I did do at the time. I cannot remember but I think that back then I thought Jesus was coming back on 01 – 01 – 2020 but I did need a number to work from. I am very disappointed with my memory so I am going to try another number to see what events I can remember from this millennium and the last time I wrote it up. This time I use 01 – 01 – 2023 so the period of prayer and the end of millennium is 01 – 01 – 3023. This is the beginning of God’s wrath and all prayers in heaven are gathered together and the golden censor is lined with them and is hurled back to earth in order to collect any blood and water that was spilled by Jesus whilst he was on earth. With God’s wrath the first trumpet is blown. This golden censor when it hits the earth penetrates the abyss where Satan and the evil angels are and releases them. Released also are the wicked dead. There are now only 260 years left before the third coming of Jesus and the closing of the door of mercy. During this millennium it is most important that whatever saints who are given thrones and authority to judge have it settled in their own minds as to how some of our friends and relations who were prepared to die for Jesus rather than accept the mark of the beast could have finished up as being left behind on earth and ultimately going to hell. It did seems like an impossibility but the foolish virgins despite the period of these that they live in and with no Satan to lead them astray still do not respond to prayers and change their evil ways. All the righteous from Adam and Eve or the saints of eternity are in heaven at this time. Yes this is a time of judgement and whether directly or indirectly we are checking whether there were any errors made on the only judgement that occurred and that was Good Friday on Mount Calvary. Verse five; ‘[the rest of the dead did not come to life until the thousand years were ended.] This is the first resurrection.’ [There has been a partial resurrection at the time when the graves split open on Good Friday on Mount Calvary that this could only include those who had been alive before that time and now we have had a resurrection of all the righteous.] Verse six; ‘Blessed and holy are those who have part in the first resurrection. The second death has no power over them, but they will be priests of God and of Christ and will reign with him for a thousand years.’ [This then completes the paragraph and defines who those were who were sitting on thrones and had been given the authority to judge. The irony of the situation is that having made the judgement during this

           Page 78

           millennium they will make every effort to make sure that those they have judged will now be kept out of heaven especially when they try to tag on the end of the line when Jesus, His two witnesses and the wise virgins who are carrying the final scrolls of the names of the people who will be in heaven. They will make sure that under no circumstances these people are allowed into heaven.] Verse seven; ‘When the thousand years are over, Satan will be released from his prison and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth – Gog and Magog – to gather them for battle.’ [There was only supposed to be one battle against the wicked and that was Armageddon but as we have seen it turned out to be on earth it was Og and Sihon but in the one to come it will be Gog and Magog and the book of Revelation gives us much detail about these battles. Satan will be released at the end of the millennium but who is he going to deceive? He does have a problem with the beast who has just ruled single-handedly for a thousand years and is not going to give up his authority now even if that means losing one third of his army which could have been put to use in his battle against Jesus but now are simply killed and they are not allowed to fight back against the soldiers of the horses with sulphur flames pouring out of their mouths. He does not have to deceive any of the risen wicked dead as heaven makes no claim on them. That only leaves the foolish virgins and the living wicked and he Satan seeks just one conversion. One person turning to Jesus when He comes down at the third coming would be all that would be required for Jesus to leave the temple and to begin His ministry once over again and ultimately finishing up on the cross of Good Friday! This might even result in an extension of time for Satan of perhaps a thousand years. But this did not happen in the period of time that is covered in some 1800 years. Verse nine; ‘They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God’s people, the city he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them.’ [At this stage at least there was only one battle and Gog and Magog remained united. The theology behind this statement is mind-boggling and will have to wait a further visit to the book of Revelation. Verse 10; ‘And the devil, who deceived them, was thrown into the lake of burning sulphur, where the beast and the false prophet had been thrown. They will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.’ [In the previous statement the battle against the beast was ignored but had obviously taken place because the beast and the false prophet were already in the lake of burning sulphur when Satan got here. Satan in the miracles of Jesus knows what the endgame is going to be and the degree of the torment will seem as if it lasts day and night for ever and ever. ] Verse 11; ‘Then I saw the great White Throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky had fled from his presence, and there was no place for them.’ [We are right at the end of that 1800 years but the fact that there are still the wicked standing there it has to be before the Day of Atonement because by that stage there will be no wicked including no devil. No earth and no sky but that is because they are no longer an issue and are about to completely disappear from existence. Clearly the judgement has already occurred because the goodies are in heaven with God on thrones whereas all the baddies are here on earth. This great White Throne would be the same one that was present on Good Friday on Mount Calvary as would be the one Who was seated on it. There was now direct contact between God the Father and the wicked and there was no interference from either earth or sky and they were not part of this judgement. There judgement was a totally separate issue. Verse 12; ‘and I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.’ [This does not mean that the wicked dead were in heaven and standing before the throne it means there was nothing between them back here on earth and the throne in heaven above. They had already been judged on Good Friday on Mount Calvary when they rejected Jesus on the cross. It is the second book that was opened which is of interest to us. Versus 13 to 15; ‘the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and

           Page 79

           death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each person was judged according to what he had done. Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire which is the second death. If anyone’s name was not found in the book of life, he was thrown into the lake of fire.’ This does not change the fact that judgement occurred on the cross of Good Friday any more than we sitting as judges on thrones during the millennium and examining the facts as to why the foolish virgins missed out. Judgement did occur on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and to deny this is to deny the message of the cross and make it worthless. A Jimmy Swaggart specialty. That judgement that occurred then put the saints into heaven and the baddies are now to be thrown into hell which is the situation we are looking at. The problem that arises is this second book and I have allocated one more role to Jesus than I should have when He left His bride behind in Eden2 and came back here to finish His Father’s business. It is not a mistake in my theology as I have always distinguished between the wicked living and the wicked dead. Jesus never gives up with a wicked living whilst they are living but once they die Jesus has no further interest in them. They belong to Satan and they belong to the dead. The one thing they going through the Book of Genesis is now time is so accurately allocated and this applies to the time allocated to us to accept Jesus Christ in our lifetimes and once that period passes it is all over. But it still may appear that I got that 1250 tutorial that Jesus gave when he left us in Eden2 and came back to earth.  (+44992 +1800)

           XXXXXXXXXXXX  14/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           14112020. This time around through the Gospels we are going to major on Beelzebub, the prince of demons and minor on the miracle of Jonah and prayerfully next time through it will be the other way around. The final hours in fact years, 1800 of them are written up in the Book of Revelation in chapter 20. If this does lead rise to a rewriting of previous Scripture then so be it. The last 1800 years begins with Satan being locked up and out of the picture for 1000 of them. The reason given is that he kept from deceiving the nations something he will immediately begin to do once released from the abyss. The culmination of Satan’s deceit is war when hate and torture and outright cruelty not just maximise but maximise using the name of Jesus Christ. This becomes Satan’s heaven and doesn’t get better than this and just watch Satan in the form of Jimmy Swaggart jump for joy at the thought of war especially if that means pagans killing Christians. Without Satan and without war humanity enters its most peaceful period of existence although there may be some rough patches at the start for those who dare challenge the beast and the false prophet, but once they are sorted out it is straight peaceful sailing. As far as heaven is concerned though this period of time is about foolish virgins who should not have but have received the seal of God on their foreheads and how they behave. What it is about is that if both myself and my wife gave up everything in the last tribulation and would not accept the mark of the beast even under the threat of death and those days which we went through together and which were counted by the hour how after all this she was counted as a wise virgin are taken to heaven but I was counted as a foolish virgin are left behind. It must be settled in her mind and in the minds of the saints why this has happened and it must be settled beyond reasonable doubt. 1000 years of time is enough to settle this issue.—-

           To have made a mistake of the order that I did requires a major return and redefinition of terms. They can’t get much worse than mistaking the living who became dead and the dead who became a living. Revelation chapter 20 calls the start of the millennium as the first coming but as it is the chapter about Satan or Beelzebub it is the history of the final years and major events of his life. For me this is the second coming and the culmination of what I was told would happen at first coming of Jesus. When that flash in the sky occurs there are 7 billion living people and 7 billion and a bit who have died. There are very few righteous living at this moment, 144,000 wise virgins and if Jesus had

           Page 80

           delayed this coming by another day that probably would be none left. That is how ruthless the beast and the false prophet have been in eliminating the Christian church during the great tribulation. Thus if there are 144 million saints in heaven they must have come from 7 billion odd dead souls. The results of the only real judgement that occurs is therefore 144 million dead righteous souls that arise and are taken heaven plus the wise virgins who are also taken to heaven. There is now going to be a series of judgements but they are a case of crosschecking whether there are been any mistakes previously in the judgement that occurred on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. There were none. There is going to be some difficulty however in trying to explain why the evil  can be grouped into two groups one which will involve the book of life and one in which this book is not involved. The mistake that I made therefore although it is serious it still can be understood. It actually amounts to once you have died, your fate is determined and if you die without Christ you are no longer of any concern to Jesus. But that concern will remain right until the time when you take your last breath.—

           So let us begin the journey after the second coming, 7 billion living wicked and 7 billion dead wicked. Drastic change in numbers at the end of the millennium. The 7 billion dead wicked come to life, everyone of them and that includes Satan and the other evil angels that were in the abyss with him but there is a problem. The beast that has ruled the earth for the last thousand years without the hindrance of Satan is not prepared to give any power back to Satan. Satan has a correction factor for this and it is 200 million crazed horses and horsemen who will first immobilise you with a sting from their tail and then turn around and burn you with a sulphur flame. There is nothing that you can do to the 7 billion raised dead wicked because they have been through their first death and can now only die in hell which is the second death. The beast loses one third of his troops before he surrenders and loses 2.3 billion soldiers he could have used when the real battle began. Thus as at the end of the millennium we have all the 7 billion wicked dead who are alive but the 7 billion wicked living have now become 2.3 billion dead +4.7 billion still alive. The last leg of the journey for the evil begins with the closing of the door of mercy as at the third coming of Jesus Christ and it must finish eight days Before the Day of Atonement which according to Daniel’s reckoning is on 10 – 07 – 486. All evil will be done away with humanity will be AT-ONE-IS-MENT with God and this can only happen with the abolishing of evil. Much is happening on planet Earth during these last 500 years. But the end does come and because Revelation 20 is about Satan it bypasses other major events. We are told that when Satan is thrown into hell at the end of his long reign that the beast and the false prophet are already there. Their battle has already occurred and they had lost. This but then again in both old and new Testament we are told that there will be two battles; Gog and Magog. Let us remind ourselves of the numbers on the evening of the battle against Gog or the beast and the false prophet. Drastic change in numbers at the end of the millennium. The 7 billion dead wicked come to life, everyone of them and that includes Satan and the other evil angels that were in the abyss with him but there is a problem. The beast that has ruled the earth for the last thousand years without the hindrance of Satan is not prepared to give any power back to Satan. Satan has a correction factor for this and it is 200 million crazed horses and horsemen who will first immobilise you with a sting from their tail and then turn around and burn you with a sulphur flame. There is nothing that you can do to the 7 billion raised dead wicked because they have been through their first death and can now only die in hell which is the second death. The beast loses one third of his troops before he surrenders and loses 2.3 billion soldiers he could have used when the real battle began. Thus as at the end of the millennium we have all the 7 billion wicked dead who are alive but the 7 billion wicked living have now become 2.3 billion dead +4.7 billion still alive.

           Page 81

           The numbers at the end of the day of the battle against the beast where both the beast and the false prophet had been thrown into hell stood as: all the wicked living were dead. 4.7 billion died in the battle and they joined the 2.3 billion that had died nearly 800 years before so the wicked dead who were living wicked before now numbered 7 billion. And then there were the 7 billion who had been brought to life at the end of the millennium and they were now living that they had been wicked dead as at the second coming. I know that I have been here before and this will necessitate a return to Revelation chapter 14 which in turn will require a revision of chapter 13 and then forward onto 15, 16, 17 and I think the chain of events finishes in chapter 18. By this stage however for completeness like I will also cover 19 and 20. But initially at least trying to correct my mistake after the battle against the beast, Gog wherein all the 7 billion who are alive at the second coming of Jesus Christ are now dead and being dead they cannot be preached to as I had happening before. So a correct summary this time would be the great wedding feast of heaven on arrival of the Holy Spirit back from earth and its separate appearance as the fine linen between us and the robe of righteousness of Jesus Christ. The wedding party now ride out of heaven as an army as there are still two battles to be fought- Gog and Magog. The issue is the time difference between Gog and Magog. The battle against Gog is first as against 4.7 billion living and the 2.3 billion dead are not involved. It is only a battle that lasts for one hour and most of the battle is the beast and the false prophet when they turn on each other. The result is now 7 billion dead who were recently living. It is at this point now that Jesus takes his army into Eden2 and tells them that He must leave them there it was He has to go through and do Is Father’s business which He alone can do. He leaves his army behind and comes back to earth or just above it where at this stage there are 7 billion dead seven 7 billion living and delivers that final tutorial which lasts for 1250 days and which could only have been given to Satan’s followers. At this stage it certainly appears that this tutorial should have been to the followers of beast just before they died in the battle. They were alive and Jesus only deals with the living and not with the dead because they belong to Satan and we will see this when we try to pray for also the results of our prayer for the dead during the millennium. They are dead. With all this revision we will soon now what difference it has made in understanding those last four versus of chapter 20. Verse 11; ‘Then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky had fled from his presence, and there was no place for them.’ [God only deals with the wicked whilst they are alive but ceases to do so once they die. This is the case now as God deals with or allocates final punishment on the wicked and it is a one-to-one dealing and earth and sky are about to disappear anyway but are treated as having disappeared now.] Verse 12; ‘and I saw the dead, great and small standing before the throne and books were opened. Another book was open, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.’ [It is the dead that are standing before the throne and may consist of 4.7 billion who died in that one battle of the beast +2.7 billion who died at the end of the millennium some 800 years before and together these compromise all living who were present when the flash in the sky occurred at the second coming. God is dealing with the living wicked. There are two books opened and one of them is the book of life and into which entries have been made since at least the Book of Numbers was initiated. This book of life which had so many entries made into it and of the initial 600,000 that set out from Egypt only Caleb made it. So what happened to the other 600,000 entries that were made at the time into this book? Well over all this time there has been a very careful checking and crosschecking of each name that wanted to leave Egypt and joining God’s people and despite the rules and regulations which were clearly defined have not been met and their names were scrubbed out and they were not transferred onto the final roles of heaven. The other book that is open at this stage contains all the misdeeds that each person committed and which could have been corrected for by Jesus on the cross of Good Friday but which were not submitted and now will have to be paid for by this individual. Those who do not believe in the existence of these books even if they may be

           Page 82

           metaphorical are in for a real shock. Verse 13; ‘The sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them, and each person was judged according to what he had done.’ [If this sea was a literal sea and the dead must have come out of the water at the end of the millennium and gathered in that one place. They were joined by those from Hades or the dead from the ground to join the dead from the sea in other words the 7 billion dead as at the second coming of Jesus. But this lot only was shown one book and there was no chance of them occurring in the book of life. All the evil actions that they had done and had not passed on to the cross of Good Friday by themselves would now have to suffer for. Verse 14; ‘Then death and Hades were thrown into the lake of fire. The lake of fire is the second death. If anyone’s name was not found written in the book of life he was thrown into the lake of fire’. [The death of sin as all evil has been accounted for and therefore Hades itself is now destroyed and we are already down to proceed on with the Day of Atonement. In the final mockup of legal dead that stood in front of the throne, 4.7+2.3 billion or the living were given that one extra check that the book of life was opened and checked. This did not apply to Satan’s lot because their names would be checked if they were indeed in this book when they died.] At this stage I have no intentions of checking these events against Revelation 14 as I have done before. I now intend leaving Luke chapter 11 but prayerfully next time will concentrate on Jonah and less on Beelzebub. The next topic in our cycle of study is the Book of Genesis.

           The value of this book as a history book is breathtaking. It is not as if it just records events of certain days but these days themselves are defined as 24-hour days and events are recorded within each timeslot. So we have now got to day three and the events of the previous two days have been clearly defined and there is no overlap between these days. Certainly one of the greatest events to have occurred is that of gravity and it is defined back to 6 AM of the first day. But it is its value as a science book which is now starting to come into prominence is of great surprise. I am really quite stunned as to what I called the study of spectrum fits in so neatly within the field of gravity. The three types of spectra of visible – UV and infrared or spectra of electrons, vibrations and rotations can be explained in terms of the force of gravity but it does get a little bit uncomfortable when trying to extrapolate this to the moon and the earth and even the earth and the sun. It is the study of particles which exert the force of gravity but they are not particles alone and are enshrouded by an energy field and in the secular world this may be called quantum mechanics and relativity. We are only at very early stages and accounting for the red line of the hydrogen atom. The important thing is to have mass and energy-related and I was so happy with this and I thought if I am really on a roll here I may as well have a crack at the big one, a dimension analysis on gravity. At the end of each day when I look back on the days typing I don’t look at what I have produced but rather what  I put into that days typing and there are many days when the result seems like a slack one there has actually been much thought put into it. Such is now going to be the case where there will be much effort but a null result. It is thus going to be included in the usual method of square brackets.[The idea of my dimensional analysis is to validate an equation where the left-hand side, LHS is equal to the right-hand side RHS. If they are not then there must be at least one thing wrong and maybe even both in a very real distinct possibility in my thinking. If on the LHS I have kilograms multiplied by seconds but on the RHS I have metres divided by kilograms and clearly this cannot be right.

           The equation that I have to analyse is that of gravity and that is the force of gravity is equal to, G or the gravity constant which is multiplied by the two masses that are attracting each other and divided by the distance squared between them. So force equals mxa= kilograms x metres/second squared = G or our wonderful fudge factor of much will be required x wide of both objects divided by the distance squared between them or Gx m1 xm2 /distance between them squared or kilo squared

           Page 83

           divided by metres squared. Thus the LHS at this very vaguely resembles the RHS and kilos x metres/second squared = is a very far cry from kilo squared/metres squared plus a constant of G. Time is required on the RHS but then again gravity years time which has been multiplied by the power of light or energy per unit time. We have two lots of time but unfortunately what is on the top line and the other on the bottom line and therefore they cancel and we have nothing. What about introducing the energy of the light which is kilos x metres per second squared x times metres. I have filled up a foolscap page of such manipulations but have got nowhere. I know that I have come to the end of the line when I try invoking another dimension and this I have also done. So the dimensional analysis goes to the backburner and it is replaced by the flotation of continents that began on day three. It may be a bit early to start preparing for what happened in Noah’s flood but it may be of some assistance in the flotation of continents. One issue that comes up is how deep were the waters of the deep?  (+48306 +1800)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 15/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           15112020. It is from these beginnings that we will have to make and model from which Noah’s flood began. Today, the six odd miles of ocean depth generates a pressure of unimaginable proportions at its depth. But what if that depth had been 60 miles, or 600 miles or even 6000 miles deep? The idea of the exercise so far has been to reinterpret all forces in terms of gravity and that even includes the initial big drop to a measurable level and that of zero point energy and from there to lower and lower levels. This will mean that sooner or later we will be able to calculate the force of attraction within a nuclear bomb explosion and it would certainly be of value to know that if the original worth due to the pressures was capable of producing such an explosion which in turn would be able to explain the molten nature and the heat that is inside the earth. If this were the case then 6000 miles of water depth and squirting through any cracks and fissures would be able to produce some sort of mantle with continents floating on lava. But gravity did not come into operation until 6 AM and the hours of light so these pressures could only operate for 12 hours before the water started being moved upwards and into the expanse of the sky. Again this expansion could not have lasted more than 24 hours when the creation event of flotation began and the tectonic plates began to lift. This action again must have finished at around 3 o’clock in the afternoon to give time for God to create the plants and to cover the earth with them. The conditions that were present in the beginning thus form a crucial stage for what would happen later. So far we have been trying to convert gravity as the force in operation of three sources in the electromagnetic spectrum. Electronic or visible ultraviolet, infrared or vibrational energies and rotational energies. There seems to be an overemphasis on the particle nature of the spectrum and therefore belongs to the field of gravity but there are also exchanges between particle and wavelike. One such exchange would be why a molecule like oxygen cannot be read in the infrared region. It is vibrating but it cannot be read. There is no doubt that radiation is involved here and that this radiation is in the infrared region but it is also beyond doubt that the property of the oxygen that is being studied comes from its dipole moment and if that dipole moment comes from a symmetrical stretching and it will not be absorbed. Neither can any other symmetrical stretching within molecules interact with this radiation. But we have already picked some of this Association with the electron of hydrogen moving between its first and other allowable orbitals until it breaks free of the gravitational energy and goes on its merry way. This in a way leads us to an extra level of gravity and that is the level of flotation we should really be an expansion of what has happened before.—

           I want to introduce three models which I want to use; the discus or hammer throw, a log floating on water and putting an object the size of a bottle cork, one made of cork and the other made a steel

           Page84

           but identical in size and then floating off my continental plates as happened on day three of creation. As the discus thrower or the hammer thrower spins around and higher and higher velocities, acceleration they will get to a point where they release the object. The hammer say 5 kg will be released with a certain acceleration and if the acceleration is high enough distance covered by that hammer will earn a gold medal. It doesn’t matter whether the hammer or the discus bounces along the ground as it is finding gravity all the way. At the point of release the forces binding the hammer to the shoulder are broken, centripetal force become zero and centrifugal force becomes a maximum. The reason I would like to distinguish between centrifugal force and gravity where centrifugal force only applies where the spinning is active, and gravity is the inert force in that it is always there regardless of whether advantages of it are being taken use of. Our next model is that of the floating tree and this tree has been shaped in the form of a square log so that I can measure how far underwater it is. It is going to be lowered into a swimming pool which is completely filled and will begin to overflow the moment that the log touches it. The water from this overflow will run through a channel into a container where I can weigh it and then immediately discharge it into the creek. It will play no part in keeping that log afloat. This water itself will be very special water in that I can dig out with a shovel enough water and then exactly place my log into it. That dugout water will be measured and thrown away. So I lift up my log with a very special crane that not only measures downward pressure but upward pressure as well and I start putting it into the swimming pool. The log weighs 10 tons initially but as soon as I start dipping it into the water the reading decreases and the further into the water until the log disappears below the water the lower the reading. Ten tons, nine tons eight tons, seven tons and all the time the water is overflowing the edge of the pool. Five tons, four tons, three tons, two tons, and finally one ton and the tension in the rope holding up the log goes slack and the reading is zero tons. Coincidentally when I measure the weight of the water that has overflowed it is also 10 tons. Gravity is still pulling this log into the centre of the earth with a force of 10 tons but nothing is registering on the scale. This scale is also capable of measuring how much pressure is placed on the log and the more pressure the displaced on the log the further under the surface log is pushed and logically when it is just under the surface it must be being pushed down with a force of 10 tons. To push this log further and further under the surface should not be all that difficult now as the weight of the water and its pressure above: is increasing and should make the work easier although I have never done this in practice so I have to guess practice I know that when I am standing on a log that is underwater it seems to be quite easy to get it further and further down. The only force getting that log underwater has been gravity but we do need an upward force as well especially if it is to float. So what is this upward force?

           Let us first try to drown our two corks one that weighs 5 g and the one made out of metal weighs 50 g. (Blog playing up badly. +49520 +1800)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXX 16/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           16112020.(System totally crashed today and rebooting it has been exhausting. Adding that to the existing difficulty of reading the Bible as a science book sounds like I am trying to justify a holiday). To read the Bible as a science book and then try to match it up with existing science books is trying to mix light and darkness or good and evil or secular with religion. We may be looking at the same objects either trees or bees but our explanation begins from a totally different foundation. The Bible begins with, “In the beginning God”, but the secular lot strongly deny the existence of God and I think they have great doubts about a beginning also. There is no commonality between us and therefore to match any logical reasoning is bound to fail. I usually try to keep a tab on how many

           Page 85

           times I have returned to a certain subject but if I try to do this with Genesis I would find it disheartening and go and look for another topic. Yawning gap between biblical and secular explanation should have been apparent from the start and no attempt is made to paper over it. The Bible has a very distinct start and this therefore eliminates many of the possible permutations and combinations that can arise. Time is the fixed unit and therefore whether it was passed, present, future or very distant future is always the same and it is always the daily sacrifice. This definitive start should allow us to quantify a lot of the things we are going to be dealing with. At first I thought that time would be divided into 12 hours of darkness followed by 12 hours of light and this in fact may be what would have happened had this earth remained and not been destroyed as it is going to be. They and night may not be defined by what is defined as the 24-hour timeslot and within that 24-hour timeslot there are 9 AM offering and exactly 6 hours after 3 PM we going to be offered, were offered and the commemoration of which offering will continue forever more. That leaves 18 hours of which we know on this earth about 12 were night. But time is very accurately defined and the reason for that six hours being set singled out was because Jesus was on the cross at that time and the issue being addressed was that of sin as expressed in and defined by the 10 Commandments which of themselves in a secular society have no meaning. Sadly also is the case with the religious world so-called. So creation and time and mass and distance are all related to existence of sin and therefore good and evil and you could probably read every science book on the planet and you will not see the mention of good and evil. It is not on the radar screen but in the world of absurdity and insanity you would expect this to be the case and the absurdities and insanity is that result from it. But we are going to use good and evil as our waypoints and the first example of this is going to be to try to explain why oxygen cannot be read in the infrared region. It is about symmetry where symmetry is good and asymmetry is bad. Because symmetry is good it will not allow itself to absorb radiation which could cause the destruction of this bond where vibrations become so great that the bond is torn apart. Asymmetrical vibrations are bad and they can be destroyed by the absorption of radiation. So the introduction of particles to radiation on day four of creation when divine light was replaced by Starlight and this occurred because the angels who were going to be born on this day were going to bring sin with them and disorder and with these mechanisms the earth was supposed to be out to cope with initially the appearance of sin but once it was cleaned up creation could continue on. I think this was the formation of quantum mechanics and relativity and the relationship between matter and energy. This relationship can continue in the new world and the new universe once disorder has gone only symmetrical vibrations are allowed. Quite often when I sit here and think, that in the beginning God it is like being hit around the face with a wet towel. Imagine the unease I experienced in a recent visit to Revelation chapter 20 when I was told that, ‘heaven and earth had fled from His presence and that there was no need for them!’ Here I am defending with every sinew in my body and there are many of them around the stomach area but heaven and earth are first born and even the greatest sceptic could not deny that and as first born with its privileges is going to last forever. But then again on many of these meanderings I do find pearls and identify treasures and I try to incorporate this one into Genesis. Thus I will be working within a timeframe from the appearance and disappearance of heaven and earth! But I still maintain that there was only one judgement and that judgement occurred on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and it was the result of this judgement that at the second at the second coming to put them through a different process of both processes will result in annihilation the goodies went to heaven and the baddies were left on earth. But if that is the judgement then what is it called when after a time of extreme hardship with my wife which Scripture calls the great tribulation she was taken to heaven is one of the wise virgins but I was left behind because I was called foolish virgin. What is the result of her examination when

           Page 86

           she is shown inside picture as to why I was left behind and after 1000 years of the most intense prayer that was possible I still refused to accept the conditions that were required by happened to be there. As the fact that she is now convinced that I am evil and under no condition can be admitted into heaven for the eternities to come and specifically checks at every moment of time that I do not come as they are called a judgement on her part? In a way it is a judgement but it only confirms that the original judgement made on Good Friday was correct. Is it a judgement that when God decides to do well with the wicked just before they are destroyed to line them up in two categories those who were alive at the second coming and those who were dead at this moment. They were dead and they were either in the sea and those who were dead not in the sea and that therefore only left earth? Is it a judgement that all those who decided to join God’s people were immediately placed into the book of life and therefore given very special attention right to the end even knowing that they would apostatize? Is it a judgement about the book of life is only opened for those who died in the battle of the beast or the living dead? I did have the lake of burning sulphur and the second death sorted out but I will leave that now until I come back to Revelation 14. Chapter 20 of Revelation has fascinated me for a long time and particularly that the next chapter the very first thing to happen is that the new Jerusalem is coming down out of the sky. I take that is happening some four years after we have been in the new universe and so how long was left in the old universe before Moses had finished building the temple? Using this judgement where heaven and earth had fled away which was not really a judgement at all there were at least eight days ago before the Day of Atonement 1260 days for Moses to complete building the temple which means that we have much more to learn about this period of transition period we do know that the major transition was here on earth and this was locked in by the river of evil blood that was some 200 miles long. This had to be destroyed before the transition could take place. But we are well ahead of ourselves and now have to go back to bite the bullet and the floatation of the continents and day three.

           The parts of this universe that were not created under the supervision of the Christ, the combination of light being shone on the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ or in secular terms light being multiplied by time were time itself and this earth. Gravity was not turned on until 6 AM and the first light of the first day and it had much work to do. The attribute that this created world had was that it was spinning and therefore had both angular momentum and centrifugal force but these were not turned on until the first minute of darkness of the second day. If I use a figure that the waters of the deep was 6000 miles deep than it would have taken a significant time for these to be lifted up high enough for any gap at all to appear between them and the earth below but most of the time would still have to have been lifting these waters way out of the position where they are today. Centrifugal force was turned on at the start of day to in the presence of divine light and therefore would have to qualify for an eternal existence. This in turn would have to disbandon one of the laws which we call a law of nature today. ‘Every saction there is an equal and opposite reaction’ or that all reactions are reversible. Laws that require the stretch of the imagination to the upmost and then some. The break that was to occur within the Holy Trinity that have existed in the eternities past right up to the moment of, ‘In the beginning God’, would never be restored again and they Holy Trinity after the beginning would now be different to the one before the beginning and it is the forces that were involved within this change which initially at least we are going to call centrifugal forces and forces of gravity. Gravity is not in danger of disappearing as it passes through the doorway with the blood of the Passover lamb on it and into the new universe and therefore forevermore. But what happens to the spinning or the centrifugal forces? They were created even before gravity but they may not

           Page 87

           have been turned on until the start of the second day. This indeed is a profound question and defines our existence within the throne room of God in a succinct way.  (+51370 +1800 +400)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 17/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           17112020.[It is time to end this leg of the journey and this happens whenever we reach and inseperable part of the wall but there is always a chance to return providing we have asked the right questions and put these questions in prayer before our Lord Jesus Christ. There was a change of direction within the journey itself and rather than a addressing a number issues a science book that was written by the Creator now addresses the problem of sin, its consequences and its eradication. The deadend this time is that I cannot explain the difference between the centrifugal forces operating on day two and on day three of creation and particularly why there is a marker between them. Such distinct markers bear relationships to the nature of God and unless we can relate back to these there is little point going on. The original aim on this journey was to look at the floatation of the tectonic plates/continents that occurred on day three and therefore the floatation process itself. It has to fight against the pull of gravity and I have struggled with floatation of a 10 ton square trunk of a tree which floated when half immersed in a swimming pool overflowing with water. The last thing I want to look at are two corks of identical size but one is made of steel and the other is made out of cork and have weights of 200 g and 20 g respectfully. Both are attached to a scale and lowered into water but the cork floats when 20 g of water overflow the pool and are collected and measured. The steel cork goes to the bottom and displaces 50 g of water but it still does not float. If I put it into an overflowing jar of mercury it would float once it had displaced 200 g of mercury, so what is the explanation for this floatation? Does this explanation apply to the floatation that occurred on day three of creation? Back then there could have been 6000 miles of water holding down this poor tectonic plate and when it was removed and taken high up in the sky up there somewhere the response of this plate was to float which is what would happen if I held the cork underwater or the trunk underwater. The divinity that comes in at this point is that this tectonic plate should have responded immediately the water holding it down was lifted in stages and it should not have waited until the first part of the third day, 6 PM. That force whatever it was made of came into play at this time and it was a divine force as everything that was created by day three and in the presence of divine light was also labelled as divine. It came from another day of divinity, day two where the water that was lifted was also an act of divinity and in the presence of divine light. Both lifting processes but a . Of time between them. My original 10 tonne log is floating because there is a balance between the upward and downward forces. The downward forces that of gravity would like to take the log to the bottom and would do so if not for the upward forces. The only source of upward forces that I can think of at this time is centrifugal force and it could have two sources; the earth itself spinning as in doing one rotation every 24 hours and the earth being in an orbital around the sun which takes 365 days to complete or some combination of these. For those forces to equal there has to be a mass component and an acceleration component and the one that gravity works on is the 10 tons of matter within the log. Why the centrifugal force works on is the amount of matter that is in the fluid that is displaced. The log that is in the air is pulled down with a force of gravity but it also has an upward component or centrifugal force. The mass of fluid that it displaces is so tiny that it is usually ignored but the log would weigh more if it were in a vacuum. The majority of the lifting process on the continents/tectonic plates on day three was due to the fact that they were being held down by all thatw water and the position in which they finished up floating was that of the trunk floating in water and then equilibrium between upward and downward forces. It is at this point that the mind boggles as the ideas race around. To be thought of having lost the

           Page 88

           plot and joining the world of insanity I would apply the following scenario to the sun/earth situation but I feel more comfortable in applying it to the atom and the electron and proton particularly in the hydrogen atom. This should be to centrifugal forces operating in at the electron is spinning around and around and in unearthly model this would be the earth spinning and taking 24 hours to do one turn the second thing this electron should be doing is going around and around the proton in an orbital we call a sphere and this should be the earth taking 365 days to go around the sun and to return to its original position. So there should be two spin components that can be measured and two sources of centrifugal force but if there was only one with that mean that they have combined with each other or that only one existed? In terms of absurdity then the earth is spinning but everything else is going around it ?????????? I do not ask this question from Scripture and I have to look into the study of electron spin resonance (ESR) but if there is one broad absorption band then that is the 365 day cycle of the earth and if on top of this there is fine structure of 24 hours this should tell us about the daily spin. Those however are side issues the task at hand and that is of relating gravity as centrifugal forces especially how they relate within the throne room of God and the eternities to come. It all actually begins before the beginning and the existence of the holy Trinity. The picture that I have built up so far is that the Holy Trinity is not one but three entities and if they were only one entity there would be little point in calling them Trinity. This holy Trinity therefore must have some sort of separation within it and it doesn’t matter how small it is it just has to be there. Because it is small and the small number is squared divided into the mass the force of attraction within this Trinity must be immeasurable but still there. To quantify the problem is to say that there must be more than just the attraction of gravity. Gravity itself is a very large number because it is time which in turn is the full attraction of the love of Jesus Christ and this is in the presence of divine light. This would mean the gravity would continually continue to attract us to Christ and become one with Him and then would continually to draw the Trinity together in such a way that they too would become one and we would be a part of the Holy Trinity. This is just not going to happen and there are going to be barriers which prevent this from happening and these will be operating as distance and centrifugal force. So centrifugal force is a critical identity we have to struggle with an particularly distinguished between forces involved on day three and day two of creation. There is plenty there to be pondered over but in the meantime our thought for the day concerns an aeroplane that weighs 400 tons on the ground or 40 tons way up there in the sky isn’t really displacing 400 tons of air when it is taking off and 40 tons of air when it is 10 km above the ground? In the meantime we return to Deuteronomy where there are only two chapters left and this will allow us then to move back to Revelation chapter 14 and if required to spend some time there. (+ 52776 +2200)

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 17/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           17112020.[It is time to end this leg of the journey and this happens whenever we reach and inseperable part of the wall but there is always a chance to return providing we have asked the right questions and put these questions in prayer before our Lord Jesus Christ. There was a change of direction within the journey itself and rather than a addressing a number issues a science book that was written by the Creator now addresses the problem of sin, its consequences and its eradication. The deadend this time is that I cannot explain the difference between the centrifugal forces operating on day two and on day three of creation and particularly why there is a marker between them. Such distinct markers bear relationships to the nature of God and unless we can relate back to these there is little point going on. The original aim on this journey was to look at the floatation of the tectonic plates/continents that occurred on day three and therefore the floatation process itself. It has to fight against the pull of gravity and I have struggled with floatation of a 10 ton square trunk of a tree which floated when half immersed in a swimming pool overflowing with water. The last thing I want to look at are two corks of identical size but one is made of steel and the other is made out of cork and have weights of 200 g and 20 g respectfully. Both are attached to a scale and lowered into water but the cork floats when 20 g of water overflow the pool and are collected and measured. The steel cork goes to the bottom and displaces 50 g of water but it still does not float. If I put it into an overflowing jar of mercury it would float once it had displaced 200 g of mercury, so what is the explanation for this floatation? Does this explanation apply to the floatation that occurred on day three of creation? Back then there could have been 6000 miles of water holding down this poor tectonic plate and when it was removed and taken high up in the sky up there somewhere the response of this plate was to float which is what would happen if I held the cork underwater or the trunk underwater. The divinity that comes in at this point is that this tectonic plate should have responded immediately the water holding it down was lifted in stages and it should not have waited until the first part of the third day, 6 PM. That force whatever it was made of came into play at this time and it was a divine force as everything that was created by day three and in the presence of divine light was also labelled as divine. It came from another day of divinity, day two where the water that was lifted was also an act of divinity and in the presence of divine light. Both lifting processes but a . Of time between them. My original 10 tonne log is floating because there is a balance between the upward and downward forces. The downward forces that of gravity would like to take the log to the bottom and would do so if not for the upward forces. The only source of upward forces that I can think of at this time is centrifugal force and it could have two sources; the earth itself spinning as in doing one rotation every 24 hours and the earth being in an orbital around the sun which takes 365 days to complete or some combination of these. For those forces to equal there has to be a mass component and an acceleration component and the one that gravity works on is the 10 tons of matter within the log. Why the centrifugal force works on is the amount of matter that is in the fluid that is displaced. The log that is in the air is pulled down with a force of gravity but it also has an upward component or centrifugal force. The mass of fluid that it displaces is so tiny that it is usually ignored but the log would weigh more if it were in a vacuum. The majority of the lifting process on the continents/tectonic plates on day three was due to the fact that they were being held down by all thatw water and the position in which they finished up floating was that of the trunk floating in water and then equilibrium between upward and downward forces. It is at this point that the mind boggles as the ideas race around. To be thought of having lost the

           Page 88

           plot and joining the world of insanity I would apply the following scenario to the sun/earth situation but I feel more comfortable in applying it to the atom and the electron and proton particularly in the hydrogen atom. This should be to centrifugal forces operating in at the electron is spinning around and around and in unearthly model this would be the earth spinning and taking 24 hours to do one turn the second thing this electron should be doing is going around and around the proton in an orbital we call a sphere and this should be the earth taking 365 days to go around the sun and to return to its original position. So there should be two spin components that can be measured and two sources of centrifugal force but if there was only one with that mean that they have combined with each other or that only one existed? In terms of absurdity then the earth is spinning but everything else is going around it ?????????? I do not ask this question from Scripture and I have to look into the study of electron spin resonance (ESR) but if there is one broad absorption band then that is the 365 day cycle of the earth and if on top of this there is fine structure of 24 hours this should tell us about the daily spin. Those however are side issues the task at hand and that is of relating gravity as centrifugal forces especially how they relate within the throne room of God and the eternities to come. It all actually begins before the beginning and the existence of the holy Trinity. The picture that I have built up so far is that the Holy Trinity is not one but three entities and if they were only one entity there would be little point in calling them Trinity. This holy Trinity therefore must have some sort of separation within it and it doesn’t matter how small it is it just has to be there. Because it is small and the small number is squared divided into the mass the force of attraction within this Trinity must be immeasurable but still there. To quantify the problem is to say that there must be more than just the attraction of gravity. Gravity itself is a very large number because it is time which in turn is the full attraction of the love of Jesus Christ and this is in the presence of divine light. This would mean the gravity would continually continue to attract us to Christ and become one with Him and then would continually to draw the Trinity together in such a way that they too would become one and we would be a part of the Holy Trinity. This is just not going to happen and there are going to be barriers which prevent this from happening and these will be operating as distance and centrifugal force. So centrifugal force is a critical identity we have to struggle with an particularly distinguished between forces involved on day three and day two of creation. There is plenty there to be pondered over but in the meantime our thought for the day concerns an aeroplane that weighs 400 tons on the ground or 40 tons way up there in the sky isn’t really displacing 400 tons of air when it is taking off and 40 tons of air when it is 10 km above the ground? In the meantime we return to Deuteronomy where there are only two chapters left and this will allow us then to move back to Revelation chapter 14 and if required to spend some time there. (+ 52776 +2200)

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 17/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           17112020.[It is time to end this leg of the journey and this happens whenever we reach and inseperable part of the wall but there is always a chance to return providing we have asked the right questions and put these questions in prayer before our Lord Jesus Christ. There was a change of direction within the journey itself and rather than a addressing a number issues a science book that was written by the Creator now addresses the problem of sin, its consequences and its eradication. The deadend this time is that I cannot explain the difference between the centrifugal forces operating on day two and on day three of creation and particularly why there is a marker between them. Such distinct markers bear relationships to the nature of God and unless we can relate back to these there is little point going on. The original aim on this journey was to look at the floatation of the tectonic plates/continents that occurred on day three and therefore the floatation process itself. It has to fight against the pull of gravity and I have struggled with floatation of a 10 ton square trunk of a tree which floated when half immersed in a swimming pool overflowing with water. The last thing I want to look at are two corks of identical size but one is made of steel and the other is made out of cork and have weights of 200 g and 20 g respectfully. Both are attached to a scale and lowered into water but the cork floats when 20 g of water overflow the pool and are collected and measured. The steel cork goes to the bottom and displaces 50 g of water but it still does not float. If I put it into an overflowing jar of mercury it would float once it had displaced 200 g of mercury, so what is the explanation for this floatation? Does this explanation apply to the floatation that occurred on day three of creation? Back then there could have been 6000 miles of water holding down this poor tectonic plate and when it was removed and taken high up in the sky up there somewhere the response of this plate was to float which is what would happen if I held the cork underwater or the trunk underwater. The divinity that comes in at this point is that this tectonic plate should have responded immediately the water holding it down was lifted in stages and it should not have waited until the first part of the third day, 6 PM. That force whatever it was made of came into play at this time and it was a divine force as everything that was created by day three and in the presence of divine light was also labelled as divine. It came from another day of divinity, day two where the water that was lifted was also an act of divinity and in the presence of divine light. Both lifting processes but a . Of time between them. My original 10 tonne log is floating because there is a balance between the upward and downward forces. The downward forces that of gravity would like to take the log to the bottom and would do so if not for the upward forces. The only source of upward forces that I can think of at this time is centrifugal force and it could have two sources; the earth itself spinning as in doing one rotation every 24 hours and the earth being in an orbital around the sun which takes 365 days to complete or some combination of these. For those forces to equal there has to be a mass component and an acceleration component and the one that gravity works on is the 10 tons of matter within the log. Why the centrifugal force works on is the amount of matter that is in the fluid that is displaced. The log that is in the air is pulled down with a force of gravity but it also has an upward component or centrifugal force. The mass of fluid that it displaces is so tiny that it is usually ignored but the log would weigh more if it were in a vacuum. The majority of the lifting process on the continents/tectonic plates on day three was due to the fact that they were being held down by all thatw water and the position in which they finished up floating was that of the trunk floating in water and then equilibrium between upward and downward forces. It is at this point that the mind boggles as the ideas race around. To be thought of having lost the

           Page 88

           plot and joining the world of insanity I would apply the following scenario to the sun/earth situation but I feel more comfortable in applying it to the atom and the electron and proton particularly in the hydrogen atom. This should be to centrifugal forces operating in at the electron is spinning around and around and in unearthly model this would be the earth spinning and taking 24 hours to do one turn the second thing this electron should be doing is going around and around the proton in an orbital we call a sphere and this should be the earth taking 365 days to go around the sun and to return to its original position. So there should be two spin components that can be measured and two sources of centrifugal force but if there was only one with that mean that they have combined with each other or that only one existed? In terms of absurdity then the earth is spinning but everything else is going around it ?????????? I do not ask this question from Scripture and I have to look into the study of electron spin resonance (ESR) but if there is one broad absorption band then that is the 365 day cycle of the earth and if on top of this there is fine structure of 24 hours this should tell us about the daily spin. Those however are side issues the task at hand and that is of relating gravity as centrifugal forces especially how they relate within the throne room of God and the eternities to come. It all actually begins before the beginning and the existence of the holy Trinity. The picture that I have built up so far is that the Holy Trinity is not one but three entities and if they were only one entity there would be little point in calling them Trinity. This holy Trinity therefore must have some sort of separation within it and it doesn’t matter how small it is it just has to be there. Because it is small and the small number is squared divided into the mass the force of attraction within this Trinity must be immeasurable but still there. To quantify the problem is to say that there must be more than just the attraction of gravity. Gravity itself is a very large number because it is time which in turn is the full attraction of the love of Jesus Christ and this is in the presence of divine light. This would mean the gravity would continually continue to attract us to Christ and become one with Him and then would continually to draw the Trinity together in such a way that they too would become one and we would be a part of the Holy Trinity. This is just not going to happen and there are going to be barriers which prevent this from happening and these will be operating as distance and centrifugal force. So centrifugal force is a critical identity we have to struggle with an particularly distinguished between forces involved on day three and day two of creation. There is plenty there to be pondered over but in the meantime our thought for the day concerns an aeroplane that weighs 400 tons on the ground or 40 tons way up there in the sky isn’t really displacing 400 tons of air when it is taking off and 40 tons of air when it is 10 km above the ground? In the meantime we return to Deuteronomy where there are only two chapters left and this will allow us then to move back to Revelation chapter 14 and if required to spend some time there. (+ 52776 +2200)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 18/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           18112020. I have been putting further thought into my 400 ton aeroplane displacing 400 tons of air but it only becomes an issue if you are considering the plane displacing 400 tons of water. This happens when you have crash landed in water and there is water all around you and you are thinking about making the final decision. It may be crudely but aptly put that you are thinking you will have have to now put your head between your legs and kiss your backside goodbye! But thinking about upthrust of water when you are in an aeroplane is not a good sign! Returning back to the last two chapters of the book of Deuteronomy; chapter 33. Both the earthly and our soon-to-be heavenly journey are at a fascinating stage. Moses knows that he is about to die and his final eulogy is the song of Moses. In heavenly events Jesus knows that He is about to die but this will not be in brutal circumstances as happened 2000 years ago, it will be in soon-to-be heavenly circumstances as

           Page 89

           on the Day of Atonement. Yes the new universe and the new eternity are about to begin and the old is soon to pass away and heaven and earth are no longer in His presence. There is much history that has occurred on this earth but not all 6000 years of it will be archived in the new universe, only sections of it but the link they will be left to find will contain the Song of Moses so this song is indeed literature of critical importance. All this occurs where the Book of Revelation leaves such a yawning gap. There may be as low as 10 years between the end of chapter 20 and the new Jerusalem coming out of the sky which happens in chapter 21. I am aware of the discrepancy of time of some 100 years that occurs at this time and am continually looking for solutions to this problem. I revise this problem as it is one of the issues that I am now trying to address. Using rough numbers only and taking the age of existence of this universe to be these 7×7 (7,777 years seven months, seven days and seven hours) half-time was 3889 years all the history splitting event of the cross of Good Friday and this therefore means there must be another 3889 years until this universe is destroyed. Of that we already have 2000 years from the first coming to the soon coming of Jesus Christ,+ 1260 years to the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy (3260) and then finally Daniel’s 7×70 or 490 years, near enough to 500 to give a total of, which leaves a total of 3760 and which in turn is out by some one hundred 20 years and indeed a significant number in a chronology that claims to be able to measure down to one hour. It is in the time of the death of Moses and his replacement by Joshua where this discrepancy is occurring. It would be difficult to account for even 30 to 40 years to the commencement of this 500 year period. This period only begins with the decree to rebuild the temple. The period itself is that the third coming of Jesus and the closing of the door of mercy and the pouring out of the bowls of wrath of God. These are no longer partial judgements and retribution is like the trumpets were but because the door of mercy is now being closed the wrath of God is fully flowing. The first bowl which is probably set off by the earthquake that kills the 7000 people is devastating but at least partially expected. The people will have known that once Jesus returns back to heaven after closing the door of mercy that retribution  would begin in earnest and even a severe as the first bowl was they still put up with it for maybe 20 or 30 or even 40 years and it is not just time and the severity of what has happened that is going to break them. It is the fear that breaks them of what is going to happen when bowls two, three and onwards are going to be poured out which is petrifying them and something has to be done to placate God maybe not in the number of bowls but at least in their severity. The one thing they can do is to have the decree issued for the rebuilding of the devastated temple to be issued and the count of 490 years begins from this decree. Those in charge who can issue this decree are Satan and the beast and to issue this decree to them is the end of their last 490 years of existence. Every year that they can get away from issuing this degree increases their lifespan by the one year. They will be signing their own death decree. Clearly that decree will not be issued until as a very last resort and they have no choice but to do so but even with the delay of 40 years our discrepancy in time still remains at about 80 years and therefore the only place it can be absorbed Is after the Day of Atonement and therefore from the Day of Atonement until our entry into the new universe is about 80 years and this in turn puts a spanner in the works for that period. The difference in time between chapter 20 and chapter 21 in the Book of Revelation could then be in the order of 80 years and for which we have to account and will remain the elephant in the room until accounted for. But is this song of Moses the valedictory speech of Jesus to His creation? Well  the saints are certainly there. We were left behind in Eden2 whilst Jesus came back to earth to deliver it. The evil dead were here and these were the ones that were resurrected at the end of the millennium and whose coming death will be their second death and therefore hell and final destruction. Those who had been killed by the crazed horseman, 2.3 billion of them at the resurrection of the living wicked were not there and had been dead since this time.

           Page 90

           The remaining wicked living had not died at the hands or mouths of burning sulphur of the crazed horseman, 4.7 billion had just been killed in the battle of the beast and were not there. Heaven and earth had fled from His presence and were not there also has to be accounted for when we return to Revelation chapter 14, but at what stage does Moses bless the tribes then?

           Could it be as late as the cross itself of the Day of Atonement? Could this then be handing of the Baton from Jesus Christ As the Son of Man to Jesus Christ as the Son of God? The final handover between mortality and immortality which would be the case not depended on where the final heaven would be. Verse one; ‘this is the blessing that Moses the man of God pronounced on the Israelites before his death’. [Jesus who became a part of humanity and was abandoned by His Father at 3 PM on Good Friday on 14 – 01 – 3889 is now not going to be so but we will become a part of Him and must do so to enter into the new universe and the New Jerusalem} verse two; ‘He said: “The Lord came from Sinai and dawned over them from Seir, he shone forth from Mount Paran. He came with myriads of holy ones from the south, from his mountain slopes.’ [Mount Sinai was from where it all started and it could have had an ending 2000 years ago but that ending has been delayed by another 4000 years and is now going to happen.] Verse three; ‘ Surely it is you who love the people; all the holy ones who are in your hand. At your feet they all bow down, and from you receive instructions.’ [This is indeed a holy moment and the introduction to eternity.] Verse four; ‘the law that Moses gave us, the possession of the assembly of Jacob.’ [It is the law that remains the fabric of time, has always been on this earth since the first day of creation and will continue forever more in the creation above and they continue to call, “Lord, Lord!” But will not do what I tell them to do!’ Verse five; ‘He was king over Jeshurun when the leaders of the people assembled, along with the tribes of Israel.’ [This is going to give us a forced result as to who Jeshurun was] verse six; ‘Let Ruben live and not die, nor his men be few.’ [I do not expect everyone in heaven to be the same nor did I expect the amount of variety that is about to be introduced. On this earth 2000 years ago had heaven begun there would have been basically three groups of Levite’s which was determined by how close to the Lord they would serve. The category of Levi disappeared at the cross on Good Friday at 3 PM when the curtain into the tent of meeting was torn and therefore the saints could enter into this area to serve Jesus and those who did so were called priests. We are now about to enter into and through the curtain that separates the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place and here we will serve as high priests.  (+54400 +2200)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 19/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           19112020. The book of Deuteronomy is a toggle switch in that it mainly concentrates and introduces the cross of Good Friday on Mount Calvary. But this event which was not only earthshattering but also universe shattering is still encased with the main event or the Day of Atonement. There is no doubt that when the Israelites left Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 that their destiny was the Day of Atonement in Daniel’s reckoning on 10 – 07 – 486. As yet I have not assigned the date on Mount Sinai when Moses arrived at the foot of the Mount carrying the original 10 commandments and seeing Aaron and the congregation worshipping a golden calf that they had made. Whether it is this date that should be stamped in the history of the universe or when some 40 days later Moses came back to the spot but this time was carrying another lot of 10 commandments on stone that he him self had hewn out and were carried in the Ark of the covenant. It is still early in the morning so I should at least have some brainpower left to allocate a date to this momentous event and the problem with such an allocation is when given it sticks and is difficult to change. It was the date when the journey of the Israelites changed from finishing on the Day of Atonement to Friday on Mount Calvary. There is our toggle event and we have to decide on which position the toggle switch

           Page 91

           is in in chapter 33 in chapter 34. It is very clearly defined by the death of Moses and switching his power over to Joshua. If Moses is indeed a symbol of Jesus, the earthly step pointing to the heavenly step than this rules out Friday on Mount Calvary 14 – 01 – 3889. Yes Jesus did die on that day but was resurrected three days later. Moses was not resurrected three days later. Jesus was to pass His ministry onto the Holy Spirit but Moses was to pass his ministry onto Joshua. A direct correlation is the reason why Jesus/Moses died. Moses and Aaron died because of the sin that they had committed at the waters of Meribah. Jesus did not die for His own sins on Friday on Mount Calvary but He did die for His own sins on the cross of the Day of Atonement. The death of Moses was the endgame and very little is heard of him again except by the way of example. He may have been/probably was resurrected when the earthquake struck Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889 at 3 PM but he is not specifically mentioned. Nor is he given the honour and in fact cannot be given the honour as being one of the two witnesses who come now with Jesus to close the door of mercy. This finality also applies to Jesus Christ at His death on the cross of the Day of Atonement. Because of this finality that we see the earthly step two in these final chapters of Deuteronomy everything that is going to be transferred has to be transferred across now. It is Moses/Jesus that accomplishes these final transfers and if these transfers do in fact occur on the cross of the Day of Atonement it adds an extra dimension to this day. There can be no attempt made to belittle the cross of Good Friday regardless of what and when it is compared to. It is the basic unit of our existence and the very first day of creation was the daily sacrifice. This was not the Day of Atonement it was the cross of Good Friday. It is the reason for our existence regardless of whether it occurred or whether it did not occur and it is hard to be more fundamental than that. It did occur and when it did occur the changes that were introduced were immeasurable. My confessed sins were obliterated and again they would have been obliterated had the Day of Atonement occurred 2000 years ago and it was the role the scapegoat to do so. But we are comparing a goat that was pushed over a cliff and took a few seconds before it arrived dad at the base of the cliff what happened to Jesus Christ not just between the hours of 9 AM and 3 PM but the horror of what he went through even before being put onto the cross. If there is any comparison than the cross of Good Friday was millions of miles higher than what the scapegoat fell through. The foundational stones they were implied on the first day of the creation of this universe were revealed on the cross of Good Friday on 14 – 01 – 3889 and an essential even though a small part of that was the forgiveness of sins. The characteristic of my sins on that day was that they were confessed and they had a handle on which could be taken hold of and be carried/thrown into hell. Jesus did take hold on these handles and took them into the fires of hell where they were obliterated. But isn’t this what Jesus would have done also to those confessed sins on the Day of Atonement? They would have been gone and they would have been obliterated so what was it about Mount Calvary and Good Friday that made it so special? The difference between these two days 2000 years ago would have been the daily sacrifice implied as against the daily sacrifice applied the daily sacrifice would not have been an issue and would not have been there to be accepted or rejected. It was Jesus Himself Who made an issue and it was the difference between the acceptance and rejection of his daily sacrifice which meant whether Jesus would call, “Mine!” And therein lies the difference between these two days and the involvement of Jesus not as The Son of God but as the Son of Man. Jesus became one with us, He was rejected and forsaken by God the Father in order to become one with us. Those confessed sins that were obliterated on that day were our sins and the reason why Jesus could become one with us. But why could he not become one with us on the Day of Atonement when all our sins were also obliterated? On that day the daily sacrifice was not an issue and the offer of accept or reject was not made it was only made on Good Friday of Mount Calvary. This day therefore has been since the first day of creation and

           Page 92

           through the history of this universe and the universe to come the foundational stone even though it has been fulfilled as 14 – 01 – 3889 and remains the reason why we have existed and will we will also exist forevermore. But there is a break about to occur in this relationship in that Moses will die and will be replaced by Joshua. Before Moses dies he is going to transfer what he has accomplished onto Joshua. The Son of Man is about to transfer onto The Son of God his accomplishments in that role and this transfer is about to pass into the universe and therefore the eternities to come. There is no doubt that what Moses did was accomplished in a literal way to become a part of the history of the Israelite people. But what we are reading now in chapter 33 and 34 of Deuteronomy could will be a heavenly accomplishment as well. And this is now where we turn to Jeshurun and the toggle event that it represents. (+55680 +2200)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 20/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           20112020. Even though the book of Deuteronomy concentrates on the cross of Good Friday it is still a toggle switch they can switch back to the cross of the Day of Atonement otherwise those last chapters would have little meaning as far as the big picture of time is concerned. They would certainly explain the earthly step and the first 4000 years of time but not so the heavenly step and the next 4000 years and beyond. Deuteronomy has a distinctive start in Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 but it also has a distinctive and on the banks of the Jordan River and not just the death of Moses but also his replacement, Joshua. The incidents now being explained are the last words of Moses and if Moses is the earthly version of Jesus Christ then those words must also point to the last words of Jesus Christ before he died. The situation that it is being referred to could not be the cross of Good Friday and therefore it must .2 the cross of the Day of Atonement which is still not due for another 1800 years. So we are being given insights into what will happen on that particular day in Daniel’s reckoning to be 10 – 07 – 486. First and foremost Jesus is going to have to obliterate any sin that is left over after the fires of hell have gone out. I identify this period as containing 70 trillion sins. Yes, the saints have been free of sin since the cross of Good Friday 4000 years before. The wicket have just been destroyed and with them were also destroyed their unconfessed intentional sins but now the remainder of sin must also be destroyed and this could well be the final nail in the concept of the Holy Trinity. It required the concept of, the idea of sin to begin to break the Holy Trinity apart in the first place and this happened before the beginning and was followed by in the beginning God. The forces required to cause the split within the Holy Trinity could only begin to be measured once the split actually occurred and at this stage I refer to these forces as those of zero point energy. These forces are never going to be involved again as the split now becomes irreversible and this will result in the three entities of the Holy Trinity now being separated by varying distances and there are barriers between these forces which are related to the relationship Within the Holy Trinity. We have already tried to look at the split of the Holy Spirit that it occurred at the murder of John the Baptist but at this stage it remains a mystery and will continue to remain so until we understand the miracle of the feeding of the 5000 where this occurred. There was another split within the Holy Trinity at 3 PM on Good Friday when Jesus cried, “Father why have you forsaken me!” Jesus was still divinity and at this stage the throne room of God would have had God the Father and the Lamb sitting on the throne but there is about an indelible mark to be placed on Jesus. Jesus is about to plead guilty to 70 trillion sins and even though these will be dealt with to God’s standard a mark will remain and will be the final impairment that will prevent the unification of the Holy Trinity to the standard that it was before, “In the beginning God!” Once we have one function for Jesus to fulfil whilst on the cross of the Day of Atonement. Once all sin is gone the second role of Jesus on this cross can begin, He can start to build the temple over a period of 1259 days which can then be presented to God the

           Page 93

           Father and to be admitted into the throne room of God. There are monumental changes now going to occur with the death of Moses/Jesus and His replacement of Joshua/Melchizedek thus we now have a presentation of the finished work of Jesus as The Son of Man. It is only when we begin to understand the role of Jeshurun that we will begin to understand what is happening now at the change of the baton. But we move on realising that the history of the people now been described is going to be more fully explained in the rest of Scripture. So it could be explained as a beginning if we do not know the earthly step ladder has a heavenly step so really we are at the beginning of the beginning.(My, how the train of thought changes during the day and when I wrote that this morning it made sense!)  And from here we look to the end of the end which is an equivalent timespan of, “In the beginning God.” Right up to and including, “ heaven and earth had fled from His presence and there was no need for them.” And all we have to do now is to fill out the fine detail between these. Much of which has been written will have to be rewritten and I would be the 1^st to admit that I make mistakes. A very recent example would be our local council delivered plastic bags so that we could place our food scraps into them. I have always advocated austerity but wasn’t this going a bit too far? Council handing out doggy bags so as to provide meals for all the senior staff! Sadly, another ideal of altruism has hit the dirt! The bags were marked and I have a feeling that any bags that came from this premises would have been checked for rat steak! But it is from this limited background that I continue the commentary and the reasons for minimal references to the heaven above. Verse six; ‘Let Ruben live and not die, nor his men be few.’ [Rueben was first born and therefore inherited all the privileges and he must’ve done many bad things to lose them. Yes they can be sold and yes they can be forfeited. ] First seven; ‘And this he said about Judah: Hear, O Lord, the cry of Judah; bring him to his people. With his own hands he defends his cause. Oh, be his help against his foes!’ [We have already spent much time on Judah from which tribe Jesus Christ came from. I will try to compare Jesus as the lion from the tribe of Judah as compared to Jesus the high priest and priest from its beginnings as Levite]. Verse eight; ‘About Levi he said: ‘Your Thummim and Urim belong to the man you favoured. You tested him at Massah; you contended with him at the waters of Meribah. He said of his father and mother: I have no regard for them.’ He did not recognise his brothers or acknowledge his own children, but he watched over your word and guarded your covenant. He teaches your precepts to Jacob and your law to Israel. He offers incense before you and whole burnt offerings on your altar. Bless all his skills, O Lord, and be pleased with the work of his hands. Smite the loins of those who rise up against him; strike his foes they rise no more.’ [The earthly message of salvation was carried by two of all the tribes of Jacob; Judah and Levi. Levi was very much a conditional proposition and that it was only training for the priesthood and that all stages being supervised by priests. These in turn were under the leadership of the high priest himself who in turn was a representative of the people before God Within the Most Holy Place. So why isn’t it that the earthly combination that we are dealing with actually Moses and Aaron as the predecessors to Judah and Levi? The cut off  is clearly stated as the waters of Meribah. The result of what happened there was that both Aaron and Moses had to die and were replaced by initially Judah and Levi but ultimately by the 12 tribes of Jacob which then go on to become the 12 tribes of heaven. But there is still a Jeshurun factor to be applied. Your Thummim and Urim, the choice or the verdict of divinity can be applied in a number of ways in this situation but the easiest way would be to say that whatever the decision was of Levi was of the came from God and he was thus God’s representative and would reach as high as High Priest. I cannot relate where the testing at Massah occurred unless of course it was 40 days and 40 nights that Jesus spent in the desert. Jesus did not have disregard for his mother or father and did not acknowledge other members of his family he showed the same concern for those who were His spiritual family and it is the ones who obeyed him

           Page 94

           and would ultimately go on to become one with Him in heaven. Jesus certainly watched over the word and guarded the covenant as He was to become the covenant. Both Judah and Levi teach precepts to Jacob and your law to Israel. Both will offer and did offer incense before God and the final burnt offering of the cross of Good Friday and even the Day of Atonement seems to be implied here.

           If I had been blogging for 30 or so years I could rightly say, ‘after all this blogging you would think that I had made my mind up about a certain subject.’ But not so after six years. The question is whether all the old Testament is what would have been required to see humanity through eternity in heaven on earth. Would any of the New Testament had to have been included? I concede that the Gospel of John would not have been required as Jesus did not go to the cross of Good Friday. But what about the synoptic gospels or is everything they teach in one form or another to be found in the old Testament anyway. This would make the synoptic gospels steppingstone between the two eras. What we are reading now is a literal application of what could have happened back then at the death of Moses and time and the Messiah and this could well have brought the Messiah forward by over 1000 years. God had given up with the Jews at the time when Aaron and the congregation worshipped the golden calf. He did not and sent time into overtime and doubled its length by announcing the new covenant that of Jesus Christ doing everything that was required of us and He did so to our heavenly standard. But Deuteronomy here has that toggle switch which we can now be thrown to take use of that extended time period. The mechanism that is being employed is that of Jeshurun and now let me tell you this story when it is being told that Moses/Jesus are about to die and the legacy that they will leave for the next stage of salvation on the cross of the Day of Atonement. The story of Judah is quite simple in that he joined his people and this is where he wants to stay and with his own hands stretched out across the cross of Mount Calvary and from there he defends his clause and helps them against their foes. The story of Levi is much more complex and cannot be completed until Levi goes through the priest and the high priest stage. Jesus as Levi and the second strand of salvation has with him the  Thummim and the Urim and His answers are divine and final. The testing at Massah I cannot relate to and the fact that you contended with him at the waters of Meribah will be the thought for the night as this sounds like a projection of what happened at 4 PM on Friday on Mount Calvary. Jesus has one regard for his family regardless of which member it is but he certainly watched over the word in the Bible and so He should as it was this Word when spoken brought in the existence of this universe. It is as powerful as that and not to be juggled according to one’s pleasures or displeasures. Doing this invariably will result in the omission of the cross of Good Friday. And there is one being in particular who desperately wants to do this and that is Satan. There are is a distinct crossover in that it is the Levite who carefully watches over the covenant that was made on Mount Calvary. For all of Jesus on this earth as Levi certainly did involve teaching precepts to Jacob and the law to Israel. The offers of incense I am not sure of this stage but the idea of both crosses was to produce the burnt offering and in both cases it was probably offered on the same altar. Whether we take care to pray and seek blessings and protection are there for our own good and relationship to Jesus but these prayers have already been prayed by someone much higher and been answered. They were prayed by the one Who joined us at 3 PM on Mount Calvary on Good Friday. (+synch issue)

           at 3 PM on Mount Calvary on Good Friday. (+synch issue) +57920 +2200

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 21/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           21112020. Perhaps before specifically looking at Levi and Judah it may be best to finish the 12 tribes. Verse 12; ‘About Benjamin he said: “let the beloved of the Lord rest secure work in him, for he shields him all day long. And the one the Lord loves rest between his shoulders.” Verse 13; About

           Page 95

           Joseph he said: “May the Lord bless his land with the pressures dew from heaven above and with the deep waters that lie below; with the best the sun brings forth in the finest the moon can yield; with the choicest gifts of the ancient mountains and the fruitfulness of the everlasting hills; with the best gifts of the earth and its fullness and the favour of him who dwelt in the burning bush. Let all these rest on the head of Joseph, on the brow of the Prince among his brothers.”. [We have already seen some of the history that preceded these 12 brothers and most of it was sinister indeed. Poor old Joseph was on the receiving end of the cruelty of all his brothers except Benjamin and to  these who are not part of that lot are now written up in a favourable light. Does any of this past history carry across into the new universe? We know that 12 tribes do carry across but  are the same size in the new universe. We will probably camp in different places relative to the throne itself and will march in a certain order that was established here on earth. The order that will be established as we march out of heaven in armies behind the rider of the white horse. There was no doubt that God achieved a different level of success of His relationship with the different tribes but it does seem difficult to comprehend that these differences or at least some of them will be maintained up there in the new heaven. If so it was certainly have been advantage to be born in the tribe of Judah or Levi, or Joseph. It is the question of the size of the glasses, are all the biggest ones in Levi and the smallest ones, well they cannot be in Dan because he doesn’t make it across. But whatever the size of our glass it will be filled and overflowing.] Verse 17; ‘In majesty here is like a firstborn bull; his horns are the horns of a wild ox. With them he will gore the nations, even those at the ends of the earth. Such are the 10,000s of Ephraim; such are the thousands of Manasseh.’ [ The blessings bestowed on Joseph began after a sharp period of testing but they carried on throughout his life and onto his children but then again it seems incomprehensible they could apply to the heaven above.] Verse 18; ‘About Zebulun he said: “Rejoice, Zebulun, in your going out, and you, Issachar, in your tents. They will summon peoples to the mountain and their offer sacrifices of righteousness; they will feast on the abundance of the Seas, and the treasures hidden in the sand.’ [That these peoples turned out to be successful seafarers is a prediction of the earthly step and at this stage at least does not help me in a heavenly projection.] Verse 20; ‘About Gad he said: “Blessed is he who enlarges Gad’s domain! Gad lives there like a lion, tearing at arm or head. He chooses the best land for himself; the leaders portion was For him. When the heads of the people assembled, he carried out the Lord’s righteous will, and his judgements concerning Israel.” [And again they may have already been much written about the history of these tribes I cannot recall their significance.] Verse 22; ‘About Dan he said: “Dan is a lion’s cub, springing out of Bashan.  About Naphthali he said: “Naphthali is abounding with the favour of the Lord and is full of his blessing; he will inherit southward to the lake.” About Asher he said: “most listed of the sons is Asher; let him be favoured by his brothers, and let him bathe his feet in oil. The bolts of your gates will be iron and bronze, and your strength will equal your days. There is no one like the God of Jeshurun, who rides on the heavens to help you and on the clouds in his Majesty. The eternal God is your refuge, and underneath are the everlasting arms. He will drive out your enemy before you, saying, “Destroy him!” So Israel will live in safety alone; Jacob spring is secure all and the land of grain and new wine, where the heavens drop dew. Blessed are you, O Israel! Who is like you, people saved by the Lord? He is your shield and helper and your glorious Lord. Your enemies will cower before you, and you will trample down their high places.’’

           I still cannot believe that a whole chapter in the old Testament of 29 versus and relating to the cross of Jesus Christ can only have an earthly application, there must be a heavenly application and whether I see that is my problem. There have been many important issues raised in the book of Deuteronomy and it is probably because so few have been understood that such difficulties are arising in chapter 33. Moses may not have been synonym for Jesus Christ but it is the best that

           Page 96

           Scripture can offer. To say that with the death of Moses we come to an anti-climax and the whole thing fizzles out would not be right. It is not coincidence that right now Deuteronomy is pointing us to the events before the Day of Atonement and the crossing of the Jordan River into Canaan. It is not coincidence the Revelation chapter 14 has left a subject of such critical importance as the Day of Atonement out and just skip from everybody being thrown into the fires of hell and into the New Jerusalem in the new universe in chapter 21. It is not coincidence that Beelzebub and the end of Satanic reign majors in all three synoptic gospels. Just take away any impediment in these interpretations I will use them in [   ]. [ Moses/Jesus is going to die when he finishes his earthly ministry. Jesus is going to die not because He sinned against the waters that flowed from the rock of Meribah but because His earthly ministry was complete and He had brought His flock as far as the doorway of the new heaven. It is at this point that the water overflowed from the rock of Meribah become significant. Chapter 19 in the Book of Numbers and the ordinance of the red heifer tells us that this rock is formed from the ash content of the fires of hell. This ash could not burn as it represented the body of Jesus Christ and hell could only consume evil and there was no evil in these leftover ashes. When compressed they formed a rock and even though this rock has just been to hell from it flowed water. Only divine water could do this. On Good Friday on Mount Calvary not only water flowed from the body of Jesus Christ when the Roman spear opened up His side but so did blood but this blood is to go through a different series of events in that it will finish up back inside of the body of Jesus Christ on Resurrection Sunday in Daniel’s reckoning on 11 – 07 – 486. Not all the water will be returned to the body of Jesus Christ but whether it is one droplet short or much more it doesn’t matter. Quality is the issue and not quantity. By a miraculous act one drop of water will flow through the whole city and water the earth below as well and this is the water of life. Some of it is retained within the rock of Meribah and will be personally applied to the forehead of every saint and again the water of life for the eternity is to come. It is the final application and cleansing of this troubled water that was required to prepare us for entry into the throne room of God. Both Moses and Aaron had doubts about the effectiveness of this water on these doubts and were excluded from heaven. By the time we get chapter 33 Moses/Jesus are about to hand in the results of their ministries and missions from this earth and the existence of the heaven above.

           It is Levi who arrives with a big splash in chapter 33. Aaron was his forefather and it was he who sinned against the water of Meribah but Aaron is not here and he payed the same price that everyone will pay for having doubts about the water and the blood that came from the side of Jesus Christ and who go on to ignore them. Levi is now here at the changeover but look at the capacity than he is here now. He is a man favoured by God. I don’t know about his testing at Massah.   God contended with Levi at the waters of Meribah. Just finishing this who was it who had no regard for his father and mother and did not recognise his brothers or acknowledged his own children? Who was it who watched over the Word and guarded your Covenant? Who was it who taught your precepts and your law to Israel? Who was it who was offered as a whole burnt offering on your altar? Who is pleased with the work of his hands? Who asks to smite the loins of those who rise up against him? Who wants his foes to be stricken until they rise no more? (Eight days before the Day of Atonement) . All these questions are answered in the Ministry of Jesus Christ on earth but are not being idsddressed to Judah but are being addressed to Levi. Therefore what should be the conclusion about the water (and the blood?) That flowed from the side of Jesus Christ at 4 PM on Good Friday on Mount Calvary? Judah or Levi? What was it that finished at 3 PM on Good Friday when Jesus called, “it is finished!” There was still one hour to go of burnt offering between 3 PM and 4 PM and was it at that time that the contention with Levi arose? Was 4 PM the literal application of the waters of Meribah? What relationship did Jesus Christ have with us as at 3 PM on Good Friday

           Page 97

           and how do this change, if it did change at 4 PM? What was the significance of spilling that precious water and blood onto the ground by the Roman spear? Very little has been written in Christian literature about 4 PM on Good Friday let alone anything meaningful. Yes it did prove that Jesus was dead and this is a tenet of Christian faith. Without this death there would be no need for a resurrection and the Christian faith would be meaningless. The death on this cross of Jesus Christ that occurred was the second death that I was to go through and that is death in hell. I cannot go to hell because that is the second death and that death has already been taken  by Jesus Christ for me. It is only a second death if I have died a first death and that usually is in water and the baptismal font. So one reason that God allowed that Roman spear to shed that precious blood and water was to show me that my second death in hell has already occurred. But why all these attributes that belong to Jesus Christ on this earth and part of His ministry assigned to Levi and not to Judah? (+59900 +2200

  7112024. )22/11/2020. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           22112020. Deuteronomy chapter 33 has had many themes within it in one of those was the switch or the combination of salvation of two of the characters of the tribes of Jacob, Judah and Levi. There is no doubt that this is the story or at least one of them that is being related to by Moses just before he hands the reins over to Joshua. But it has been the centre of our attention for a while now as this which occurs between Joshua the lion and the Levitical priesthood. But here we also have the addition of the character Joseph. Of the 12 of Jacob’s sons eight of them turned out to be worthless and scumbag, real dropkicks who every time they breathed waste of the oxygen on the planet. This was certainly not the case for Joseph who was everything good that is written up in the book of goodness if there is such a book. His life is followed from its depths to its heights and in so records probably the greatest piece of literature and history that have ever been written. If you want an earthly step compare that to the life of Jesus Christ who also was righteous in every possible way, came down and was surrounded by worthless brothers and sisters and in spite of this in His upward journey He brought those along with Him. In there also are recorded to all those who became symbols of our salvation of Levi and Judah. Jesus Christ carried more than enough righteousness required to get anyone into heaven and be one of these 12 tribes. What has changed this time in Moses’ valedictory speech is the switch of what we had attributed to Judah now falls on Levi. This then confirms that the end of times could have occurred some 2000 years ago with no cross on Good Friday by Jesus using the Levitical system and the Day of Atonement that is described in Leviticus 16 could have taken us back to heaven and finished time. Did Jesus have to wait for that long, well over a thousand years after Sinai to come to finish time? No God had given up with humanity on that night that Aaron and the congregation worshipped the golden calf and time could have finished very soon after this period but we are dealing with an attribute of God which is difficult to fathom out as are all attributes of God. By switching time back Moses is now forcing us to look at a connection between Levi and Meribah. It is no longer the Passover lamb or the lion of Judah that is now involved as Good Friday was not going to occur. It is getting difficult to juggle acts because we know that ultimately they Good Friday on Mount Calvary did occur and all this writing will have to be reapplied. So when was Levi tested at Massah and when did God contend with Levi at the waters of Meribah? I certainly do not expect to answer the question in one line or one session as these waters were a complete mystery up to now. We have a have a vague connection between Meribah and Aaron and therefore onto Levi. Because of the seriousness of the crime of doubt that Aaron committed he was taken out of the picture but that was not the end of either the role of the high priest or the Levitical system and it was not the end of the waters of Meribah. Levi would still

           Page 98

           have a role to act but he would have to progress through the ranks first onto priest and then High Priest. There was not going to be any Good Friday on Mount Calvary and the Roman spear to open up the side of Jesus and release any precious water and blood. But the fact that Abraham was told to tie up Isaac and to kill him using a knife indicates there is going to be shedding of water and blood on the Day of Atonement in some 1800 years time. This water and blood will not run onto the ground and be soaked up and trodden on by heathen for thousands of years as was the case in the water and blood that flowed from the side of Jesus on 14 – 01 – 3889. When this finally does happen in some 1800 years time there will already be a golden censer line with the prayers of the saints here on earth already present and ready for that water and blood to flow into and be returned within 24 hours to where it came from, the body of Jesus Christ. Could this be called, “You contended with at the waters of Meribah?” We still desperately seek a connection between the waters of both these incidents and will also be of great help define the role of the blood at this time. Much is being said in this chapter but one thing that is being said is that the Saviour Jesus Christ is not going to the cross of Good Friday but returning to heaven from the garden of Gethsemane. This is but our second visit to this chapter and much could change by the time we have come back four or five times. Finishing off the book with chapter 34 and the death of Moses. First one; Then Moses climbed Mount Nebo from the plains of Moab to the top of Pisgah, across from Jericho. There the Lord showed him the whole land – from Gilead to Dan, all the Naphtali, the land of Ephraim and Manasseh, all the land of Judah as far as the western sea, the Negev and the whole region from the valley of Jericho, the City of Palms, as far as Zoar. Then the Lord said to him, “This is the land I promised on oath to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob when I said, “I will give it to your descendants.” I have let you see it with your own eyes, but you will not cross over into it.” And Moses the servant of the Lord died there in Moab, as the Lord had said. He buried him in Moab in the valley opposite Beth. Peor, but to this day no one knows where his grave is. Moses was hundred 20 years old when he died, yet his eyes were not weak nor his strength gone. The Israelites grieved from Moses in the plains of Moab 30 days, until the time of weeping and mourning was over. Now Joshua Son of Nun was filled with the spirit of wisdom because Moses had laid his hands on him. So the Israelites listened to him and did what the Lord had commanded Moses. Since then, no prophet has arisen in Israel like Moses, whom the Lord knew face-to-face, who did all those miraculous signs and wonders the Lord sent him to do in Egypt – to Pharaoh and to all his officials and to his whole land. For no and check for more details especially looking for that missing 100 years one has ever shown the mighty power or performed the awesome deeds that Moses did in the sight of  all Israel.”

           It has to be of significance that Moses was shown all the promised land but Aaron was shown none. But the story I think this is telling us is the opposite of what it is supposed to be but maybe by morning this will have changed. I now return to Revelation chapter 14 and that time period of what could be 100 years between the Day of Atonement in this universe and the New Jerusalem which the prophet John sees coming down out of the sky in chapter 21 of Revelation. The bridge between these two time zones, actually the fifth altar requires a staunch- on to be built in this universe and another one in the universe outside before they can be built out by a bridge. So we require more details to the battle against Satan, Satan being thrown into hell, the fires of hell being extinguished, Jesus going into a period of defilement for seven days, Jesus going to the cross of the Day of Atonement, the resurrection of Jesus on the next day, 1260 days of Jesus/Moses to complete building the temple, our body of eternity, checking that the structure is complete by us asking for the cross of the Day of Atonement to be moved from outside of our body from the courtyard and into our hearts so that it comes across the boundary and into the new universe with us. So this is the story so far and now we are going to continue on in Revelation chapter 14 and the Lamb and

           Page 99

           the144,000 verse one; ‘Then I will, and there before me was the Lamb standing on Mount Zion, and with him 144,000 who had his name and his father’s name written on their foreheads.’ [At first I thought that the time span that we needed expanded was the end of Daniel’s 7×70 but it could well be that some of that time could be absorbed at the start of this period where we are at now. The resurrection from the third coming with the two witnesses and the wise virgins who have the names of both the Lamb and the Father will take place from Mount Zion . Verse two; ‘and I heard a sound from heaven like the roar of rushing waters and like a sound peal of thunder. The sound I heard was that of harpists playing their harps.’ [These are monumental events which the whole world experiences and the wicked know exactly what is about to happen and why. The Ministry of the two witnesses has lasted for 1260 days. It is a heavenly event and is stamped by the presence of harpists playing their harps. Verse three; ‘And they sang a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders. Now I could learn the song except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth.’ The heavenly party is returning to heaven from earth for the last time and it is the foolish virgins, all 144,000 of them who know this is their last chance to get into heaven and they try to tack on to the end of the heavenly line. They may have been our friends and our families and our spouses as of the time of the second coming and initially we were very concerned about why they were left behind but we were admitted into heaven. These issues took 1000 years to settle but settled they were and it is now the role of the wise virgins to make sure that none of the foolish ones come across.]

           XXXXXXXXXXXX 23/11/2020/ XXXXXXXXXXXX

           23112020. Revelation 14:2; ‘and I heard a sound from heaven like the roar of rushing waters and like loud peal of thunder. The sound I heard was like that of harpists playing their harps. ‘ [The final pro cession, final interaction between humanity and divinity is about to occur and they are going to leave planet Earth from Mount Calvary for the last time. The whole earth experiences what is now going to take place in awe and wonder. These two witnesses who brought hell to earth with them and those on earth could not wait until they had gone. The message that they had brought was unheeded but those on earth you that what these witnesses were teaching was not a vain and idle threat, they knew the consequences would follow and the enormity of these consequences could be judged by the size of the earthquake that resulted when the door of mercy closed. Some indication of what was happening was about to happen was the sound of the harpists that was coming from heaven.] Verse three; ‘and they sang a new song before the throne and before the four living creatures and the elders. No one could learn the song except the hundred 44,000 who had been redeemed from earth’ [there is one giant distance between Calvary and the throne room of God why out there in the heavens above but they have already been joined and that happened on Good Friday of Mount Calvary. The number down here was actually 144,003 if you include Jesus and the two witnesses and I take the number up they are around the throne as 144 million or 12 tribes of 12 million and it is they who have composed this new song which only the wise virgins can sing. All that would be required of the song would be the acceptance of what Jesus Christ did on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. What is required is the biblical account of what happened now and not want you want it to have happened. It is the Christ of the Bible is the criteria and if the foolish virgins called, “Accept!” they would be lying and if there is one thing that heaven could pick up was that lies were being told and would lead to automatic exclusion from heaven. If I was in this lot and trying to join the queue I would do everything possible to do so. But what if I actually did accept the Christ of the cross on Good Friday as late as this procession stage? The door of mercy does not close until these 144,000 wise virgins arrive in the throne room of God above and it is only at this stage that the door

           Page 100

           of mercy slams shut. There are no late takers and if there were it would prove that in the judgement that occurred on Good Friday on 14 – 01 – 3889 Jesus had missed out on the soul and this just does not happen, not one mistake not one error!] Verse four; ‘These are those who did not defile themselves with women, for they kept themselves pure. They follow the Lamb wherever he goes. They were purchased from among men and offered as firstfruits to God and to the Lamb. No lie was found in their mouths; they were blameless’. [ These wise virgins and all those others who call, “Accept!” Are sinless and one thing that they are not is liars and probably the ground on which the new song was based on. Sexual purity is here emphasised as it is the biblical base of the family and it is the biblical base of the family of eternity and which today is meaningless as is the family meaningless. When Satan destro something he does it from the ground up but once in Christ we can claim all purity including sexual purity and not be telling lies. That is how thorough the cleaning action that took place on Mount Calvary actually was.]

           The idea of this brief return to Revelation chapter 14 was to find 100 years that is missing in our chronology. We either have to find it before or after the block of 7×70 that is spoken about in Daniel nine:24. This 490 years begins with the decree to rebuild the temple and finishes with 1260 days after the Day of Atonement or in earthly terms in Numbers 7:1; ‘When Moses had completed building a temple.” To have a decree to rebuild the temple means that it must have been destroyed first. The chronology that I take is really all Daniel chapter 12 but will only copy versus 5 to 7. ‘Then I, Daniel, looked and there before me stood to others, one on this bank of the river and one on the opposite bank. One of them said to the man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, “How long will it be before these astonishing things are fulfilled?” The man clothed in linen, who was above the waters of the river, lifted his right hand and his left hand towards heaven, and I heard him swear by their lives forever, saying, “It will be for time, times and half a time. When the power of the holy people has been finally broken, all these things will be completed”. The power of God’s holy people on this earth was broken at the second coming of our Lord when all the good were taken to heaven but it was not finally broken until the two witnesses and the wise virgins carrying the scrolls returned to heaven. And the date given from the second coming is 1260 years. It is difficult getting a footing in time when you are lower down at a particular moment and here I have been lower down near Mount Calvary to find the power of God’s people about to be finally broken. Although standing on Mount Calvary have come down from heaven and are returning now and there has not been one addition of any souls. It is not trumpets which are calling them up but harps and the new song that is being sung. In time events though I need the time period between the earthquake that destroys the temple and the time that both Satan and the beast put their signature on a piece of paper which authorises the rebuilding of the temple. I will try to relate to the three angels at this time although I am only interested in the third angel because this is the final offer of the Holy Spirit to the foolish virgins to retain the seal that they were given almost 1800 years ago at the second coming of Jesus and the soil which will prevent them from being thrown into hell. It is this being thrown into hell which is the issue at hand. I am reasonably sure that when I visited this section last time the events did slot in together.

  7112025. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 24/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs24112020. It may be because I am tired and trying to justify a holiday or it may be because I am looking for the best way in which to justify my existence in, “Our Father you are in heaven glorified be your name and your kingdom come and your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.” If this be the case then what is the best way of, “glorifying the name of God?” Would it be at the point of greatest attack by Satan? Where is the focal point of Satan’s attack today and where does he havePage 101the greatest success in taking away the converts of Christ? Is it through his theory of evolution and an attack on the base and the foundation of the Bible or is Satan concentrating on the Book of Revelation and where is that hundred years missing from the chronology? Do I concentrate on the book of Genesis only and not on the Book of Revelation? Are people more interested where they have come from or where they are going to? The Bible being a book of archaeology and history tells us both beginnings and but also the bit in the middle. The bit in the middle is the life of every conceived human being and its length may vary from seconds up to thousands of years old. Regardless of what that length is there is only one moment accounts and that moment is your relationship with Jesus Christ as that your last breath. Your history is as simple as that; your relationship to Jesus Christ as you take your last breath. But it is not as simple as standing at the crossroads and deciding whether from now on to concentrate on the book of Genesis or Deuteronomy or Daniel or the Gospels or Revelation, I have to be given some insight as to their interpretation or at least different insight to what has been given up to now. For Genesis to counteract the theory of evolution is no mean task. It is not just a matter of throwing barbs at something that is nothing that has come from nothing and is going to finish up as nothing. There is little point in demolishing an absurdity unless it is replaced by a sanity. This absurdity was at least something and in fact will be difficult to destroy as there is nothing there to destroy in the first place. Our only viable option is to produce the Bible as the alternative science book. But if the following example is the best that I can do then is it worthwhile producing  it in the first place? ‘One day when contemplating the mystery of the floatation of the continents on the third day of creation at first I thought there should be no problem. The 6000 miles of water (?) That was holding them down had been lifted into the sky the day before so they just popped up. But this was not the principle of floatation that is around today so I filled my pool up to overflowing and placed a 10 tonne log on the side which I intended floating on this pool. But what I wanted to do first was to dig a hole in this hypothetical water so that it had the right dimensions when I place the log into it it would float; the upward forces would equal the downward forces. As I was busily digging the water and throwing it into a container where it could be measured I was wondering how much water I would have to shovel aside. And then it struck me that it would have to be 10 tons of water would have to be shovelled out of this hole. 10 tons out and 10 tons in? The realisation was that floatation is associated with gravity but if that’s all there was then gravity would keep pulling the log down until they got to the bottom. There had to be upward forces as well. But here I was trying to relate all the forces of nature around me in terms of gravity and this was certainly a good start; gravity and floatation. But before this and even from day one of this excursion was the relationship between quantum mechanics, Einsteins relativity and gravity and I did manage to put pen to paper at least to some extent. The elephant in the room however was that light itself had a dual nature in terms of waves and particles existing together. The wave nature was the study of quantum mechanics and the particle nature was the study of relativity. The answer to this problem was answered the event that occurred at 6 AM on the first day of creation. In the physical world it was the combination of divine light with time, wave nature or the formation of the field of gravity. On a spiritual level it was the combination of divine light with time and time was the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ and this in turn was defined as 24-hour timeslots with a handle from 9 AM to 3 PM. This spiritual combination I call The Christ and the role of The Christ was now to supervise the rest of creation in such a way that it could absorb and recover from sin. Sin was the issue before the beginning actually began and will continue to be the issue until the beginning of eternity can begin. And play such a critical role that it would not and could not begin to exist in the presence of divine light. [Quantum mechanics]. The Christ therefore had to create something which would be capable of absorbing thePage 102chaos and the disorder that sin would bring with it, and expel the waste products. This Christ did just before the creation of the angels that would soon bring this chaos and disorder: He created the particles that He would mix with the light and the light from day four onwards had a combination of waves and particles. The particles were not only capable of absorbing the disorder they themselves generated temperature and it is the movement of particles that is a measure of temperature. From day four onwards then we have the dual nature of light, of its wave properties which carry information and they carry this information instantaneously to wherever the field of gravity exists and that is everywhere in this universe. But light also has a second nature which is transmitted via the interaction of many small particles and these interactions are transmitted at the speed of light. If there is any semblance of truth in this model then it opens up a Pandora’s box of questions but at least it is a start. Particles of light, tiny masses and therefore the forces of gravity apply to them and another question we have answered is the gravity does apply to atoms but there is also another major issue, that there is wave nature to which gravity does not apply. But we have wrapped this wave nature around the particles and that wave nature in its simplest form may be the red colour or blue colour or green colour that is associated with light absorbed or emitted by different atoms and always different. There may be similarities in their fingerprints but overall fingerprints of each other is different and which we can quantify by calling them elements. All well and good with the downward forces called gravity but what about the upward forces that are going to hold my log up when I lowered into this hole when I finish digging it. It would be a wonderful privilege to continue to open and explain the book of science as it is written, “In the beginning God.” But what about the other end of time and the Book of Revelation? Evolution is right in a way in that we did come from nothing and for the overwhelming majority of people they will finish up as nothing and it is only if between those two nothings we have an interaction with Jesus Christ that we can become something and that something will exist within the throne room of God and for the eternities to come. This is a journey of faith and it will be offered to every conceived human being and they will be given a free will as to whether by accept or reject it. The fact that most will reject it does not stop the Bible from showing this journey in its entirety. We are not only given the gift of free will we are also given the capacity to make a logical choice so to explain this and of the journey and off time is also a wonderful privilege and ministry of critical importance providing of course is pivoted on one thing; your relationship with Jesus Christ as that your last breath on this earth! The more they weaken tie-in events of last days and that is not just from the book of Revelation the more meaningful the journey will be. Scripture itself will lock up explorations of events until the right time and the irony of the situation is that it is Daniel who gets to lay open some of the privilege of opening up these events. Jesus told us whilst on earth that we will not know of the hour of the day of the end and whether that end be the second coming or the third coming of the fourth coming and this is the rule in the principle according which we are to live our lives. We do not know which breath our last one is going to be but Jesus has also locked up parts of Scripture which will only be opened in these last days. Presumably these are going to be so bad that that we are going to require this extra assurance. The beast out of the sea has done its work and brought out all Christians out of the woodwork. This application would be quite easy to see in the coming vaccination program that is about to begin. There are going to be many who will resist this vaccine right to the very last and in doing so will mark themselves out as a very special group and vulnerable to whatever attack the forces of evil will subject them to. This is not Christianity although many of them will be Christians. There has to be a Christian issue at stake and the mark is going to be the mark of the beast. At this stage I have the mark as evolution but it could be the sabbath or some other vital Christian teaching. It could be in the order of 500 million people who will resist this mark and will die rather thanPage 103receiving it. The mark itself is plastic money and you do not get your piece of plastic unless you sign that you believe in evolution which trashes the book of Genesis and in turn trashes the Bible. The day that the book of Daniel is opened is day 1290. There will be from here that we can count backwards to the first day of that 1290 but forward it will only be 45 days until the flash in the sky and the second coming of Jesus Christ. I think that I listed 10 events that would occur on that day and there could be little doubt about them. It will be the climax of the great tribulation for which there was 1290 days of preparation. As a memory test JK is going to try to remember some of the events of that day and for every event he will give himself 10%. JK is standing in front of a department store with his beloved to see the events unfold on this day. (10%) the reason we are here and not at our home was because there was a decree that went out when the financial system collapsed and we were given 30 days of grace to sign up for our piece of plastic otherwise all our earthly possessions would be compulsorily acquired. That did happen to us but also to many millions of others around the world. The first line of attack was to place those who refused to sign into jail and for this purpose they released all the criminals to make room for the real criminals. (20%). We were two of those criminals who were jailed and once the jail filled up they began slaughtering Christians as they met in rallies. We both spent 1260 days in jail but then an astonishing thing happened (30%) Christianity was down on its knees when the beast out of sea decided to release all those who had filled the jails so they could begin the final evangelistic campaign of the Church of Jesus Christ. Day 1290 when the beast out of the sea relinquishes his power which is now passed onto the beast out of the earth. (40%). There is no doubt as to who this power is and the papacy and the Jesuits have shown their true horns on a number of occasions by calling for evolution to be accepted and accepting the principles of gay marriage. That is on top of the mountains of clangers they already have! Strangely the details of this takeover are recorded in Matthew chapter 24 and in great detail and is the reason why the world is now awaiting its unveiling. This individual is referred to as the beast comes out of the earth but it is also referred to as the abomination that causes desolation and when you look at the few remaining foundation stones that are still present nearly 2000 years after the destruction of the temple by Titus you have to wonder what sort of forces are going to be required in order to pulverise these massive stones, they are massive and the stones are pulverized. As I work my way through the miracles of Jesus and His interactions with Satan I wonder what power Satan had before Jesus came and what power he was left with but now he has calculated it will require an earthquake of a certain magnitude to pulverise those stones and that city and he still turns up to check out that his calculations were right. The reason Scripture gives for the arrival of the Pope in his private plane is that he is to make an announcement. ‘Here comes the bridegroom come out and meet him!’  (50%) Christians take their cue from this announcement and we now know that our final days are in their last 45 days and persecution proper will now begin. (60%). The wars that the papacy had caused over the history of time will now look like a Sunday morning picnic and we know that our chances of surviving this period of time are negligible. (70%) out of all those Christians who have been brought out of the woodwork because of the activity of the beast out of the sea there will only be 144,000 wise virgins left alive at the time there is a flash in the sky and Jesus makes His second appearance. The televisions are still turned on when the tsunami follows the earthquake washes over a pulverised country and we see the Jews in droves turn to Jesus Christ and become a part of the slaughter (80%). The tie goes back to the prophet Daniel and it all fits in like a hand in glove. The Appearance of the Son of Man is accompanied by all those heavenly signs (90%) and there is little doubt in the minds of those left behind as to what has just happened and what will happen over the next 1800 years. It is the saints in heaven who have a major problem and if this problem is not sorted out now it will linger for the eternities to come.Page 104There is not just 144,000 foolish virgins left behind but there could also be as many as 500 million who died in the tribulation rather than accept the mark of the beast and today many Christians would say that that was an impossibility. Read the Book of Revelation and this is the major issue that is being addressed, there are many issues but this is the major one where people have died for their own conjured up model of Jesus Christ and not the Jesus Christ of the Bible. If you are one of them then read this book very carefully and shouldn’t take long before that particular theme is established.  (+65677 +2200)
  7112026. XXXXXXXXXXXXX 25/11/2020. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs
           25112020. Not having yet decided what course of action to take I will use Revelation just as required. I will probably have to make a decision when I finish Deuteronomy for the third time. The problem with opportune visits is that they require a setting in the history of time before they can be used. In chapter 14 is just over halfway through the book. If I was giving a summary say of chapter 20 I would say that it is a history of Satan/Beelzebub from the start of the millennium until his destruction in hell covering about 1800 years of time. He obviously had a history before that and we have been studying that is a major part of the synoptic gospels and for completeness sake I came as far as Revelation. I was looking for the link between the two universes but found that Satan was not a part of that link and that his life was clearly truncated even before the building of that structure began. I was surprised to see that the maximum time Beelzebub spent in hell before he was destroyed was two days but the beast and the false prophet spent at least 1252 days before they were destroyed. It was in the same hell. The beast and the false prophet were thrown into hell at the end of the battle of the beast and Satan did not join them until 1250 days later. A technique that I could use is a brief summary of each chapter is just to say that this will require a more thorough analysis. It is tech for saying that when I was here last time I have forgotten what I wrote or I just did not understand it in the first place. This would be a sad state of affairs indeed especially if I had tried to compare it to the cross on Good Friday but failed. The cross of Good Friday did carry those dual components; confessed sins and the destruction of the beast and point to the severity of the conditions that apply between 9 AM and 3 PM on the day. They point to the conditions that would have existed on this earth had there been no cross of Good Friday. Part of those conditions that were present on Good Friday on Mount Calvary are being reproduced in this lake of burning sulphur over a period of 1252 days for the beast and the false prophet in the last two days for the destruction of Satan but the conditions to fully destroy them will only be met on the day that Peter’s conflagration races across the universe and destroys everything but gratefully stopping when it slams into the garden of Eden2. Those conditions were met for the saints in that six hours of the cross of Good Friday where sin was done away with and this then proceeded on to the destruction of the beast within us. It was the destruction of the beast within us during those hours of darkness which consumed and became most of the problem to Jesus Christ. These conditions are only partially met in the lake of fire and will only be met in Peter’s conflagration. Had Jesus not gone to the cross of Good Friday but finished time via the cross of the Day of Atonement this cleansing process would not have occurred. The beast within us would still have been killed as we lay in front of the Day of Atonement cross and when we saw how our sin pushed the scapegoat over the edge of the cliff we would have vowed never to sin again. The beast would have been dead but the bits of evil left behind would not have been surgically extracted like they were on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. The NIV Bible study has subheadings throughout the chapters which I find very helpful but I do not agree with each, one of them in one such case is the heading before verse 11 of chapter 20 which says, “the dead are judged”. There was only one judgement and that judgement occurred for

           Page 105

           every created human being and it occurred between the hours of 9 AM and 3 PM of Good Friday. What is now happening is the execution or the final execution of the judgement and this is only for the wicked. The execution of the judgement occurred at the second coming when the good were taken to heaven and the bad were left behind that does not mean that the theology of those last four versus chapter 20 is stunningly complex and that is because it has many strings to be tied together. Even though the Book of Revelation is not on my study list this time round I will nonetheless try to analyse material as far as I am able to do so. Those last four versus are the topic of chapter 14 in which I’m supposed to be studying now but I will try to get an answer looking at it from an angle of chapter 20. And this is only a summary as we have only just recently been here and therefore can use the numbers of 7 billion that were dead at the second coming of Jesus Christ but came to life at the end of the millennium, all the unrighteous dead became the unrighteous living and at the second coming of Jesus Christ the 7 billion who were alive went on to become 2.3 billion dead in the battle against the 200 million crazed horseman leaving only 4.7 billion alive. In the next battle of chapter 14 and the battle against the beast and the false prophet those 4.7 billion that were killed by the rider of the white horse became dead and joined the 2.3 billion who had died some 800 years previously but surprisingly they remain dead whereas both the beast and the profit were thrown into the lake of burning sulphur. So this is the scene at verse 11; ‘then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky fled from his presence, and there was no place for them.’

           [This is the sequel to what happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889. On this day the one who sat on the great white throne was involved in the judgement of all humanity. Earth and sky were not present then and they are not present when the execution of this judgement is about to take place. The 70 trillion sins that were unintentional and unconfessed do not have a part to play in this judgement and when they do have both earth and sky will be involved and the stains from them will have to be removed before we can move to another universe. Sale whereas before on Good Friday God judged humanity, God will now oversee that judgement being carried out.] Verse 12; ‘and I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.’ [The only ones at this stage that could be standing would be a 7 billion who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. They could not be killed again as this would be there second death and second death is in hell which is about to happen. They could suffer the punishment and torment that resulted from the wrath of God being expressed in trumpets and Bowls but they could not be killed until now and each has a book which most of them thought did not exist but now they are judged according to the deeds that they have committed. Another book was opened which is the book of life and is the book that was begun way back in the Book of Numbers and the initial entry here was just over 600,000 names of which Caleb was the only one to make it into heaven and this would have happened as at the second coming. (I know that Joshua was there but I don’t know the technicality as to why his name was not in this book but in the book where the names of the Levite’s were written) and other names were included in this book of life other than those initial 600,000 but did not make it to heaven like Caleb and was the failure rate so drastic? Was it the saints who crossed these names out at one of the many checkpoints?] Verse 13; the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them and and each person was judged according to what he had done.’ [ And here we now come to the crux of the matter and as there are only two alternatives the error should be quite easily corrected. One alternative is the dead who are standing before the throne of the 7 billion and the ones who are about to come up from the sea and Hades are the 2.3+4.7 billion or the living and the dead. My case

           Page 106

           for this allocation is that only 7 billion who were resurrected at the end of a millennium although knocked around a bit are still capable of standing of being judged by what they had done in their lives and then thrown into hell which would be there second death and oblivion. Even though the earth and the sky fled from the presence of the throne there are certain sections of them involved which now come to the fore those who were dead in the sea and those dead in the earth or Hades or the 2.3+4.7 billion and s have only been dead for around 1250 days. The battle was fought on the banks of the Euphrates so some may have fallen into the water, some eaten by birds but most finished up in the ground. So this book of life should really have applied both ways to be standing as surely some of them would have accepted Jesus and then gone on to apostatised. They were made up of many who had actually been killed rather than to accept the mark of the beast and that living a lot which turned out to be 2.3+4.7 billion actually did have 144,000 foolish virgins with them. At this stage I will not write up the alternative and less Revelation 14 tells me that I have to do so.]  (+67456 +2200 lost about 900 today or total 3,100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXX 25/11/2020. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs

           25112020. Not having yet decided what course of action to take I will use Revelation just as required. I will probably have to make a decision when I finish Deuteronomy for the third time. The problem with opportune visits is that they require a setting in the history of time before they can be used. In chapter 14 is just over halfway through the book. If I was giving a summary say of chapter 20 I would say that it is a history of Satan/Beelzebub from the start of the millennium until his destruction in hell covering about 1800 years of time. He obviously had a history before that and we have been studying that is a major part of the synoptic gospels and for completeness sake I came as far as Revelation. I was looking for the link between the two universes but found that Satan was not a part of that link and that his life was clearly truncated even before the building of that structure began. I was surprised to see that the maximum time Beelzebub spent in hell before he was destroyed was two days but the beast and the false prophet spent at least 1252 days before they were destroyed. It was in the same hell. The beast and the false prophet were thrown into hell at the end of the battle of the beast and Satan did not join them until 1250 days later. A technique that I could use is a brief summary of each chapter is just to say that this will require a more thorough analysis. It is tech for saying that when I was here last time I have forgotten what I wrote or I just did not understand it in the first place. This would be a sad state of affairs indeed especially if I had tried to compare it to the cross on Good Friday but failed. The cross of Good Friday did carry those dual components; confessed sins and the destruction of the beast and point to the severity of the conditions that apply between 9 AM and 3 PM on the day. They point to the conditions that would have existed on this earth had there been no cross of Good Friday. Part of those conditions that were present on Good Friday on Mount Calvary are being reproduced in this lake of burning sulphur over a period of 1252 days for the beast and the false prophet in the last two days for the destruction of Satan but the conditions to fully destroy them will only be met on the day that Peter’s conflagration races across the universe and destroys everything but gratefully stopping when it slams into the garden of Eden2. Those conditions were met for the saints in that six hours of the cross of Good Friday where sin was done away with and this then proceeded on to the destruction of the beast within us. It was the destruction of the beast within us during those hours of darkness which consumed and became most of the problem to Jesus Christ. These conditions are only partially met in the lake of fire and will only be met in Peter’s conflagration. Had Jesus not gone to the cross of Good Friday but finished time via the cross of the Day of Atonement this cleansing process would not have occurred. The beast within us would still have been killed as we lay in front of the Day of Atonement cross and when we saw how our sin pushed the scapegoat over the edge of the cliff we would have vowed never to sin again. The beast would have been dead but the bits of evil left behind would not have been surgically extracted like they were on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. The NIV Bible study has subheadings throughout the chapters which I find very helpful but I do not agree with each, one of them in one such case is the heading before verse 11 of chapter 20 which says, “the dead are judged”. There was only one judgement and that judgement occurred for

           Page 105

           every created human being and it occurred between the hours of 9 AM and 3 PM of Good Friday. What is now happening is the execution or the final execution of the judgement and this is only for the wicked. The execution of the judgement occurred at the second coming when the good were taken to heaven and the bad were left behind that does not mean that the theology of those last four versus chapter 20 is stunningly complex and that is because it has many strings to be tied together. Even though the Book of Revelation is not on my study list this time round I will nonetheless try to analyse material as far as I am able to do so. Those last four versus are the topic of chapter 14 in which I’m supposed to be studying now but I will try to get an answer looking at it from an angle of chapter 20. And this is only a summary as we have only just recently been here and therefore can use the numbers of 7 billion that were dead at the second coming of Jesus Christ but came to life at the end of the millennium, all the unrighteous dead became the unrighteous living and at the second coming of Jesus Christ the 7 billion who were alive went on to become 2.3 billion dead in the battle against the 200 million crazed horseman leaving only 4.7 billion alive. In the next battle of chapter 14 and the battle against the beast and the false prophet those 4.7 billion that were killed by the rider of the white horse became dead and joined the 2.3 billion who had died some 800 years previously but surprisingly they remain dead whereas both the beast and the profit were thrown into the lake of burning sulphur. So this is the scene at verse 11; ‘then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky fled from his presence, and there was no place for them.’

           [This is the sequel to what happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889. On this day the one who sat on the great white throne was involved in the judgement of all humanity. Earth and sky were not present then and they are not present when the execution of this judgement is about to take place. The 70 trillion sins that were unintentional and unconfessed do not have a part to play in this judgement and when they do have both earth and sky will be involved and the stains from them will have to be removed before we can move to another universe. Sale whereas before on Good Friday God judged humanity, God will now oversee that judgement being carried out.] Verse 12; ‘and I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.’ [The only ones at this stage that could be standing would be a 7 billion who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. They could not be killed again as this would be there second death and second death is in hell which is about to happen. They could suffer the punishment and torment that resulted from the wrath of God being expressed in trumpets and Bowls but they could not be killed until now and each has a book which most of them thought did not exist but now they are judged according to the deeds that they have committed. Another book was opened which is the book of life and is the book that was begun way back in the Book of Numbers and the initial entry here was just over 600,000 names of which Caleb was the only one to make it into heaven and this would have happened as at the second coming. (I know that Joshua was there but I don’t know the technicality as to why his name was not in this book but in the book where the names of the Levite’s were written) and other names were included in this book of life other than those initial 600,000 but did not make it to heaven like Caleb and was the failure rate so drastic? Was it the saints who crossed these names out at one of the many checkpoints?] Verse 13; the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them and and each person was judged according to what he had done.’ [ And here we now come to the crux of the matter and as there are only two alternatives the error should be quite easily corrected. One alternative is the dead who are standing before the throne of the 7 billion and the ones who are about to come up from the sea and Hades are the 2.3+4.7 billion or the living and the dead. My case

           Page 106

           for this allocation is that only 7 billion who were resurrected at the end of a millennium although knocked around a bit are still capable of standing of being judged by what they had done in their lives and then thrown into hell which would be there second death and oblivion. Even though the earth and the sky fled from the presence of the throne there are certain sections of them involved which now come to the fore those who were dead in the sea and those dead in the earth or Hades or the 2.3+4.7 billion and s have only been dead for around 1250 days. The battle was fought on the banks of the Euphrates so some may have fallen into the water, some eaten by birds but most finished up in the ground. So this book of life should really have applied both ways to be standing as surely some of them would have accepted Jesus and then gone on to apostatised. They were made up of many who had actually been killed rather than to accept the mark of the beast and that living a lot which turned out to be 2.3+4.7 billion actually did have 144,000 foolish virgins with them. At this stage I will not write up the alternative and less Revelation 14 tells me that I have to do so.]  (+67456 +2200 lost about 900 today or total 3,100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXX 25/11/2020. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs

           25112020. Not having yet decided what course of action to take I will use Revelation just as required. I will probably have to make a decision when I finish Deuteronomy for the third time. The problem with opportune visits is that they require a setting in the history of time before they can be used. In chapter 14 is just over halfway through the book. If I was giving a summary say of chapter 20 I would say that it is a history of Satan/Beelzebub from the start of the millennium until his destruction in hell covering about 1800 years of time. He obviously had a history before that and we have been studying that is a major part of the synoptic gospels and for completeness sake I came as far as Revelation. I was looking for the link between the two universes but found that Satan was not a part of that link and that his life was clearly truncated even before the building of that structure began. I was surprised to see that the maximum time Beelzebub spent in hell before he was destroyed was two days but the beast and the false prophet spent at least 1252 days before they were destroyed. It was in the same hell. The beast and the false prophet were thrown into hell at the end of the battle of the beast and Satan did not join them until 1250 days later. A technique that I could use is a brief summary of each chapter is just to say that this will require a more thorough analysis. It is tech for saying that when I was here last time I have forgotten what I wrote or I just did not understand it in the first place. This would be a sad state of affairs indeed especially if I had tried to compare it to the cross on Good Friday but failed. The cross of Good Friday did carry those dual components; confessed sins and the destruction of the beast and point to the severity of the conditions that apply between 9 AM and 3 PM on the day. They point to the conditions that would have existed on this earth had there been no cross of Good Friday. Part of those conditions that were present on Good Friday on Mount Calvary are being reproduced in this lake of burning sulphur over a period of 1252 days for the beast and the false prophet in the last two days for the destruction of Satan but the conditions to fully destroy them will only be met on the day that Peter’s conflagration races across the universe and destroys everything but gratefully stopping when it slams into the garden of Eden2. Those conditions were met for the saints in that six hours of the cross of Good Friday where sin was done away with and this then proceeded on to the destruction of the beast within us. It was the destruction of the beast within us during those hours of darkness which consumed and became most of the problem to Jesus Christ. These conditions are only partially met in the lake of fire and will only be met in Peter’s conflagration. Had Jesus not gone to the cross of Good Friday but finished time via the cross of the Day of Atonement this cleansing process would not have occurred. The beast within us would still have been killed as we lay in front of the Day of Atonement cross and when we saw how our sin pushed the scapegoat over the edge of the cliff we would have vowed never to sin again. The beast would have been dead but the bits of evil left behind would not have been surgically extracted like they were on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. The NIV Bible study has subheadings throughout the chapters which I find very helpful but I do not agree with each, one of them in one such case is the heading before verse 11 of chapter 20 which says, “the dead are judged”. There was only one judgement and that judgement occurred for

           Page 105

           every created human being and it occurred between the hours of 9 AM and 3 PM of Good Friday. What is now happening is the execution or the final execution of the judgement and this is only for the wicked. The execution of the judgement occurred at the second coming when the good were taken to heaven and the bad were left behind that does not mean that the theology of those last four versus chapter 20 is stunningly complex and that is because it has many strings to be tied together. Even though the Book of Revelation is not on my study list this time round I will nonetheless try to analyse material as far as I am able to do so. Those last four versus are the topic of chapter 14 in which I’m supposed to be studying now but I will try to get an answer looking at it from an angle of chapter 20. And this is only a summary as we have only just recently been here and therefore can use the numbers of 7 billion that were dead at the second coming of Jesus Christ but came to life at the end of the millennium, all the unrighteous dead became the unrighteous living and at the second coming of Jesus Christ the 7 billion who were alive went on to become 2.3 billion dead in the battle against the 200 million crazed horseman leaving only 4.7 billion alive. In the next battle of chapter 14 and the battle against the beast and the false prophet those 4.7 billion that were killed by the rider of the white horse became dead and joined the 2.3 billion who had died some 800 years previously but surprisingly they remain dead whereas both the beast and the profit were thrown into the lake of burning sulphur. So this is the scene at verse 11; ‘then I saw a great white throne and him who was seated on it. Earth and sky fled from his presence, and there was no place for them.’

           [This is the sequel to what happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889. On this day the one who sat on the great white throne was involved in the judgement of all humanity. Earth and sky were not present then and they are not present when the execution of this judgement is about to take place. The 70 trillion sins that were unintentional and unconfessed do not have a part to play in this judgement and when they do have both earth and sky will be involved and the stains from them will have to be removed before we can move to another universe. Sale whereas before on Good Friday God judged humanity, God will now oversee that judgement being carried out.] Verse 12; ‘and I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. Another book was opened, which is the book of life. The dead were judged according to what they had done as recorded in the books.’ [The only ones at this stage that could be standing would be a 7 billion who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. They could not be killed again as this would be there second death and second death is in hell which is about to happen. They could suffer the punishment and torment that resulted from the wrath of God being expressed in trumpets and Bowls but they could not be killed until now and each has a book which most of them thought did not exist but now they are judged according to the deeds that they have committed. Another book was opened which is the book of life and is the book that was begun way back in the Book of Numbers and the initial entry here was just over 600,000 names of which Caleb was the only one to make it into heaven and this would have happened as at the second coming. (I know that Joshua was there but I don’t know the technicality as to why his name was not in this book but in the book where the names of the Levite’s were written) and other names were included in this book of life other than those initial 600,000 but did not make it to heaven like Caleb and was the failure rate so drastic? Was it the saints who crossed these names out at one of the many checkpoints?] Verse 13; the sea gave up the dead that were in it, and death and Hades gave up the dead that were in them and and each person was judged according to what he had done.’ [ And here we now come to the crux of the matter and as there are only two alternatives the error should be quite easily corrected. One alternative is the dead who are standing before the throne of the 7 billion and the ones who are about to come up from the sea and Hades are the 2.3+4.7 billion or the living and the dead. My case

           Page 106

           for this allocation is that only 7 billion who were resurrected at the end of a millennium although knocked around a bit are still capable of standing of being judged by what they had done in their lives and then thrown into hell which would be there second death and oblivion. Even though the earth and the sky fled from the presence of the throne there are certain sections of them involved which now come to the fore those who were dead in the sea and those dead in the earth or Hades or the 2.3+4.7 billion and s have only been dead for around 1250 days. The battle was fought on the banks of the Euphrates so some may have fallen into the water, some eaten by birds but most finished up in the ground. So this book of life should really have applied both ways to be standing as surely some of them would have accepted Jesus and then gone on to apostatised. They were made up of many who had actually been killed rather than to accept the mark of the beast and that living a lot which turned out to be 2.3+4.7 billion actually did have 144,000 foolish virgins with them. At this stage I will not write up the alternative and less Revelation 14 tells me that I have to do so.]  (+67456 +2200 lost about 900 today or total 3,100)

  7112027. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           26112020. Each time I visit chapter 14 I have difficulty in establishing where it sets in the overall picture as the events described there are so totally different. This necessitates an extensive journey both ways in time. If I could lock in two or three events either side of it this would suffice for now. It is an extension of Chapter 11 and the story of the two witnesses. The two witnesses are the story of the third coming of Jesus Christ and the closing of the door of mercy and allowing time to finish its work with no more inhibitions. To do this all warnings now have to cease and the judgement that those warnings were pronouncing will now come on. The warnings came as seven trumpets and these partial judgements did not begin until the end of the millennium when heaven had given up with the foolish virgins, decided that they were evil, packed all the prayers of protection into a golden censer and hurled it back to earth. Whether those on earth saw a fiery streak coming down from heaven and heard a loud explosion as it hit the earth we do not know but we know that there were major catastrophic events which began from that moment. The abyss was pierced and Satan and the evil angels were released. The wicked dead were resurrected and a major conflict developed between them and those who had been living peacefully for a thousand years on this earth. There was now 260 years left before the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy and anyone could have taken advantage of that event had they chosen to do so. I have already analysed these events down to a daily basis and have no desire to repeat this analysis at this stage although the woe, woe, woe trumpet blasts are about to occur, 5,6 and seven. The sixth trumpet or the second of the woe trumpets sounds just before the appearance of the two witnesses as does the angel with a little scroll. For any number of reasons I don’t think this is the scroll where the names of the redeemed are going to be and therefore will not be taken back to heaven. If the names were on the original scroll that Jesus took from the right hand of God on Good Friday and 3 PM then it should have been brought down with the witnesses but was not. So I do not know where the hundred 44,000 wise virgins get their heavenly scroll from and which is the issue of chapter 14. But if I can relate back to any of these issues I will have made a connection to chapter 14; the fifth and sixth angels have sounded their woe trumpets and number seven is still to come; 10:1- ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and

           Page 107

           did not write it down.” Then the angel I had seen standing on the sea and on the land raised his right hand to heaven. And he swore by him who lives forever and ever, who created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all of his unit, and the sea and all that is in it, and said, “There will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced in his servants the prophets.” Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour: but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.” [There is no doubt about the importance and the relevance of the message that we are going to study]. Other events that will give us bearings will be; John arriving on earth with a measuring stick and a counter to count the worshippers. This should be 144,000 of them still proud that they rejected the mark of the beast, still proud of that they supervised the rebuilding of the temple after the second coming, still waiting Jesus at his third coming when He comes down to close the door of mercy and they will be able to sort out the problem of being left behind at the second coming. There has been an outburst of peace on the earth such as has never occurred before and it has lasted for 1000 years. For those left behind they attributed this piece to the fact that those who only had one solution to all their problems in life and that solution was Jesus Christ. They would not live and let live but always kept interrupting well now Jesus has come down and taken all back with him. The peace is actually due to Satan being locked up and that period of peace only began once all the enemies of the beast had been removed. The stamp of peace of the beast was that anyone could have whatever religion they wanted and they could build their temples in Jerusalem. I would have thought that the choice site would have been the site where these large foundation stones have just been pulverised and no doubt the Muslim and the Jew will both contend for that site and others as well but the 144,000 foolish virgins know that this is not the real site. The altar from the old site had to be removed because the issue on Good Friday was confessed sins confessed sins had to be placed on a scapegoat and taken outside of the city. The altar on Good Friday was taken from the temple and set up on Mount Calvary. Where it had stood for about a thousand years it can only deal with unconfessed unintentional sins and that was the role of the high priest but it could not deal with confessed sins. When the temple is rebuilt around this cross or altar it will not have to deal with confessed sins any more but will still have to deal with the 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins. There seems to be a plethora of temples built around this area and so much so that John will have to carefully measure it and particularly the altar inside it. Measuring and counting will be an issue but its location must be on Mount Calvary. The outer courts are to be excluded as they have been given over to the Gentiles for a period of 42 months and that is the time that the two witnesses will prophesy for. They will not have  to establish their connection with divinity and if anyone tries to harm them fire comes from their mouths and destroys their enemies. The divine powers they are given in themselves are very convincing. The beast kills them poses one of many problems in this chapter in that why does he have to come up from the abyss when he was sole ruler for the thousand years and even after that shared his power with Satan who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. This sounds like a combined effort of Satan and the beast. It wasn’t really such a smart thing to do because even though the two witnesses gave them hell it will be nothing compared to what is about to happen now when the bowls are tipped out and it sets the clock  for the existence of both of them into motion. But till the two witnesses this combined power does and the beast out of the sea takes

           Page 108

           great heart out of this murder and the power that he has over heavenly beings and rates himself fairly highly in his chances against the battle of the rider of the Whitehorse and His armies. Witnesses remain dead for 3 ½ days. Witnesses are resurrected by a loud voice from heaven saying, “Come up here.” And they went up to heaven in a cloud while their enemies looked on . It was the gloating of the people that closed of the door of mercy. At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to God of heaven. The second woe had passed; the third woe is coming soon. Where in all this are we supposed to fit chapter 14? (69069 +3100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           26112020. Each time I visit chapter 14 I have difficulty in establishing where it sets in the overall picture as the events described there are so totally different. This necessitates an extensive journey both ways in time. If I could lock in two or three events either side of it this would suffice for now. It is an extension of Chapter 11 and the story of the two witnesses. The two witnesses are the story of the third coming of Jesus Christ and the closing of the door of mercy and allowing time to finish its work with no more inhibitions. To do this all warnings now have to cease and the judgement that those warnings were pronouncing will now come on. The warnings came as seven trumpets and these partial judgements did not begin until the end of the millennium when heaven had given up with the foolish virgins, decided that they were evil, packed all the prayers of protection into a golden censer and hurled it back to earth. Whether those on earth saw a fiery streak coming down from heaven and heard a loud explosion as it hit the earth we do not know but we know that there were major catastrophic events which began from that moment. The abyss was pierced and Satan and the evil angels were released. The wicked dead were resurrected and a major conflict developed between them and those who had been living peacefully for a thousand years on this earth. There was now 260 years left before the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy and anyone could have taken advantage of that event had they chosen to do so. I have already analysed these events down to a daily basis and have no desire to repeat this analysis at this stage although the woe, woe, woe trumpet blasts are about to occur, 5,6 and seven. The sixth trumpet or the second of the woe trumpets sounds just before the appearance of the two witnesses as does the angel with a little scroll. For any number of reasons I don’t think this is the scroll where the names of the redeemed are going to be and therefore will not be taken back to heaven. If the names were on the original scroll that Jesus took from the right hand of God on Good Friday and 3 PM then it should have been brought down with the witnesses but was not. So I do not know where the hundred 44,000 wise virgins get their heavenly scroll from and which is the issue of chapter 14. But if I can relate back to any of these issues I will have made a connection to chapter 14; the fifth and sixth angels have sounded their woe trumpets and number seven is still to come; 10:1- ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and

           Page 107

           did not write it down.” Then the angel I had seen standing on the sea and on the land raised his right hand to heaven. And he swore by him who lives forever and ever, who created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all of his unit, and the sea and all that is in it, and said, “There will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced in his servants the prophets.” Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour: but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.” [There is no doubt about the importance and the relevance of the message that we are going to study]. Other events that will give us bearings will be; John arriving on earth with a measuring stick and a counter to count the worshippers. This should be 144,000 of them still proud that they rejected the mark of the beast, still proud of that they supervised the rebuilding of the temple after the second coming, still waiting Jesus at his third coming when He comes down to close the door of mercy and they will be able to sort out the problem of being left behind at the second coming. There has been an outburst of peace on the earth such as has never occurred before and it has lasted for 1000 years. For those left behind they attributed this piece to the fact that those who only had one solution to all their problems in life and that solution was Jesus Christ. They would not live and let live but always kept interrupting well now Jesus has come down and taken all back with him. The peace is actually due to Satan being locked up and that period of peace only began once all the enemies of the beast had been removed. The stamp of peace of the beast was that anyone could have whatever religion they wanted and they could build their temples in Jerusalem. I would have thought that the choice site would have been the site where these large foundation stones have just been pulverised and no doubt the Muslim and the Jew will both contend for that site and others as well but the 144,000 foolish virgins know that this is not the real site. The altar from the old site had to be removed because the issue on Good Friday was confessed sins confessed sins had to be placed on a scapegoat and taken outside of the city. The altar on Good Friday was taken from the temple and set up on Mount Calvary. Where it had stood for about a thousand years it can only deal with unconfessed unintentional sins and that was the role of the high priest but it could not deal with confessed sins. When the temple is rebuilt around this cross or altar it will not have to deal with confessed sins any more but will still have to deal with the 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins. There seems to be a plethora of temples built around this area and so much so that John will have to carefully measure it and particularly the altar inside it. Measuring and counting will be an issue but its location must be on Mount Calvary. The outer courts are to be excluded as they have been given over to the Gentiles for a period of 42 months and that is the time that the two witnesses will prophesy for. They will not have  to establish their connection with divinity and if anyone tries to harm them fire comes from their mouths and destroys their enemies. The divine powers they are given in themselves are very convincing. The beast kills them poses one of many problems in this chapter in that why does he have to come up from the abyss when he was sole ruler for the thousand years and even after that shared his power with Satan who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. This sounds like a combined effort of Satan and the beast. It wasn’t really such a smart thing to do because even though the two witnesses gave them hell it will be nothing compared to what is about to happen now when the bowls are tipped out and it sets the clock  for the existence of both of them into motion. But till the two witnesses this combined power does and the beast out of the sea takes

           Page 108

           great heart out of this murder and the power that he has over heavenly beings and rates himself fairly highly in his chances against the battle of the rider of the Whitehorse and His armies. Witnesses remain dead for 3 ½ days. Witnesses are resurrected by a loud voice from heaven saying, “Come up here.” And they went up to heaven in a cloud while their enemies looked on . It was the gloating of the people that closed of the door of mercy. At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to God of heaven. The second woe had passed; the third woe is coming soon. Where in all this are we supposed to fit chapter 14? (69069 +3100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           26112020. Each time I visit chapter 14 I have difficulty in establishing where it sets in the overall picture as the events described there are so totally different. This necessitates an extensive journey both ways in time. If I could lock in two or three events either side of it this would suffice for now. It is an extension of Chapter 11 and the story of the two witnesses. The two witnesses are the story of the third coming of Jesus Christ and the closing of the door of mercy and allowing time to finish its work with no more inhibitions. To do this all warnings now have to cease and the judgement that those warnings were pronouncing will now come on. The warnings came as seven trumpets and these partial judgements did not begin until the end of the millennium when heaven had given up with the foolish virgins, decided that they were evil, packed all the prayers of protection into a golden censer and hurled it back to earth. Whether those on earth saw a fiery streak coming down from heaven and heard a loud explosion as it hit the earth we do not know but we know that there were major catastrophic events which began from that moment. The abyss was pierced and Satan and the evil angels were released. The wicked dead were resurrected and a major conflict developed between them and those who had been living peacefully for a thousand years on this earth. There was now 260 years left before the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy and anyone could have taken advantage of that event had they chosen to do so. I have already analysed these events down to a daily basis and have no desire to repeat this analysis at this stage although the woe, woe, woe trumpet blasts are about to occur, 5,6 and seven. The sixth trumpet or the second of the woe trumpets sounds just before the appearance of the two witnesses as does the angel with a little scroll. For any number of reasons I don’t think this is the scroll where the names of the redeemed are going to be and therefore will not be taken back to heaven. If the names were on the original scroll that Jesus took from the right hand of God on Good Friday and 3 PM then it should have been brought down with the witnesses but was not. So I do not know where the hundred 44,000 wise virgins get their heavenly scroll from and which is the issue of chapter 14. But if I can relate back to any of these issues I will have made a connection to chapter 14; the fifth and sixth angels have sounded their woe trumpets and number seven is still to come; 10:1- ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and

           Page 107

           did not write it down.” Then the angel I had seen standing on the sea and on the land raised his right hand to heaven. And he swore by him who lives forever and ever, who created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all of his unit, and the sea and all that is in it, and said, “There will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced in his servants the prophets.” Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour: but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.” [There is no doubt about the importance and the relevance of the message that we are going to study]. Other events that will give us bearings will be; John arriving on earth with a measuring stick and a counter to count the worshippers. This should be 144,000 of them still proud that they rejected the mark of the beast, still proud of that they supervised the rebuilding of the temple after the second coming, still waiting Jesus at his third coming when He comes down to close the door of mercy and they will be able to sort out the problem of being left behind at the second coming. There has been an outburst of peace on the earth such as has never occurred before and it has lasted for 1000 years. For those left behind they attributed this piece to the fact that those who only had one solution to all their problems in life and that solution was Jesus Christ. They would not live and let live but always kept interrupting well now Jesus has come down and taken all back with him. The peace is actually due to Satan being locked up and that period of peace only began once all the enemies of the beast had been removed. The stamp of peace of the beast was that anyone could have whatever religion they wanted and they could build their temples in Jerusalem. I would have thought that the choice site would have been the site where these large foundation stones have just been pulverised and no doubt the Muslim and the Jew will both contend for that site and others as well but the 144,000 foolish virgins know that this is not the real site. The altar from the old site had to be removed because the issue on Good Friday was confessed sins confessed sins had to be placed on a scapegoat and taken outside of the city. The altar on Good Friday was taken from the temple and set up on Mount Calvary. Where it had stood for about a thousand years it can only deal with unconfessed unintentional sins and that was the role of the high priest but it could not deal with confessed sins. When the temple is rebuilt around this cross or altar it will not have to deal with confessed sins any more but will still have to deal with the 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins. There seems to be a plethora of temples built around this area and so much so that John will have to carefully measure it and particularly the altar inside it. Measuring and counting will be an issue but its location must be on Mount Calvary. The outer courts are to be excluded as they have been given over to the Gentiles for a period of 42 months and that is the time that the two witnesses will prophesy for. They will not have  to establish their connection with divinity and if anyone tries to harm them fire comes from their mouths and destroys their enemies. The divine powers they are given in themselves are very convincing. The beast kills them poses one of many problems in this chapter in that why does he have to come up from the abyss when he was sole ruler for the thousand years and even after that shared his power with Satan who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. This sounds like a combined effort of Satan and the beast. It wasn’t really such a smart thing to do because even though the two witnesses gave them hell it will be nothing compared to what is about to happen now when the bowls are tipped out and it sets the clock  for the existence of both of them into motion. But till the two witnesses this combined power does and the beast out of the sea takes

           Page 108

           great heart out of this murder and the power that he has over heavenly beings and rates himself fairly highly in his chances against the battle of the rider of the Whitehorse and His armies. Witnesses remain dead for 3 ½ days. Witnesses are resurrected by a loud voice from heaven saying, “Come up here.” And they went up to heaven in a cloud while their enemies looked on . It was the gloating of the people that closed of the door of mercy. At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to God of heaven. The second woe had passed; the third woe is coming soon. Where in all this are we supposed to fit chapter 14? (69069 +3100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           26112020. Each time I visit chapter 14 I have difficulty in establishing where it sets in the overall picture as the events described there are so totally different. This necessitates an extensive journey both ways in time. If I could lock in two or three events either side of it this would suffice for now. It is an extension of Chapter 11 and the story of the two witnesses. The two witnesses are the story of the third coming of Jesus Christ and the closing of the door of mercy and allowing time to finish its work with no more inhibitions. To do this all warnings now have to cease and the judgement that those warnings were pronouncing will now come on. The warnings came as seven trumpets and these partial judgements did not begin until the end of the millennium when heaven had given up with the foolish virgins, decided that they were evil, packed all the prayers of protection into a golden censer and hurled it back to earth. Whether those on earth saw a fiery streak coming down from heaven and heard a loud explosion as it hit the earth we do not know but we know that there were major catastrophic events which began from that moment. The abyss was pierced and Satan and the evil angels were released. The wicked dead were resurrected and a major conflict developed between them and those who had been living peacefully for a thousand years on this earth. There was now 260 years left before the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy and anyone could have taken advantage of that event had they chosen to do so. I have already analysed these events down to a daily basis and have no desire to repeat this analysis at this stage although the woe, woe, woe trumpet blasts are about to occur, 5,6 and seven. The sixth trumpet or the second of the woe trumpets sounds just before the appearance of the two witnesses as does the angel with a little scroll. For any number of reasons I don’t think this is the scroll where the names of the redeemed are going to be and therefore will not be taken back to heaven. If the names were on the original scroll that Jesus took from the right hand of God on Good Friday and 3 PM then it should have been brought down with the witnesses but was not. So I do not know where the hundred 44,000 wise virgins get their heavenly scroll from and which is the issue of chapter 14. But if I can relate back to any of these issues I will have made a connection to chapter 14; the fifth and sixth angels have sounded their woe trumpets and number seven is still to come; 10:1- ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and

           Page 107

           did not write it down.” Then the angel I had seen standing on the sea and on the land raised his right hand to heaven. And he swore by him who lives forever and ever, who created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all of his unit, and the sea and all that is in it, and said, “There will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced in his servants the prophets.” Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour: but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.” [There is no doubt about the importance and the relevance of the message that we are going to study]. Other events that will give us bearings will be; John arriving on earth with a measuring stick and a counter to count the worshippers. This should be 144,000 of them still proud that they rejected the mark of the beast, still proud of that they supervised the rebuilding of the temple after the second coming, still waiting Jesus at his third coming when He comes down to close the door of mercy and they will be able to sort out the problem of being left behind at the second coming. There has been an outburst of peace on the earth such as has never occurred before and it has lasted for 1000 years. For those left behind they attributed this piece to the fact that those who only had one solution to all their problems in life and that solution was Jesus Christ. They would not live and let live but always kept interrupting well now Jesus has come down and taken all back with him. The peace is actually due to Satan being locked up and that period of peace only began once all the enemies of the beast had been removed. The stamp of peace of the beast was that anyone could have whatever religion they wanted and they could build their temples in Jerusalem. I would have thought that the choice site would have been the site where these large foundation stones have just been pulverised and no doubt the Muslim and the Jew will both contend for that site and others as well but the 144,000 foolish virgins know that this is not the real site. The altar from the old site had to be removed because the issue on Good Friday was confessed sins confessed sins had to be placed on a scapegoat and taken outside of the city. The altar on Good Friday was taken from the temple and set up on Mount Calvary. Where it had stood for about a thousand years it can only deal with unconfessed unintentional sins and that was the role of the high priest but it could not deal with confessed sins. When the temple is rebuilt around this cross or altar it will not have to deal with confessed sins any more but will still have to deal with the 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins. There seems to be a plethora of temples built around this area and so much so that John will have to carefully measure it and particularly the altar inside it. Measuring and counting will be an issue but its location must be on Mount Calvary. The outer courts are to be excluded as they have been given over to the Gentiles for a period of 42 months and that is the time that the two witnesses will prophesy for. They will not have  to establish their connection with divinity and if anyone tries to harm them fire comes from their mouths and destroys their enemies. The divine powers they are given in themselves are very convincing. The beast kills them poses one of many problems in this chapter in that why does he have to come up from the abyss when he was sole ruler for the thousand years and even after that shared his power with Satan who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. This sounds like a combined effort of Satan and the beast. It wasn’t really such a smart thing to do because even though the two witnesses gave them hell it will be nothing compared to what is about to happen now when the bowls are tipped out and it sets the clock  for the existence of both of them into motion. But till the two witnesses this combined power does and the beast out of the sea takes

           Page 108

           great heart out of this murder and the power that he has over heavenly beings and rates himself fairly highly in his chances against the battle of the rider of the Whitehorse and His armies. Witnesses remain dead for 3 ½ days. Witnesses are resurrected by a loud voice from heaven saying, “Come up here.” And they went up to heaven in a cloud while their enemies looked on . It was the gloating of the people that closed of the door of mercy. At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to God of heaven. The second woe had passed; the third woe is coming soon. Where in all this are we supposed to fit chapter 14? (69069 +3100)

            

            

            

            

            

            

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           26112020. Each time I visit chapter 14 I have difficulty in establishing where it sets in the overall picture as the events described there are so totally different. This necessitates an extensive journey both ways in time. If I could lock in two or three events either side of it this would suffice for now. It is an extension of Chapter 11 and the story of the two witnesses. The two witnesses are the story of the third coming of Jesus Christ and the closing of the door of mercy and allowing time to finish its work with no more inhibitions. To do this all warnings now have to cease and the judgement that those warnings were pronouncing will now come on. The warnings came as seven trumpets and these partial judgements did not begin until the end of the millennium when heaven had given up with the foolish virgins, decided that they were evil, packed all the prayers of protection into a golden censer and hurled it back to earth. Whether those on earth saw a fiery streak coming down from heaven and heard a loud explosion as it hit the earth we do not know but we know that there were major catastrophic events which began from that moment. The abyss was pierced and Satan and the evil angels were released. The wicked dead were resurrected and a major conflict developed between them and those who had been living peacefully for a thousand years on this earth. There was now 260 years left before the third coming and the closing of the door of mercy and anyone could have taken advantage of that event had they chosen to do so. I have already analysed these events down to a daily basis and have no desire to repeat this analysis at this stage although the woe, woe, woe trumpet blasts are about to occur, 5,6 and seven. The sixth trumpet or the second of the woe trumpets sounds just before the appearance of the two witnesses as does the angel with a little scroll. For any number of reasons I don’t think this is the scroll where the names of the redeemed are going to be and therefore will not be taken back to heaven. If the names were on the original scroll that Jesus took from the right hand of God on Good Friday and 3 PM then it should have been brought down with the witnesses but was not. So I do not know where the hundred 44,000 wise virgins get their heavenly scroll from and which is the issue of chapter 14. But if I can relate back to any of these issues I will have made a connection to chapter 14; the fifth and sixth angels have sounded their woe trumpets and number seven is still to come; 10:1- ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hand. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and

           Page 107

           did not write it down.” Then the angel I had seen standing on the sea and on the land raised his right hand to heaven. And he swore by him who lives forever and ever, who created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all of his unit, and the sea and all that is in it, and said, “There will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just as he announced in his servants the prophets.” Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour: but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it. It tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations, languages and kings.” [There is no doubt about the importance and the relevance of the message that we are going to study]. Other events that will give us bearings will be; John arriving on earth with a measuring stick and a counter to count the worshippers. This should be 144,000 of them still proud that they rejected the mark of the beast, still proud of that they supervised the rebuilding of the temple after the second coming, still waiting Jesus at his third coming when He comes down to close the door of mercy and they will be able to sort out the problem of being left behind at the second coming. There has been an outburst of peace on the earth such as has never occurred before and it has lasted for 1000 years. For those left behind they attributed this piece to the fact that those who only had one solution to all their problems in life and that solution was Jesus Christ. They would not live and let live but always kept interrupting well now Jesus has come down and taken all back with him. The peace is actually due to Satan being locked up and that period of peace only began once all the enemies of the beast had been removed. The stamp of peace of the beast was that anyone could have whatever religion they wanted and they could build their temples in Jerusalem. I would have thought that the choice site would have been the site where these large foundation stones have just been pulverised and no doubt the Muslim and the Jew will both contend for that site and others as well but the 144,000 foolish virgins know that this is not the real site. The altar from the old site had to be removed because the issue on Good Friday was confessed sins confessed sins had to be placed on a scapegoat and taken outside of the city. The altar on Good Friday was taken from the temple and set up on Mount Calvary. Where it had stood for about a thousand years it can only deal with unconfessed unintentional sins and that was the role of the high priest but it could not deal with confessed sins. When the temple is rebuilt around this cross or altar it will not have to deal with confessed sins any more but will still have to deal with the 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins. There seems to be a plethora of temples built around this area and so much so that John will have to carefully measure it and particularly the altar inside it. Measuring and counting will be an issue but its location must be on Mount Calvary. The outer courts are to be excluded as they have been given over to the Gentiles for a period of 42 months and that is the time that the two witnesses will prophesy for. They will not have  to establish their connection with divinity and if anyone tries to harm them fire comes from their mouths and destroys their enemies. The divine powers they are given in themselves are very convincing. The beast kills them poses one of many problems in this chapter in that why does he have to come up from the abyss when he was sole ruler for the thousand years and even after that shared his power with Satan who had been resurrected at the end of the millennium. This sounds like a combined effort of Satan and the beast. It wasn’t really such a smart thing to do because even though the two witnesses gave them hell it will be nothing compared to what is about to happen now when the bowls are tipped out and it sets the clock  for the existence of both of them into motion. But till the two witnesses this combined power does and the beast out of the sea takes

           Page 108

           great heart out of this murder and the power that he has over heavenly beings and rates himself fairly highly in his chances against the battle of the rider of the Whitehorse and His armies. Witnesses remain dead for 3 ½ days. Witnesses are resurrected by a loud voice from heaven saying, “Come up here.” And they went up to heaven in a cloud while their enemies looked on . It was the gloating of the people that closed of the door of mercy. At that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to God of heaven. The second woe had passed; the third woe is coming soon. Where in all this are we supposed to fit chapter 14? (69069 +3100)

  7112028. XXXXXXXXXXXX 27/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           27112020. Tentatively we move on with chapter 14 and I think that I have established some relationship back with Chapter 11 and the history of the two witnesses. Both take place on Mount Zion or Calvary and as this is the foundation of the Christian church this is hardly a surprise. Events that do not have Mount Zion on as their base are usually not worth considering anyway. Both groups get a call up to heaven although it may take a bit of stretch of imagination to relate, “come up here,” to harpists singing the new song but at least both have a heavenly base. The new song has a theme of honesty and morality about it which only the wise virgins can learn and presumably stops the foolish virgins from coming up. They are liars and they are adulterers and whether the adultery is physical or spiritual Scripture calls it whoring and is justified by lying. The wise follow the Lamb wherever he goes but the foolish follow some other lamb of their own making and both chapters distinguish their separation. Chapter 14 verse six; ‘Then I saw another angel flying in midair, and he had the eternal gospel to proclaim to those who live on earth – to every nation, tribe, language and people’. [I will just go through the verses until the penny drops. Clearly this message is given at the start of an evangelistic campaign and not right at the very end when they are all lined up and ready to go into heaven.] Verse seven; ‘He said in a loud voice, “have fear God and give him glory, because the arm of his judgement has come. Worship him who made the heavens, the earth, the sea and the springs of water.” A second angel followed and said, “Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the great, which made all the nations drink the maddening wine of her adulteries.” 1/3 angel followed them and said in a loud voice: “If anyone worships the beast and his image and receives his mark on the forehead or on the hand, he, too, will drink the wine of God’s fury, which has been poured out full-strength into the cup of his wrath. He will be tormented with burning sulphur in the presence of holy angels and of the Lamb. And the smoke from their torment rises forever and ever. There is no rest day or night for those who worship the beast and his image, or for anyone who receives the mark of his name.” This calls for patients endurance on the part of the saints or by God’s commandments and remain faithful to Jesus. Then I heard a voice from heaven say, “Write: blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on.” “Yes,” Says the Spirit,, “they will rest from their labour, for their deeds will follow them.” [From the time that the door of mercy closes and the two witnesses and the wise virgins return to heaven until Babylon falls is some 500 years at present thinking. What I can remember about before Babylon is that it is the result of divine interference. The result of this fall was that whereas previously there was going to be one battle against the wicked, Armageddon now there is going to be two; the battle against the beast and the battle against Satan. The unholy trinity, the beast and the prophet and Satan were held together by incredibly powerful forces and there was no way that they were going to split naturally. (One of those days i may be able to tell you what the gravitational force that was holding them was). It took the strength of the seventh bowl and an earthquake that no earthquake like it has ever occurred since man has been on earth, so tremendous was the quake the great city split into three parts and the cities of the nations

           Page 109

           collapsed. Revelation 16: 17-21; It is of note that there was not just a split between Satan and the beast but also within the beast and the false prophet. It was a three way split. [The first Angels message to fear God and give Him glory applies to all humanity and of all time but it is noteworthy that it is being proclaimed at the hour of his judgement which is by now some 500 years since the door of mercy closed. Every individual with their last breath undergoes this judgement . The ground on which God claims glory to be given to Him is given in the Book of Genesis because He our creator and creator of a marvellous universe. It was with the decision to go ahead with creation in the first place where the major miracle occurred. That power of creation and destruction is now about to be displayed in the fall of Babylon. When people say what is happening now they will attribute it to divinity also I would have thought. Now when the forces of evil are assembled the living evil will be assembled on the left-hand side of the Euphrates and Satan’s lot who were the wicked dead then became the living wicked at the end of the millennium will be assembled on the right-hand side of the river. Satan is now in charge and he knows the great disaster that is about to befall on the beast and his armies when the rider of the white horse swings his sharp sickle and the disaster that will result. He doesn’t want any of that to spread into his troops and that is why they are separated. Joseph and his brothers might be one of the outstanding stories of the Bible but the third angel is probably even greater. I could write: “Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on for they will rest from their labour, and then deeds will follow them.” There is no way that the beast is going to go into battle against the rider of the white horse with the presence of the foolish virgins which still retain the seal of God on their foreheads. The last time that that happened was on Friday on Mount Calvary and the battle turned out to be a disaster for the beast as people defected towards God/Jesus Christ and the beast was not going to allow that to happen this time. He was going to front each one of the foolish virgins and give them the ultimatum. Either way remove the seal of God from their foreheads and replace it with a mark of the beast or the beast will kill them now, there is no way that he’s going to take them into battle with him. And therein lies the third Angels message; it is Jesus Himself who makes this offer and the offer is to keep the seal of God on their foreheads and to allow the beast to kill them but Jesus will take their place in hell for them. They cannot go to heaven because the door of mercy has now been closed for some 500 years. But they will not go to hell. The foolish virgins reject this offer and remove the seal that they have had all this time and replace it with a mark of the beast and go on to fight with the beast against the rider of the white horse and his armies and in our statistics become one of the 4.7 billion dead. The question that I may have already answered is why are these dead but the to the start of the battle the beast and the false prophet are thrown into hell and have been in hell for 1250 days before Satan is thrown in there to join them as well? The saints at the beast in them was destroyed and partially resurrected on Good Friday on Mount Calvary.

           The harvest of the earth verse 14; ‘I looked, and there before me was a white cloud, and seated on the cloud was one “like a son of man” with a crown of gold on his head and a sharp sickle in his hand.’ [This first battle is Jesus like son of man and as humanity we will be fighting with him and as soon as the beast sees the battle is from above he gives up as the two times where he has won before was at the time of the great tribulation and the two witnesses from heaven, both battles were on planet Earth. Not so this time and he has no defence. The sickle is sharp and using a pivotal point of the cloud kills many with each stroke. Verse 15; ‘Then another angel came out of the temple and called in a loud voice to him who was sitting on the cloud, “Take your sickle and reap, because the time to reap has come, for the harvest of the earth is ripe”.

           Page 110

           [There is a total of three angels involved as there are four major events. In each of these events the main character is one, “who looks like the son of man” and has a crown. The events recorded thus occur before the Day of Atonement which begins with, “one who looks like the son of man” but finishes as Jesus the Son of God. Jesus has been The Son of Man since at least 3 PM on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and the marriage which hast just taken place confirmed that union as Jesus As the Son of Man. As Son of Man, He was the rider of the white horse that led the armies out of what we thought was going to be the heaven of eternity and onto the Jordan and into Canaan and finally Jericho. This initial organisation for the battle against the beast takes us through verse 14. Even though in heaven at the time we may not regard it as significant but heaven regards it as significant to show us that the beast with his armies on earth went so very close in the great tribulation to destroying the saints. The rider of the white horse and His armies must then go through a slippery dip/rollercoaster ride down-to-earth to be just above the clouds from where one, like a son of man will swing his sickle. The battle is instigated by one of the heavenly angels who has just come out of the temple and the only combatant on our side is the rider and his sickle. We in the army are each not given a sword and told to go down and stab the ones who killed us nearly 1800 years before. We don’t care, we don’t want to we are just relieved to see so much evil has been punished. I am not quite sure why this angel has called the harvest of the earth is ripe but it probably has something to do with the way events are unfolding on planet Earth and these bowls of wrath of God are now really starting to bite and the wicked evil can no longer put up with them and want to take the fight up to God. The harvest does take place and the area on the left-hand side of the Euphrates where these troops had gathered is now covered with 4.7 billion dead bodies. The birds of the air have been called in but there is only so much that they can devour and the rest begin to stench and rot to such a degree that Satan’s armies that are gathered on the other side of the river have to disperse and go home. One battle, one angel. Verse 17; ‘Another Angel came out of the temple in heaven, and he too had a nice sharp sickle. [This angel can like the first one had a sharp sickle indicating there would be a similar battle to what has just taken place. In our chronology so far this angel appears some one thousand 250 days after the first angel. This will then bring us to the battle of Satan and the fires of hell but why do we need 1/3 angel?] Verse 18; ‘Still another angel, who had charge of the fire, came from the altar and called in a loud voice to him who had the sharp sickle, “Take your sharp sickle and gather the cluster of grapes from the earth’s vine, because it’s grapes are ripe.” [It has to be emphasised that there was only one harvest that involved grapes. It was the grape that introduced the problem way back in Eden and now it is going to be the grape that is the last one to be harvested. The previous crop that was harvested by the one who looked like son of man and had a crown of gold on his head, the battle of the beast was not a grape harvest, it may have been wheat or barley or something else but it was not grape. It did rot and whether that was as bird excrement or just rotted it did provide the fertiliser for this harvest of the grapes and over a period of what could be 1250 days. With the beast dead and all his soldiers dead as well it freed up a lot of space for Satan and his lot and to enjoy all this new material wealth they still had the battle against Satan to go and if they won this one all this was theirs with no interference from heaven. Both the angels they gave the order for the battle to begin in the case of the beast and in the case of Satan, wheat and grapes, came from the temple but the angel who was in charge of the fire came from the altar and it told the second angel to swing its sharp sickle. The grapes had to be gathered as they were spread over the earth and they thought they own the earth. Verse 19; ‘The angel swung his sickle on the earth, gathered it’s grapes and threw them into the great winepress of God’s wrath. They were trampled in the winepress outside of the city, and the blood flowed out of this press, rising as high as a horse’s bridles for a distance of 1600 stadia.’ [ The details here are novel and as far as I know not repeated anywhere else in the Bible. I could leave it at and be grateful that I think I have found that 100 odd missing years of chronology at the end of time. There is a vast amount of

           Page 111

           blood which is released in this river and from the time it catches alight in Peter’s conflagration and travels to the edge of the universe where we will be waiting in Eden2 and where we will actually countdown the last 10 seconds of the existence of this universe. It takes a significant period of time for this to happen and at this stage I have not been able to point to the moment where this evil blood catches alight. The source of the fire probably comes from the altar and is lighten by this particular angel. Comparisons to Good Friday are in order. Both were a grape harvest in that they were the last one. It was all over for us on Good Friday for the saints and it is all over now for the wicked. Both involved the angel who had charge of the fire, both involved the fires of hell. Both involved the loss/drainage of blood, either that of Jesus at 4 PM when that Roman soldiers spear opened up His side or the loss of blood of the wicked that ran from the winepress of God’s wrath. Both shed outside of the city. One will be gathered in its entirety but the wicked blood will be destroyed and burned in its entirety. It is thus the correlation between these two lots of blood that we seek. Just because I leave a topic behind does not mean that it drops off my radar screen as say the topic of the wave particle nature of light. I have tried to separate them but if I take pure light, one wavelength, monochromatic and shine it onto a piece of cardboard which has two tiny holes in it I find that the light passes through but it is bent, diffracted, particle nature, gravity but if I put a screen behind this I find that it produces interference fringes and therefore it must be waves and it is best to stick to what the Bible tells us, ‘What God has joined let no man put asunder’. But if we take gravity and assume that its strength does not change during the night and the day which should happen if our present light was a part of gravity then we have to assume that the light in this gravity must have come from the first three days of creation. The correlation of the blood at 4 PM on Good Friday with whatever would be the greatest privilege they could be bestowed on anyone. (+71939 +3100)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 28/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           28112020. We have spent too much time on chapter 14 of Revelation just to allow it to pass into oblivion and not be pressed into our memory. When compared to Chapter 11 it becomes the stories of the wise and the foolish virgins all 144,000 of each of them. Chapter 14 begins with the Lamb standing on Mount Sion and ready to return to heaven after His third coming in order to close the door of mercy. But there is only one lot of 144,000 standing there with Him and they have his name and his father’s name written on their foreheads. Both the foolish and the wise virgins have the names of the Lamb and the Father written on their foreheads. The names written on the foolish virgins have not been written by some demonic ministry like that of Jimmy Swaggart they have been placed there by none other than God the Father and that happened at the second coming of Jesus. So the qualification of the names applies to both groups and the foolish are certainly lined up and ready to go. But the call is not, “Come up here!” So it is not an invitation for the foolish to come up even though they are ready the call is that there is a new song being sung by harpists from heaven. It is the sieve that will distinguish between the wise and the foolish because the sieve size is truth multiplied by adultery and as hard as the foolish virgins may try they cannot reproduce it and they are left behind. The rest of the chapter is specifically about these foolish virgins who have received the seal of God on their foreheads but this should not have happened. It is there to explain to the saints why as many as 500 million people rather than accepting the mark of the beast were prepared to die and yet finished up in hell. They have not received the seal of God and the reason why that did not happen is now being explained in terms of foolish virgins who did receive the seal or the Holy Spirit. For most times I take the Bible at its word and very rarely wanted to question a deeper meaning for any word but in this case I would like to question, “because the hour of his judgement

           Page 112

           has come.” There was only one judgement and that occurred on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and now what is occurring is the execution of the judgement and there is a very big difference between the two of them. This warning could have gone out any time during the 500 intervening years but had to occur before the message of the second angel announcing the fall of Babylon. The ground on which worship is called for actually applies just before and at the beginning when the holy Trinity decided that there would be a beginning and the creation of the earth and heaven and sea and the springs of water. [The springs of water sounds like thousands of miles of deepwater applying pressure to rocks and forming cavities filled with water which would later open up to aid Noah’s flood]. worship is due to God just on the ground that we are here let alone the mechanisms by which occurred.. We are given the free will to convert those momentous events into nothing and most people will choose to do so and that is why they trip and now the fall is about to occur. Much has already been written about the splitting of Babylon into its three components; Satan, beast and false prophet. Much has already been written about Satan and much is still to go to be written. There are a number of candidates for the false prophet , Islam and the Roman Catholic Church both have a long-standing background. Islam outright denies the divinity of Jesus Christ and calls blasphemy for anyone who does. This is not the case with the Roman Catholic Church and the reason why I carry such scepticism and cynicism for history is that I have read many different stories about the Catholic Church but I don’t think I have read any what my parents and parents-in-law told me and they should know because they lived in Poland. The Catholic Church was evil and it was evil personified but that does not mean that applied to all the church especially the church in Australia. As refugees even if we had the money and we didn’t have the money there was no school that I could go to and it was the Del La Sale brothers who accepted me graciously into one of their boarding schools and free of charge and gave me an education which I would not have had. When we were first married we joined a Catholic family group and the families they were particularly friendly and helpful and many of from this group we still retain a relationship with today. All Catholicism is not bad and I still think that there will be more Catholics in heaven than any other religion but unfortunately that altruism is but a veneer at the top of the church and may only use Jesus as the powerful drawing card which He is and then they throw every obstacle in the way to make sure that you don’t get him into your heart. The height of evil within the Catholic Church is the Jesuit order and their specific role is to destroy the Protestants and something we have spoken about what is about to happen if indeed these are the last days. The ferocity with which this Jesuit Pope will attack Christians over from within its own ranks will be quite astounding. I have no problem with attaching the label of false prophet on the papacy. The beast is actually the will within me and its desire and ability to disobey God’s commandments. When a certain number of these beasts get together we are called a nation and when a number of nations get together we are called a United Nations. This beast actually has six heads and not just the five members of the Security Council; USA, Russia, China, France and England. France is well known for its ability to get ahead, (a head or many heads as required) but let me tell you about England that is an expert at the veneering over cracks and defects and where a crack developed and a horn grew through it. Legislation came up before our Victorian Parliament and there is no doubt had it proceeded it would have passed. It would have allowed almost anybody who held any gripes against me to grab me and lock me away and throw away the key even though I had done nothing wrong and they only suspected that I might do something wrong.All that glitters is not gold and the English democratic system is but fool’s gold with a lot of veneering stuck over it and will not require much structural change in order for the great tribulation to begin with here. The three players of Babylon are already here but there is an incredibly strong bond between the three of them and will require a massive earthquake to split

           Page 113

           them apart. The second angel tells us that the splitting will occur at the right time and in the heat of the battle of the pope, the false prophet and the beast will turn on each other and the surprising part is going to be that this battle will last for one hour. We note that the beast has unimaginable resources at his disposal but the false prophet is also accumulating major resources and will put up more than just a showing. After the split has occurred within Babylon the announcement of what it’s all about occurs and the foolish virgins are given a final option of retaining the seal of God, or being killed by the beast but having their places taken in hell for them by Jesus or whether they are going to remove the seal of God: replace it with the mark of the beast and fight against rider of the white horse and his armies of heavenly saints. We know the result and we know that good and evil cannot mix, they remove their seals replace them with a mark of the beast and are killed by God’s people in the battle of the beast. This is the first harvest and I call it the harvest of wheat and it involves 4.7 billion people. These were the living wicked they had been alive since the second coming and most of them were 1800 years old or older. They could not be thrown into hell because hell is the second death and may have not been through their first death. Their first death is therefore the battle of of the beast and they will now lie dead for about 1250 days and once resurrected they can now be thrown into hell and consumed by the fires of hell. And this is what happens in the second harvest and the harvest of the grapes. It is the last harvest and it involves 14 billion dead (using previous numbers 7 billion+2.3 billion+4.7 billion) . The grapes are ripe, sharp sick already, the angel from the altar who was in charge of the fire was ready and this harvest does not begin with the rider sitting on a cloud but the harvest is on earth. This time round there will be nobodies for the birds to feast on or to rot out in the fields, and will be no bodies. Our body can only survive if it has blood in it and the bodies here have been trampled in a wine press. The blood is to receive special attention in conditions that will make sure that it is obliterated. The events and conditions that apply in these final moments only really have meaning when applied to Good Friday on Mount Calvary however feeble that association may be. The sacrifice on Good Friday was actually finished at 3 PM but it was offered as a burnt offering to God between 3 PM and 4 PM. It did not have to be thrown into a fire with tons of wood burning around it as any animal sacrifice would have to be because anything offered to God had to be through fire and the body of Jesus Christ had been through a fire that enveloped the throne of God itself. Heaven and earth had fled from His presence. Yes that offering had been accepted by God as the intensity of the fire was such that it far exceeded anything we can imagine of the fiercest fires on earth. These fires will still be replicated in Peter’s conflagration when all evil including the river of blood will be consumed. This then brings us to 4 PM and what happened when the Roman spear opened up the side of Jesus Christ and released not just water but any remaining blood as well and how are we to compare this blood with the blood that came out of the winepress and form the river about 180 miles long or 300 km according to the NIV Bible text. The release of the blood from the side of Jesus is supposed to prove the death of Jesus Christ not that it will do for many sceptics even if Jesus had his head cut off. Those sceptics live in the world of the absurd and the insane and their lives are based on nothing but to me it proves that Jesus has been through a death in hell and if that death in hell was for me then that was my second death and I will no longer go to hell. It does raise the issue up of my first death and the role of baptism and not necessarily but usually a physical event. This death introduces the principle and a basic tenet of the Christian faith. Denying or challenging its existence denies the existence of Christianity. With this loss of blood and having no blood left within His body Jesus was no longer the High Priest as the role of the High Priest was to take his blood into the Most Holy Place and to offer it as a sin offering but it was only for unconfessed unintentional sins. The body of Jesus Christ was not obliterated as it had no sins that could burn. The blood that flowed from the winepress of evil which contained life would

           Page 114

           go on to be obliterated but the blood from Good Friday would go on and be collected on the Day of Atonement. So was there a connection between the cross of Good Friday on the cross of the Day of Atonement? It was the blood of Jesus Christ that joins these two events together but then went on to become the Friday, Saturday and Resurrection Sunday Trilogy; return of Jesus Christ to life. It was a return of the blood to the body of Jesus Christ that now allowed this earth to be destroyed, to lose its privileges as firstborn and be annihilated but this could not happen whilst there were traces of the blood of Jesus on this earth.

           The only way to look at this event is to try to separate the blood just as the 4 PM blood. As we do not know how much blood Jesus shed before 4 PM and at 4 PM when the Roman spear pierced his side I am going to guess at 70% before and 30% at 4 PM. The 70% blood achieved the role of salvation up to the point that Jesus could call, “It is finished!” And it was finished to the extent that the burnt offering was offered and accepted by heaven and you can’t do any better than that! That 70% blood would have been collected and joined the cross of Good Friday to the cross of the Day of Atonement and both passed onto the Resurrection Sunday. It would have protected not just that area but the whole world from devastations that would have occurred otherwise. It would have ensured the survival of planet Earth as this blood was sprinkled towards the tent of meeting and the doorway of eternity. So what else could this 30% blood achieve? It certainly enshrouded the basic tenet of our faith in that it proved that Jesus did die and therefore there would have to be a resurrection. But this blood was most unusual in that it was shed after the burnt offering when all had been accepted and gone through. In these last verse of chapter 14 of Revelation there is also blood that is shed  after the processes of our punishment have gone through and this blood will then last for about 100 years after the last fires of hell have gone out as a river that is some 200 miles long or 300 km at the destruction of which plays a significant part of an Day events in fact while any part of it survives there can be no new universe. It is only when that blood disappears that the doorway with the blood of the Passover lamb blows open and we see the new creation and the antonym of this is played out on Good Friday at 4 PM. There is blood there which now one has been able to find any use for but when gathered and applied on the resurrection Sunday morning 11 – 07 – 486 in Daniel’s reckoning is the blood of eternity. It is a confirmatory act of resurrection Sunday and whereas the river of blood that flowed from the winepress of the wrath of God went on to ensure the destruction of creation like that flowed at 4 PM on Good Friday went on to ensure the eternities to come! That blood was a stamp of Resurrection Sunday and of eternity!

           We now return to our next topic and the miracles of Jesus and the Canaanite woman’s daughter recorded in Matthew and Mark. Matthew chapter 15:1- :’ Then some of the Pharisees and teachers of the law came up to Jesus from Jerusalem and asked, “Why do your disciples break that tradition of the elders? They don’t wash their hands before they eat!” Jesus replied, “And why do you break the command of God for the sake of your tradition? For God said, “honour your father and your mother and anyone who curses his father or mother must be put to death.” But you say that if a man says to his father or mother, “whatever help you might otherwise have received from me is a gift devoted to God, he’s not to honor his father ! With it. Thus you  nullify the word of God for the sake of your own tradition. You hypocrites! Isaiah was right when he prophesied about you: “These people honour me with their lips, but their hearts are far from me. They worship me in vain; their teachings are but rules taught by men.” Jesus called the Crowd to him and said, “Listen and understand. What goes into a man’s mouth does not make him unclean, but what comes out of his mouth, that is what makes him unclean.” Then the disciples came to him and asked, “do you know that the Pharisees were at offended when they heard this?” He replied, “Every plant that my

           Page 115

           heavenly Father has not planted will be pulled up by the roots. Leave them; they are blind guides. If a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall into a pit.” Peter said, “Explain the parable to us.” “Are you still so dull?” Jesus asked them. “Don’t you see that whatever enters the mouth goes into the stomach and then out of the body? But the things that come out of the mouth come from the heart, and these make a man unclean. For out of the heart come evil thoughts, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, falses testimony, slander. These are what make a man unclean; but eating with unwashed hands does not make him unclean.” .

  7112029. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 29/11/2020. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           29112020. The faith of the Canaanite woman 15:21- ‘ Leaving that place, Jesus withdrew to the region of Tyre and Sidon. A Canaanite woman from the vicinity came to him, crying out, “Lord, Son of David, have mercy on me! My daughter is suffering terribly from demon possession.” Jesus did not answer a word. So his disciples came to him and urged him, “Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us.” He answered, “I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel”. The woman came and knelt before him. “Lord, help me!” She said. He replied, “it is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to their dogs.” “Yes, Lord,” she said, “but even the dogs eat the crumbs that fall from their masters table.” Then Jesus answered, “Woman, you have great faith! Your request is granted.” And her daughter was healed from the very hour. [Jesus feeds the 4000 verse 29;] ‘Jesus left there and went along the sea of Galilee. Then he went up on a mountainside and sat down. Great crowds came to him, bringing the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute and many others and laid them at his feet; and he healed them. The people were amazed when they saw the mute speaking, the crippled maid well, the lame walking and the blind seeing. And they praised the God of Israel. Jesus called his disciples to him and said, “I have compassion for those people; they have already been with me three days and have nothing to eat. I do not want to send them away hungry, or they may collapse on the way.” His disciples answered, “where could we get enough bread in this remote place to feed such a crowd?” “How many loaves do you have?” Jesus asked. “Seven,” they replied, and a few small fish.” He told the crowd to sit down on the ground. Then he took the seven loaves and the fish, and when he had given thanks, he broke them and gave them to the disciples, and they in turn to the people. They all ate and were satisfied. Afterward the disciples picked up seven basketfuls of broken pieces that were left over. The number of those who ate was 4000, besides women and children. After Jesus had sent the crown away, he got into the boat and went to the vicinity of Magadan.’

           Mark chapter 7;1-and clean and unclean; ‘ the Pharisees and some of the teachers of the law who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus and saw some of his disciples eating food with hands that were “unclean”, that is, unwashed. The Pharisees and all the Jews do not eat unless they give their hands a ceremonial washing, holding to the tradition of the elders. When they come from the marketplace they do not eat unless they wash. And they observe many other traditions, such as the washing of cups, pitches and kettles. So the Pharisees and teachers of the law asks Jesus, “Why don’t your disciples live according to the tradition of the elders instead of eating their food with unclean hands?” He replied, “Isaiah was right when he proper sized about you hypocrites; as it is written: “these people honour me with their lips but their hearts are far from me. They worship me in vain; their teachings about rules taught by men”. You have let go of the commands of God and are holding onto the traditions of men.” And he said to them: “you have a fine way of setting aside the commandments of God in order to observe your own traditions! For Moses said, “Honour your father and your mother,” and, “anyone who curses his father or mother must be put to death.” But you say that if a man says to his father or mother: “whatever help you might otherwise have received from me is Corban [that is, a gift devoted to God], then you no longer let him do anything

           Page 116

           to his father and mother. Thus you nullify the word of God by your tradition that you have handed down. And you do many things like that.” Again Jesus called the crowd to him and said, “Listen to me, everyone, and understand this. Nothing outside a man can make him “unclean” by going into him. Rather, it is what comes out of that man that makes him unclean.” After he had left the ground and entered the house, his disciples asked him about this parable. “Are you so dull?” He asked. “Don’t you see that nothing that enters a man from the outside and make him unclean? For it doesn’t go into his heart but into his stomach, and then out of his body.” [In this saying, Jesus declared all foods clean.] He went on: “what comes out of a man is what makes him unclean. For from within, out of men’s hearts, come evil thoughts, sexual immorality, theft, murder, adultery, greed, malice, deceit, lewdness, envy, slander, arrogance and folly. All these labels come from inside and make a man unclean”.’ The faith of a Syrophoenician woman verse 24; ‘ Jesus left the place and went to the vicinity of Tyre. He added a house and did not want anyone to know it; yet he could not keep his present secret. In fact, as soon as she heard about him, a woman whose little daughter was possessed by an evil spirit came and fell at his feet. The woman was a Greek born in Syrian Phoenicia. She begged Jesus to drive the Demon out of her daughter. “First let the children age although want,” he told her, “it is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to the dogs.” “Yes, Lord,” she replied, “but even the dogs under the table eat the children’s crumbs.” Then he told her, “For such a reply, you may go: the Demon has left your daughter.” She went home and found her child lying on the bed, and the Demon had gone. [The healing of the deaf and mute man verse 31] ;’ then Jesus left the vicinity Of Tyre and went through Sidon, down to the serve Galilee and into the region of the Decapolis. There are some people brought to him a man who was deaf and could hardly talk, and they begged him to place his hand on the man. After he took him aside, away from the crowd, Jesus put his fingers into the man’s ears. Then he spit and touched the man’s tongue. He looked up to heaven and with a deep sigh said to him, “ Ephphatha!” (Which means, be opened). At first, the man’s ears were opened, his tongue was loosened and he began to speak plainly. Jesus commanded them not to tell anyone. But the more he did so, the more they kept talking about it. People were overwhelmed with amazement. “He has done everything well, they said. “He even makes a deaf hear and the mute speak.”

  7112030. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 30/11/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           30112020. We would always expect that the teachings of Jesus and the Bible would become more difficult as time progressed and our spiritual mental state was also elevated. At chapter 15 in Matthew we are now over halfway but still surprised at the increase in the level of understanding that is required and this chapter contains what I thought and still think is the most difficult of all topics and will be the last one revealed to us if at all, the teaching of Jesus feeds the crowd of 4000. The teaching of the faith of the Canaanite woman is certainly a step upwards and is repeated in the Gospel of Mark but for someone who is leaving on Thursday night from Gethsemane is not repeated in the Gospel of Luke. Jesus demands worship from his creation on two grounds; as its Creator and as its Redeemer. Creator came first and then Redeemer. There is a small dedicated group of people who try to appreciate Christ as the Redeemer and close their eyes and concentrate as they sing a beautiful hymn, ‘I suffered much for thee, much more than the tongue can tell, in bitterest agony to rescue you from hell! I’ve born, I’ve born it all for thee, what has thou born for me?” What Jesus did bear for us did not start at 9 AM or finish at 3 PM on the cross of Good Friday but there was a significant part of it that occurred in those six hours. He was abandoned by His Father after this for nearly 4000 years and the restoration with His Father will only begin to occur as from the Day of Atonement in Daniel’s reckoning on 10 – 07 – 486. The mechanisms of this redemption are kept

           Page 117

           from us pretty well and only revealed after a diligent study of Scripture. Does this mean that if we seek the mechanisms before the act of creation that we have to go outside of Scripture and before, “In the beginning God.” It was and these pre-beginning times that the Holy Trinity decided to allow for the possibility of sin and thus to destroy the fabric of existence that have existed up to then. Knowing that this existence would never be repeated again and still going ahead with the, “In the beginning God.” It was the cruellest blow of all but it put time and the beginning into a real physical sense although the redemption part remained as hypothetical. Yes Jesus has earned the right of worship as our Creator and it is at this level that we begin to look at Matthew chapter 15. Scripture still begins with, “In the beginning God.” And therefore blessings will result on anyone who reads it. That result is that we exist only because of the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ and that he condescended to allow us to live in His presence and He defined that presence in terms of a 24-hour timeslot with special markers of 9 AM and 3 PM on each one the issue involved in each of the six hour timeslot is was that the law of God, all 10 commandments were obeyed and fulfilled and it doesn’t matter how convincing Satan and all his satanic ministries are that the basic unit of 10 commandments stands, has stood since first day of creation and will continue through the eternities still to come. There are ministries out there who do not realise this to be the case and when they do they will change in such a way so as to incorporate what was fulfilled in those six hours by the demonic ministries under most circumstances will make this adjustment. It is the fourth commandment, to keep holy the Sabbath day which is the universal standard which is broken by most. It is not even on the radar screen of most Christian ministries. It is the only commandment that says I must see that is broken and it is the only commandment that begins with the admonition of, “Remember to keep!” If Satan loses this one and his ministry will fail. The channel to allow God’s blessings to flow will be opened and this can only happen if the channels that have been established by Satan are closed and thus under no condition will Satan allow this to happen. Jimmy Swaggart ministries are the best exponents of satanic teaching that I know and  instill the Demon himself within you to facilitate this flow by laying their demonic hands on you. I have spent an inordinate amount of time in trying to bring attention to these satanic ministers and thus we have now in 15:3; ‘Jesus replied, “and why do you break the command of God for the sake of your own tradition?” They produce many Scriptures for disobeying the Sabbath day that begin with acts of desperation like, “you are committing a sin in trying to obey the Sabbath day” down to, “Jesus has already fulfilled the Sabbath day and has entered into a state of rest and by accepting Jesus you also enter that state of rest and there is no need to keep the Sabbath any more!” And many Christians today not just believe this but extend into Jesus has already fulfilled and obeyed all the commandments and there is no need for you to do it anymore! It is blasphemy and it is absurdity and Scripture does argue against such absurdity. It is the negation of the commandments of God and they are replaced by tradition and Jesus has no problem calling them, “you hypocrites!” We are now well into Matthew and not that far from my Gethsemane rapture and wondering why there are so few who are going to go to heaven. For those who are there will be a call of, “come up here!” But for those who are not will be presented the new song. The Messiah did not come to earth to take everyone back to heaven with Him, you had to have been one of His people. You would have had to have left the sins of Egypt and undertaken a journey with God’s people across the Sinai and we are still to arrive on the banks of the Jordan and from there to make our crossing into the land of Canaan and in our case Jericho as well. If you chose and will choose to make the crossing but only those who did will be considered. And out of those who chose to be considered only very few will make it. The hypocrites will be will weeded out as by nullifying the word of God they have caused more harm than good.

           Page 118

           In all this weeding that Jesus now has to carry out one example of hypocrite does Jesus use. He could hardly use the Sabbath day as an example because it was going to stand firm until the Council of Laodicea in some 300 years time where it became an offence punishable by death to be idle on the Sabbath day. No, Jesus uses the second kernel within that holy seed, He uses the fifth commandment and the second string in the bow of God. The fifth commandment like the fourth commandment has a lengthy explanation attached to it which lists the blessings and the curses associated with it. It is the basic commandment within the relations of humanity and without this relationship the family will fall and with it take society. It is as fundamental as that you would not expect God’s people to attack the base of human society and which in turn points to the divine family. Like the hypocrites today where the fourth commandment is the central issue that is being denied so it was in the time of Jesus fifth commandment on the basis on which is stored was being denied. But surely always religious people would have had a sound reason for doing so and could you get any more sound than the help that should have gone to the parents went to God Himself! There could be no better reason than giving it to God! Jesus had no problem with calling them for what they were and they were hypocrites and an almost exact parallel can be applied to the overwhelming majority of Christian churches today – hypocrites! If you want to see hypocrites at work just turn into one of the Jimmy Swaggart broadcasts and here you will say the masters of hypocrisy at work. They will have you all excited and all teaming around Jesus but that is as in the old covenant. The gymnastics which they will perform to stop you from coming under the new covenant and the covenant of heaven are really quite breathtaking to watch. I have seen many such performances and each one has convinced me that this is indeed a demonic ministry. If you challenge them as to why they will not allow you to come under the new covenant they will tell you that with their demons that they instill they do bring you under the new covenant. This transfer is quite simple in that you have to transfer the 10 Commandments from the rock on which they were written ways back in the Sinai from stone onto your heart and then asked Jesus to keep them for you, something He will more than willing to do. If you have asked this to happen and you still believe that you are now free to break any and all of God’s commandments then the spirit which transferred those commandments was an evil spirit, was the devil. Under no circumstances will Jimmy Swaggart allow/encourage you to try to keep the fourth commandment and prove more positive is not available! That is the filth that comes out of their mouths. Returning to the theme of this chapter that we are supposed to concentrate on this time round and that is the faith of the Canaanite woman and compare it to what is said in the gospel of Mark if it is indeed the same woman. (+ 77866 +3100)s

  7112031. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 01/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXs
           1122020. The relationship between the faith of the Canaanite woman as compared between the Gospels of Matthew and Mark. (1) Matthew is in the region of Tyre and Sidon. (2) she was a Canaanite woman. (3) she addressed Jesus as The Son of David and pleaded for mercy. (4) the problem was her daughter for she was suffering terribly from demon possession. (5) Jesus seems to ignore her and the disciples come to him and urge him to send her away because she is giving them a hard time. (6) the first response of Jesus was that, “I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel”. (7) woman comes to Jesus and kneels before him and pleads, “Lord help me.” (8) Jesus replies, “it is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to their dogs.” (9) she replies, “yes, Lord but even the dogs eat the crumbs that fall from their masters table.” (10) Jesus replies, “Woman you have great faith your request is granted.” (11) the woman’s daughter is healed at that very moment. This compares against Mark chapter 7 as (1) the region that Jesus was in was in the vicinity of Tyre. (2)

           Page 119

           Jesus did not want anyone to know that he was here but they came anyway. (3) it attracted a woman whose little daughter was possessed by an evil spirit who came and fell at his feet. (4) she was a Greek born in Syrian Phoenicia. (5) she begged Jesus to drive the Demon out of her daughter. (6) the response of Jesus was, “First let the children eat all they want, for it is not right to take the children’s bread and toss it to their dogs. (7) her response was, “yes, Lord, but even the dogs under the table eat the children’s crumbs.” (8) the response of Jesus was, “For such a reply, you may go; the Demon has left your daughter.” (9) “She went home and had found her child lying on the bed, and the Demon gone.”

           There are a number of angles from which this miracle can be discussed. Firstly there is the Demon or Satan and if in fact satan and is now at full strength in order to derail this last ministry of Jesus or has been resurrected because he is to be destroyed eight days before the Day of Atonement there could thus be four scenarios; (1) this was Lucifer or Beelzebub. (2) this was one of those hundred million angels that were thrown out of heaven in the great Rebellion. (3) this was one of the angels that was thrown into the abyss because they were frightened to offer the five pans. (4) this was one of the leaders on that day that did offer five pans. No, this is one of the serious angels, maybe not Beelzebub but certainly one of the leaders. He was not wanted but serious prayer could not move him. This woman was a Canaanite (Greek, Roman, Egyptian, or anything else in Matthew, Mark she was pinpointed as Greek) from the general population is singled out one nation one person, Greek. The Greeks pride themselves as being the deep thinkers and the freethinkers and this woman certainly got the right answer: the answer to her problem was Jesus. Jesus seems quiet nonchalant about the whole affair. Way back in the Sinai desert when Moses arrived at the foot of the mountain carrying two stone tablets and saw all the congregation including Aaron worshipping a golden calf and by smashing these tablets indicated that the relationship between God and His people was now broken. All that was required now was to mop up, tie some loose ends together and finish time and Jesus had come down to do just that. It was Scripture that demanded that when this messiah came down to do this is only focus would be on God’s children and to give them bread on the table. This woman would do anything to have that Demon driven out of her daughter but those Israelites were too exclusive for her to ask to join them. Whether that bread was on the table or had fallen as crumbs to the floor she knew of its value and whether she was classed as a dog would not be of any concern to her, all have to happen was that her daughter had to get rid of this horror that was inside her. At this stage it certainly does not seem to be the case that the ministry of Jesus has switched from Jew to Gentile and Jesus was going home on Thursday night to finish off the work from the smashing of the 10 Commandments at the foot of Mount Sinai.

           So there is a sharp change in focus between Matthew and Mark. Matthew has us and them, the Israelites and the Canaanites but Mark specifically focuses on one of the Canaanites and a Greek woman. What he sees in Jewish terms may have been called a dog but Mark sees someone who realises the value of the bread regardless whether it was on the table or on the ground. It is the quantity of faith and when you see the role of faith has a levelling effect, all of the same period there was now no longer a ministry of finishing off the broken 10 Commandments but it was now a ministry of what the new Commandments would do. There was no need now to write this miracle up in the Gospel of Luke as the focus has changed and the dogs and the children were eating the same bread and it is probably this bread albeit expressed as seven loaves in the feeding of the crowd of 4000 now becomes the issue providing of course all the crumbs are gathered and there is no wastage. Both gospels therefore record this miracle as acts of faith but then the issue would have to be addressed as to how anyone who has so little faith can be a part of anything? Both gospels then

           Page 120

           lead into the feeding of the 4000 and again I would like to make a comparison between the two accounts. Because of this quality of faith regardless where it is shown Jesus is now decided that Satan has to be removed and therefore this Demon was Lucifer. (78950 +3100)

           Matthew chapter 15, Jesus feeds the 4000 verse 29; (1)

  7112032. 02/12/2020 system unworkable, publish tomorrow
           2122020. (1) Matthew 15:29- ;’ specific location; left the area where he had cured the Canaanite woman’s daughter, alongside the sea of Galilee and up on a mountainside. (2) great crowds came to him bringing the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute and many others and laid them at his feet; and he healed them. (3) As they should have been the people were amazed when they saw the mute speaking, the crippled made well, the lame walking and the blind seeing and they praised the God of Israel. (4) the people had been with Jesus for three days and had nothing to eat and Jesus had compassion for them, He did not want to send them away  hungry or they may collapse on the way. (5) Jesus questions the disciples as to how much food they have with them and he is told there are seven loaves of bread and a few small fishes. (6) Jesus orders the crowd to sit down and He took the seven loaves and the fish gave thanks, he broke them and gave them to the disciples and they in turn to the people. (7) they all ate and was satisfied. (8) afterwards the disciples picked up seven basked fulls of broken pieces that were left over. (9) the number of those who wait was 4000 besides women and children. (10) after Jesus had sent the crowd away, he got into the boat and went to the vicinity of Magadan. The account of this in Mark chapter 8 also follows the healing of the Syro Phoenician woman and the healing of the deaf and mute man. (1) location; Tyre, Sidon, Sea of Galilee and region Decopolis. (2) a large crowd that had been with him for three days and had nothing to eat and Jesus had compassion on them. (3) again the disciples are asked how many loaves of bread they have and they reply, seven but this time there is no mention of fish. (4) again Jesus asks the crowd to sit on the ground and he takes the seven loaves, gives thanks and breaks them and gave them to his disciples to set before the people which they did. (5) a few small fish are mentioned separately and also distributed among the people. (6). All ate and are satisfied. (7) the disciples pick up seven basked fulls of broken pieces that were left over. (8) about 4000 men were present and once Jesus had sent them away got into the boat with his disciples and went to the region of Dalmanutha. (9) details are added about the Pharisees coming to churches and asking him for a sign from heaven Jesus refuses to do so. Thus it would be today if miraculously the cross of Jesus Christ was found or the 10 Commandments or the robes that Jesus wore people would not be convinced and would ask for more. The Pharisees have just seen a major miracle of feeding 4000 hungry people in the wilderness and they want more. There has to be more to Christianity to convince people other than miracles.

           The reason I came to the miracle of the feeding of the 4000 was because I know there are going to be many attempts at analysing it and this is just one of them. I also came here because it followed the miracle of curing the Canaanite woman’s daughter and both these events are not only recorded in Matthew and Mark but they follow each other so there must be some connection. At first when I read of the two accounts of this Canaanite woman I thought they were so close together that they are almost identical but looking again at the details I realise that this is not the case. In fact there is such a major difference between them that it introduces a new theology and integrates the Old Testament with the New Testament. So with this woman I had a comparison to make but as yet I cannot see what to compare the feeding of the 4000 with and the only logical comparison at this stage is the feeding of the 5000. Here we have to follow what happened to the bread as it was first placed on the table for the children of Israel. Some of the bread finished up on the ground where the dogs saw it  and this Canaanite woman is asking to be given permission to eat it. The issue is the release from Lucifer/Beelzebub. This woman is not asking for relief for herself but relief for her daughter. The question must arise therefore have the children of Israel who are eating at the table been released from Lucifer/beelzebub and now the dogs under the table are also going to be released? Were the Israelites released from the devil when they left Egypt on the 01 – 01 – 01? If they were then it didn’t take all that long for a catastrophic fall with Aaron and the congregation worshipping the golden calf and cancelling the covenant of God and His people. And there goes the story of JK which does not go very far before another catastrophic fall and the wonder why Jesus is still there to pick me up and is to be followed by another imminent fall. I think that this is one of the differences between me and the Canaanite woman was that she had the faith to know that the miracle would be performed but I think I can only fall so many times before Jesus gives up with me. I still do not realise that the basic issue is that, “glorified be your name”, and that can even occur from within rubbish. But Satan is removed and the miracle is granted and this is the transition that we now apply to the feeding of the 4000. In the meantime our next topic of study is the Book of Genesis.

           A long time ago very good writer, Steve Hawking’s wrote an excellent book in two additions called, “the brief history of Time” and today one of his ardent readers, JK is going to write a sequel called, “the brief history of science”. Hawking’s book was not brief but JK’s book is brief and consists of one page. He is concerned that if ever this book becomes a textbook there will have to be carried in backpacks by children to and from school and therefore should not put unnecessary stress on their backs. On second thoughts that if I was to put some writing on the back of this page the weight of the ink should not add undue stress for the little darlings and so the length of the book will be increased to 2 pages and rather than just covering chemistry and physics I will add a little biology to it like addressing the issue of what life is and why the amino acids in proteins within life must be left-handed but sugars must be right-handed to be able to be used. A little cosmology might be of interest about the creation account itself and particularly either side of, ‘in the beginning God.’ This should be enough material there in order to fill two pages and I already have begun by placing a 10 tonne log on the side of my swimming pool and digging a hole for it. When I had dug out 10 tons of hypothetical water I pushed the log into it and it floated. Before I pushed the log in I could not see any upward or downward forces in that hole but they must have been there because the log did float. My chemistry had comes on and I see a very good depiction of this and how we draw boxes and put arrows pointing up and down to represent the electrons. The downward arrow is our particles/electrons which are under the influence of gravity and the upward pointing ones are the result of centrifugal forces which are yet to be discussed. Not so in the hole they were both present and they were responsible for that log floating the way it did. We now look at the periodic table of elements and see that some an equal number of up-and-down arrows some have more arrows and some more down arrows it is quite easy to relate these to valency. If an element has a poor little chap that is pointing upwards it will be seeking a partner that is pointing downwards so for one that is pointing downwards by itself. Stability will be gained by pairing off of those opposite spins. Multiple valencies could be accommodated but first we need to establish a relationship between these arrows in the background by looking at the Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. There needs to be a relationship determined between the position of a particle and its momentum/kinetic energy. [Textbooks that I have read use momentum but Hawking’s uses kinetic energy. This was a topic that occupied many hours of discussion on the golf course between myself and my golfing friend Ken who stuck by an defendant momentum but I chose to approach the problem from kinetic energy. We both went for the killer blow   to  prove our point by a dimension analysis and both failed and both gave up but I will continue to use kinetic energy until forced to change although as I look ahead only a little way I can see direction and momentum is a vector and has direction,  But doesn’t kinetic energy also have a velocity component?

  7112033. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 03/12/2020 XXXXXXX
  7112034. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 03/12/2020 XXXXXXX
           3122020. Before we approach Heisenberg we have to present him with the problems of day one and day four of creation. On day one the earth had existed for 12 hours before any light/radiation appeared so they were independent but on day four when the light was created it already contain both a particle and wave nature. I have a feeling that when Heisenberg looked at this that he would say, “this is not my area. I do use particles and radiation but not for this purpose. I have been asked to calculate/define the position of a particle, an electron and to determine its momentum/kinetic energy and to do this I am shining radiation of different wavelengths on this electron. If the waves are very close together, short wavelength then I have more chance of hitting this electron and watching where the waves are deflected to and therefore coming back and finding its position. The problem with short wavelength is even though it gives me more chance of finding its position it is like a train hitting a car and from this expecting me to work out the momentum of the car. The striking force is far too great in order to do this. I need a striking force of similar energy to that of a car and then I can watch it being absorbed but the problem is with low energy radiation it has very long wavelengths and therefore little chance of hitting the car in the first place. Lastly Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle is that I can only determine one of those at a time. The problem that you have is that you seek a relationship between quantum mechanics and relativity and as there is only one basic unit of force that pervades the universe and that is gravity your solution must be within gravity itself. I get on quite a high when I realise I’m dabbling in the mysteries of God and His creation and I am not wasting my time providing that I am here on the condition of, “Glorified be your name!” If I am here and can see that I am putting the skids under the theory of evolution or the Big Bang that I am quite encouraged by this but quantum physics is another matter. The question here is does God use chance? Does God throw the dice? Just because God created us and gave us a free will so that we can obey and this obey Him does not mean that God is throwing the dice which He could quite easily have done had not given us that free will in the first place. I do not accept that being given a free will is the same as throwing advice especially if we are in full control of the free will. If quantum physics or metaphysics moves into another world or dimension than what is being examined is the result of choice and the ultimate gift of love that God can give us is to give us a free will. It is on this ground that we move forward on and try to analyse the events of day one and day for creation and even day three comes in when the seed bearing plants are created in the presence of divine light but then on day six when other plants are created in the presence of ordinary light we will seek some correlation between these two events.
           3122021. With all these possibilities floating around one wonders whether this is the right time. Miraculous forces holding up logs, unimaginable creation of countless stars yet no throne room of God to be seen, the Chinese are about to return to earth carrying moon rocks, if genuine are they going to be different to the ones here on earth and the creation question itself is mind-boggling. Should we be worrying about these now at a time when the world stops only once a year to consider the birth of the one Who did all this; Jesus Christ. Shouldn’t Christians out of any people be the 1st to place the focus on to this day as most of the rest of the world only have an X here; Xmas is about the best that they can do nowadays. But it is Scripture itself that demands where the focal point is going to be in the focal point is as Jesus Christ is our creator. I am not aware certainly not of many ministries that focus our attention as Christ the creator. What happened in that time were unbelievable and detrimental effects that occurred to the Holy Trinity and the damage that was caused at this point will never be recovered. Jesus did do this for us so that we can be with Him in eternity forever and this should indicate at least to some extent the love of Jesus Christ. Yes we should be celebrating and commemorating the beginning of this momentous event which came into being with the birth of our Creator and also went on to become our Redeemer. Having made a defence for the study of interpreting Genesis in terms of events around us as last year I will probably switch over and just concentrate on what the Bible says about the birth of Jesus. I would do so now if I was having no success in interpreting the Bible as a science book even though there is still a long way to go. The Bible is written as a science book and its science is reliable, the Bible was written as a history book and its history is reliable and the Bible is written as a book of archaeology and its archaeology is reliable. Therefore as a book of salvation it is also reliable. I am going to try one more return to Genesis before Christmas but if not successful I will just concentrate on the Christmas events and come back to Genesis after. If these moon rocks that are soon to return are genuine what differences would we expect to the ones here on earth? Forget that lot from NASA they have proven to be a fraud on so many occasions and are a disgrace to science in their mad push for evolution or absurdity and even insanity. At first they contained no water and this is what the best laboratories in the world said and today they contain more water than if they had been formed under the oceans of the earth. This variation does not help their cause it only proves fraud. The moon rocks were not created until day four and in the presence of the life that we know today which is made up of waves and particles. Our earth is unique in the universe as it was the only planet that was formed on day one and of creation and it did not have light added to it until 12 hours after it had been formed and that was divine light and that light does not have a particle nature about it is that the difference that we are looking for between quantum mechanics and relativity? A connection between particles or waves? To begin to answer this we still need to be able to account for those forces of off up thrusts that are holding up our log. At times I see their connection to gravity itself but at times I do not. Gravity is a universal force that exists between any two objects which exist within time. Up, down, sideways in any and all directions and if it predominates it is because there are masses of dominance present. This is not the case for centrifugal forces which can only operate relative to a spinning object and if that spinning object is earth or the solar system or the galaxy or creation then they can only operate relative to that spin regardless of where you are and not configure themselves which gravity is capable of doing. The whole thing can only work if those forces begin on a micro scale, atomic scale or even subatomic scale and from here they can add on to what we see today depending on the number of atoms that are present. Gravity also begins on a subatomic scale and it is from here that we must begin our commentary. Subatomic gravity is no problem as within the throne room of God exists the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ and coupled with the divine light inside this throne room gravity originates and fills our universe to the extent that it does today. Thus it must also be with the spin vector which is a part of every atom and therefore can fill the universe in a way which is dependent on the number of atoms and their density. The spam that is the issue must therefore come from the rotation of the throne room of God and presumably this will also occur in the new universe.  XXX04/12/2020 XX revised 05122020
           3122022. 4122020. For a fair time now I have realised that in order to explain gravity as a basic force of nature that I would have to begin from the micro and work my way out. But it was seeing the variety of upward forces, centrifugal forces and the number of directions from which they operate that made me realise that this was now a necessity. Much work now has to be done to make this realisation into a reality and within the field of chemistry no bonds and ionic bonds and covalent bonds and metallic bonds and dative bonds and Van Der Waals forces and surface phenomena and spectroscopy and electrochemistry and nuclear chemistry and Thermo chemistry and many other chemistries will now have to come under one umbrella and that is of gravity. There is no doubt therefore that we are at the beginning but so far at least as we move from one day to another in creation week there seems to be more light shed on the previous day. As we leave the topic for a future journey we have stumbled on as far as day four and leave with the open question of what differences are we going to expect when genuine moon rocks are returned to earth. Day four creation as against day one of creation. Many meteorites have arrived on earth from day four of creation but the problem is that as they entered the earth’s atmosphere they melted and when they re-crystallised they did so within our present atmosphere and this in itself may have caused major changes. It is a fascinating topic and should crystallise some of the ideas that I have got out of reading the first few verses of Genesis. They began with the raw data of 12 hours of darkness and into which was introduced our first component and that was time period it had a physical meaning and it also had a spiritual application. Into this darkness planet Earth was created and it was the only object created and therefore it has a property of firstborn and in the Bible firstborn has many privileges regardless of what it was the firstborn of God. The problems that this creation would cause Him and the first of those are paired on the morning of the first day in that the Holy Spirit had made some sort of separation and was hovering over the waters of the deep. This separation of the Holy Spirit would go on to become permanent at the death of the first witness of John the Baptist. This separation would further proceed on Good Friday when Jesus would call, “Father, why have you forsaken me!” This creation did indeed cause unfathomable harm to God but it did go ahead when God commanded the presence of light a command to which the Holy Spirit responded. It is at this point that I have the physical quantity of gravity appearing and it had much work to do. That work would have been greater had the centrifugal forces which were already here had been turned on and operating. These forces were not turned on until the morning of the second day when they were in a small part responsible for lifting all that water from the earth’s surface and into the sky where they would become the fence posts of the sanctuary of the God of creation. They intern would combine with the forces of gravity on day three and the combined unit with them float the continents to the required level. On a physical scale the combination of light and time gave gravity but on a spiritual scale the combination was the formation of The Christ and thus we have another separation. The Christ was thus only responsible for everything that happened after the flash of light that occurred at 6 AM on the first day and thus the curiosity and asking the question of the difference between the rocks of the creation of darkness of the first day and the creation that was to follow on day four. And on even day four we have left some thoughts. With the combination of forces that existed on day three it was possible for life to exist and that life was formed when the earth was covered in vegetation on the latter part of that day but still in the presence of divine light. That life that was created on day three was to about to change its nature on day four and that it would be given an ability to obey and disobey God and there were provisions made just for this alternative by the One who was in charge of supervising creation at this stage, The Christ. There was preparation made for the creation of the angelic hosts and for the appearance of both the beast and sin. Just like the saints will be onlookers as the new creation is taking place of the new universe in some 1800 years time so the angels when they were created they were too onlookers of the events of day four. To be onlookers The Christ first had to create for them a place or a platform from which they could see all those stars being created. Christ first had to create a tent of meeting and/or the garden of Eden and an issue with which we still have to struggle with on day four of creation. We too will see every star and heavenly body that will be created, each will be given a name, each will be given a position and a purpose for its existence even though there will be one with 20 or 30 zeros after it! It is see

                    ing this actual creation that Satan and the angelic hosts of the advantage over humanity who do not see this actually happened but it could also be the reason for their downfall in that Satan wanted to reproduce the same thing. Actually Satan and all the angels went also to see the creation of Adam and Eve as well as the fish and the birds and other animals and no doubt Satan would like to be able to create all these things but when he was given one choice with Jesus and His suffering in the desert Satan chose to have the ability and control over Jesus to command Jesus to turn inorganic into organic, death to life or stones into bread. We leave Genesis for the time being and the next topic in our study is the Book of Deuteronomy and are subject we have been through twice now. I would like to think that I have understood this book to a level of about 20% and if the next time through I get another 20% out of it I will leave it and go and cover some other topic, probably Joshua.

                    Deuteronomy verse one;

                    ‘ These are the words Moses spoke to all Israel in the desert east of the Jordan – that is, in the Arabah – opposite Suph, between Paran and Tophel, Laban,Hazeroth and Dizahab.’ [In Deuteronomy we are beginning a very specific journey and how specific is defined from the very first verse. It is not going to be just a matter of a group of saints being lifted up and popped into the throne room of God where they will live happily forevermore! No we are going to begin with the arrival at the end of a very long march and what happened to us and our fellow travellers along the way indicate that the basic nature of the Bible is history. It is good to know where we have come from but most of the details, the nuts and bolts read very unpleasant history and something we want to forget and certainly don’t want to take it over into eternity. It is still the marshalling ground and here it will lie the reasons why so many were present in the book of Numbers but so few are going to leave and go through the doorway.

                    Verse two; {‘ it takes 11 days to go from Horeb to Kadesh Barnea by the mount Seir Road}’ [and such is the story of life! If Adam and Eve are two of the members of the final crossing party which I am sure they will be then it will have taken humanity some 7800 years to do the journey which the Bible records in quite amazing detail. But it is also the history of the journey of each individual and prayerfully one of those will be JK. I could have done it in 11 days but Jesus chose to make that 11 day journey into a 40 year journey and I will be able to tell you the reasons for this when I am up there. So far a part of our journey consisted of at least one day and that was on Good Friday on 14 – 01 – 3889 where the destiny of my journey and that of every other human being ever conceived was determined. All 14 billion of them or whatever the number is. There is still going to be about 1800 years of checking and crosschecking to see if any mistakes were made, to see if anyone missed out who should not have missed out and only when this thorough crosschecking has finished will the end come. The Book of Revelation tells us that there are at least two books that will be checked and I think Deuteronomy will be in there as well. One value of the latter years of life is that they become a good book of anatomy and the list of tissues and organs comes into focus by the pain that they produce. Right now my problems are focused on the digestion and my body does not agree that I am entitled to some little treats of food. And this rebellion when coupled with my computer horrors whenever I touch a key screen goes black can make it into a difficult day. At the end of the day when I try to publish it really plays up and when it does publish it publishes the uncorrected version even though I press control S at the end of it so much so I think I will switch to publishing on the next day. At the end of the day it will be the same as for the Canaanite woman and it will be a journey of faith. Verse three; ‘In the 40^th year, on the first day of the 11^th month, Moses proclaimed to the Israelites all that the Lord had commanded him concerning them’. [On planet Earth it was Moses who led God’s people on a physical journey and it is from this step that Jesus wants us to look up to heaven to see the heavenly equivalent and the concise details and the picture it will give us will be of quite a surprise as to how much detail will be given between leaving this universe and being planted into the throne room of God. Details will be worked out and given it out of the day and even down to the hour. Moses is at 01 – 11 – 40.] Verse four; ‘this was after he had defeated Sihon king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon and  Edrei had defeated Og King of Bashan, reigned in Ashtaroth’ [in the heavenly spheres it is not going to be Moses who is leading us but Jesus Christ and I am in going to try to make the substitution and push the earthly analogy upwards as far as I can. Doing this literally now it is 40 years since we left heaven after the wedding feast and our marriage to Jesus and we have just fought two battles against the beast and that against Satan and the next major event should now be The Day of Atonement. Verse five; ‘East of the Jordan in the territory of Moab Moses began to expound this law saying:’ [I would have no problems if this law was the 10 Commandments but it is not or not entirely at least. It is going to finish up being formulated to form the essential part of the song of Moses. So it is a summary of what happened and out of which will be extracted a heavenly portion which will also constitute a law as expressed in the song of Moses. It seems like a very strong word to use, a law with all the sin and evil that is about to be committed but this is the point of the book of Deuteronomy. It is about the achievements and how they happened of Moses/Jesus just before they die. Moses literally after he sees the promised land but Jesus is now going to hand over his ministry From the Son of Man To the Son of God and that role or that phase of the Ministry of Jesus which began at 3 PM on Good Friday on Mount Calvary will now be gone. Jesus thus gives us this summary and every part of it was important and every part of it is called, “This law!”

           XXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           XXXXXXXXXXXX 05/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXs

           5122020. Deuteronomy 1:7; ‘Break camp and advance into the hill country of the Amorites: go to all the neighbouring peoples in the Arabah, in the mountains, in the western foothills, in the Negev and along the coast, to the land of the Canaanites and to the Lebanon, as far as the great river, the Euphrates’. [We are told that the Israelites spend a long time at this mountain which has two names; Sinai and Horeb. The end of the journey from this mountain has the same destination and that is the banks of the Jordan, crossing the Jordan via the Day of Atonement entering Canaan by Jericho is only a possibility. The start of this journey was actually Egypt itself and that was on 01 – 01 – 01. The name Horeb was an acquired name which came into play when this journey was interrupted because of the events on Mount Calvary when some 4000 years of time were added to it. The fact that the Israelites have now left this mountain after a long time indicates that the split within the name has occurred, it is not just Sinai but the possibility of Horeb has now occurred and the death of Moses/Jesus is inevitable. It would require an analysis at a different level and following a map as to where these places were.] Verse eight; ‘See, I have given you this land. Going in and take possession of the land that the Lord swore he would give to your fathers – to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob – and to their descendants after them.” [ At this stage the text seems to be pointing us to an earthly heaven and therefore no cross on Good Friday but then again it may just be the earthly step. The appointment of leaders] verse nine; ‘At the time I said to you, “You are too heavy a burden for me to carry alone. The Lord your God has increased your numbers so that today you are as many as the stars in the sky.’ [There is little doubt that leaders are required and have been required and will be required by the church whilst on this earth but once in heaven all that we will need will be Jesus and we will have Him on a continual basis. It does not matter if my apartment in heaven has the apostles Peter and Paul as my neighbours and John the Baptist and Mary the mother of Jesus on the other side of the street and Elijah and Enoch as my neighbours over the back fence they will all count for nought as I will be clothed in fine linen or the Holy Spirit and the Holy Spirit will explain the beauty of Christ robe of righteousness and why Jesus did for the to get me into heaven. Other relationships will no doubt be there but only a tiny part of the fabric of the robe of righteousness of Jesus Christ. Many changes will have to occur within this body and in the meantime I need props and safeguards

           Page 130

           to carry me through this imperfect faith.] Verse 11; ‘May the Lord, the God of your fathers, increase you a thousand times and bless you as he has promised!’ [Clearly the referral to the number of stars must be metaphorical as it would take an earth many other planets to be able to hold this number but the idea is that it will be a complete number and not one short and not one to many as you would expect from a creation of God] verse 12-13; ‘But how can I bear your problems and your burdens and your disputes all by myself? Choose some wise, understanding and respected men from each of your tribes, and I will set them over you.’ [Clearly this is an earthly component and will not even apply after the second coming. It is the fact that Moses is now delivering this law in the 40^th year of 01 – 11 – 40 when he is about to die also an earthly component? If not and it is to be repeated up there then counting backwards we would have; the Day of Atonement on 10 – 07 – 486 count seven days back while Jesus is in a period of defilement for accepting all those 70 trillion sins as His, the fires of hell are extinguished after the battle against Satan on 02 – 07 – 486 go back another 1250 days for the battle against the beast go back another six months or a total of four years until we left heaven riding behind the rider of the white horse. Go back another one year for the Holy Spirit to arrive from planet Earth and be moulded as our fine linen and the wedding to take place and the total of about five years. This would mean that some special event 35 years before this time occurred in heaven which prepared us for the wedding that would take place and all of this is certainly a possibility. All this time we will have our eyes on Jesus except those seven days when He goes into defilement, and we will not require any leaders and there will certainly not be any problems of any sort anywhere. It will be nice to meet and talk to other people who have the same relationship with Jesus that we have. They are a very rare item on this earth !  That is in heaven and it cannot be compared to what we have to go through on this earth as we undertake this journey.] Verse 15; ‘So I took the leading men of your tribes, wise and respected men, and appointed them to have authority over you – as commanders of thousands, of hundreds of 50s and tens and as tribal officials.’ [There may be one heaven but it is split into 12 suburbs and we will have communal activities. Before we get into the throne room itself those divisions will be more marked and the reason for the divisions will be to get rid of them. It will not be as on earth where it doesn’t matter what the problem is or what the question is all we have to do is to point to Jesus as a solution but up there we will be expected to know why Jesus is a solution and what He has done for us. To achieve this superior level of knowledge we will have to be individually tutored in fairly small groups and this process has been described to us in chapter 7 and eight in the Book of Numbers. We will all remain as glasses of a different size and therefore will be filled with a different level of knowledge in order to be fully filled. Down here that system is more fully explained in verse 15.] Verse 16; ‘And I charge your judges at that time: Hearing disputes between your brothers and judge fairly, whether in the case is between brother Israelites or between one of them and of alien.’ [Something which is supposed to happen down here on earth and whenever it doesn’t happen it causes such incalculable harm to the Christian because but like all other wrongs they are recorded and will have to be righted. There is no other option if the lawgiver is righteous.] Versus 1718; ‘do not show partiality in judging; here both small and great alike. Do not be afraid of any man, for the judgement belongs to God. Bring me any case too hard for you, and I will hear it. And at that time I told you everything you were to do.’ [The rules were clearly marked out and the closer  the Israelites stuck to these rules the better things went for them and disaster was the result whenever they strayed from them and this principle also applies to societies since that time.] Spies sent out and verse 19; ‘Then, as the Lord our God commanded us, we set out from Horeb and went toward the hill country of the Amorites through all had vast and dreadful desert that you have seen, so we reached Kadesh Barnea.’ [Much time in Scripture is spent on this journey and so is all of our lives. Why doesn’t Jesus just trim off all

           Page 131

           the bad parts and leave us with the bits that we need to heaven? This question inevitably will lead to questioning why Jesus had to go to the cross on Good Friday and why didn’t he avoid it? And that is the same question as asking Jesus why didn’t He have to creaer heaven fall of automated robots playing endless songs of praise? It is not just a question that every Christian will have to wrestle with but it should be the first question to be wrestled with as all else seems so pointless! Firstly let us give credit to this Jesus Whom we have been calling The Christ in the book of Genesis and looking at the complexity of His creation which is so bewildering we cannot seem to start to get traction on it that this person will be the first 1 to think of another solution if that were in fact possible. As difficult as harsh as all these things are in time they do not represent either one drop of water in the ocean. The solution to perfection may be a lot of horrible things but it is indeed very short and what is 7800 odd years and what will turn out to be an infinite number of years?

           I always have difficulty in writing up the subject about my journey on earth particularly when I am on the treadmill of those difficulties. The last few days I have been on this treadmill and no problem was not too many twisties and I should be able to use Scripture especially Moses to admit that problems can get too much and to back off and have a rest and not regard that as a weakness or another success by Satan. The few days rest would allow the battery to be recharged rather than running on a flat battery all the time. But on the other side of the coin I have had some of my greatest revelations whilst running on a  flat battery and therefore this was a Satanic attempt to stop me from receiving these revelations. In the meantime I will soldier on as best as I can and today there has not been one glitch in my operating system. I wonder whether this will translate as no mistakes on the Internet? In the meantime I want to imagine where this scene will actually play out in the heaven above where Moses/Jesus is about to die and is recounting history. This history lesson is very important as I can see the doorway with brilliant lights on it which I know are actually drops of blood from the Passover Lamb. There is also probably a big clock on the doorway so I know when I’ll be going through this doorway and into the new universe. I have to steady myself on an earthly step and the history from where I came as by taking the heavenly step and into the eternities of the future I will be leaving most of this behind. Yes Eden2 is going to stay as an archive stuck on the outer edge of the new universe because no concept of evil or sin will be allowed over there. Even the bits that remain in the archives will not have any of the bad things that I did but they will contain the good things that Jesus did in order to counter them. If Jesus is giving us this history lesson and it is the 1250 day tutorial that he gives when he leaves us behind and goes out to earth and clearly both eyes and ears will be focused on Jesus down there although I am aware of the fact that the clock is ticking and how much longer is to go. If this earthly step is played out down here then it doesn’t match what happened to Moses. Before Moses died he was shown Canaan and even as far as Jericho. For this to be equated with where I am standing Jesus would have to be on the Cross of Atonement where He is about to die in His role as the Son of Man, be shown Canaan and Jericho and then die and when resurrected He will not be a part of us as He is today but we will be a part of Him and that will be as The Son of God. It certainly seems feasible that any morphological changes that are going to occur to us in preparation for entry into the throne room of God will occur at this stage. So yes, whilst listening to this what is called Law in Scripture I am fascinated and want to know where I have come from. My genealogy is not traced back to Adam and Eve but only back 40 years when under the guidance of Moses we left Egypt. The banner that we marched under on that day of 01 – 01 – 01 was as God’s people and we wanted to leave behind the slavery of sin. Then something went drastically wrong soon after and the details of which we are soon to learn about and where Mount Sinai became Mount Horeb. I still struggle as to whether my journey on this soon to disappear earth should be counted from Egypt and therefore under Moses or should it be counted

           Page 132

           from Mount Calvary and under Jesus and as from 14 – 01 – 3889. But all journeys regardless of whom and when actually pass through Good Friday on Mount Calvary where their destinations are stamped. My active part of the journey was particularly short but not so when I look at the clock on the doorway and think what is soon to happen. I will pass through this doorway with a very clear understanding of where I have been and where I am going and why so very few of those created beings even the ones that shows to join us in our journey are coming across. (+86664 +3100)

  7112035. XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 06/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           6122020. Verse 22; ‘Then all of you came to me and said, “Let us send men ahead to spy out the land for us and bring back a report about the route we are to take and the towns we will come to.” [When Jesus is giving us our final summary of our history of this earth in those 1250 days, will he also tell us about the spies? You bet He will! It is because of the spies that over 600,000 names were taken out of the book of life and only Kaleb and Joshua remained. None of the others got across to Canaan and they died in the Sinai desert. They all went to Moses to ask for spies because they all had doubts. Where their faith should have leaned them in a positive direction instead it moved them backwards. It was not a blind faith and they had seen the miracles of the parting of the red Sea and the death of all firstborn Egyptians in man and beast. If you count the other nine plagues as well the journey that began on 01 – 01 – 01 from Egypt was indeed based on a concrete foundation. They sent, we will not be sending or asking to send any spies because the new universe is not yet formed and there is nothing outside of the door and even if there were by this stage we will be fully committed to Jesus and move unquestionably wherever He wants us to go. So down here it was a bit of a surprise that they wanted Moses to send spies. In our own neck of the woods just before the second coming and the great tribulation faith will also be the operative word. Believing that Jesus died for me on the cross of Good Friday will certainly have a major contribution to my faith. On the other side of the ledger is the many prayers that I prayed that seem to be unanswered, so badly at times that I wondered whether Jesus was there at all but what I cannot deny as happening is the act of creation. Jesus Christ is by Creator and to do that He had to come from, “In the beginning God” and what Jesus had to suffer from coming before the beginning of the beginning and then after the beginning. It doesn’t matter from what angle I look at this question, the question remains valid and proves that in order to do this Jesus had to show they the full extent of His love. The act of denying this one event will determine my final destination. This gory situation is happening at the hands of Satan today we Christians are being beheaded and if I am in the situation and I see the sword come out of its sheath and is lifted up and begins its downward fateful journey and I like Stephen the first church martyr look up to heaven but unlike Stephen and not shown the beauty of heaven itself so there cannot be any pain at such wonder I will still stand on that tenet of faith; you love me so much you created me so that I could be with you forever more! But then again as we have seen there will be literally hundreds of millions of people who will die for their Jesus and still go to hell! If that is not an impossibility then what is? I along with that Roman soldier who came down to arrest Jesus on the Thursday night in Gethsemane am forced to ask, “Who is this Jesus?” But what an achievement and the thrill that it would be to have heaven opened up to us at this critical moment and know that our death is being used, “Glorified be your name!” Such a critical time and of such critical importance and how can so many people get it so wrong! When they do finally meet Jesus He will not be telling them I do not know you but He is going to say to them, “go away from me I NEVER knew you!” And the most difficult part of this to accept is that if I am the recipients of those words then my instantaneous reaction is going to be not on any thoughts that I had or did not have, on any words

           Page 133

           that I said or did not say for any actions that I did or did not do but on one word and that word is Jesus!

           Versus 23- 25; ‘the idea seemed good to me: so I selected 12 of you, one man from each tribe. They left and went up into the hill country, and came to the valley of Eschol and explored it. Taking with them some of the fruit of the land, they brought it down to us and reported, “It is good land the Lord our God is giving us.”’  [ We have already seen the story of the spies in the Book of Numbers and the fascinating part of it was the fruit that the spies brought back home were massive grapes on massive branches. Here we are about to enter the promised land and one of the important fruits is going to be that of the grape.. At the time I desperately tried to couple it with the drink offerings that we were going to offer once we got across the river and into Canaan. If those grapes were to produce an alcoholic drink then I would put the cap Back on the Biro and stop the blogging now. That option where the grade could produce fermented and non-fermented drink was present in Eden on earth at the which beginning of creation but mankind were told to stay away from that option under the threat of death. By choosing that option Adam and Eve chose to disobey God and introduced the greatest curse that was possible to planet Earth and it has remained as such ever since. I know why out of all fruit that was available to Jesus that He chose the juice out of a grape to represent His precious blood but this Jesus did. The final comparison between good and evil road use will be made at the end of time when the blood of the evil which is ponded in a river some 200 miles long catches alight and whether destroys this universe. This is compared against blood that flowed from the body of Jesus Christ on Good Friday on Mount Calvary at 4 PM after the end of the sacrifice of the sacrificial lamb, this blood will also be gathered separately and when applied it will produce life eternal to all those who accept it and to think that it is the humble grape that is used in such an analogy. It is indeed a privileged fruit! Wheat to be used in bread to represent the body of Jesus Christ and grape to be used as the drink offering to represent the blood of Jesus Christ makes them privileged fruits indeed! Verse 26-29; ‘But you are unwilling to go up; you rebelled against the command of the Lord your God. You grumbled in your tents and said, “The Lord hates us; so he brought us out of Egypt to deliver us into the hands of the Amorites to destroy us. Where can we go? Our brothers have made us lose heart. They said, “the people are stronger and taller than we are; the city is a large, and the walls up to the sky. We even saw the Anakites Mount.”” Then I said to you, “do not be terrified; do not be afraid of them.’ [The initial request to ask for spies was just a façade for their lack of faith as this result shows. If God had shown them something of a lesser scale would have complained that it was not worthwhile going into. Now that God has shown them something on a greater scale and again they don’t want to go, Gods cannot win either way. The lack of faith will close all doors!  (+88024 +3100)s

  7112036. XXXXXXXXXXXXX 07/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           7122020. Verse 29; ‘then I said to you, “Do not be terrified, do not be afraid of them, the Lord your God, who is going before you, will fight for you, as he did for you in Egypt, before your very eyes, and in the desert. There you saw how the Lord your God carried you, as a father carries his son, all the way you went to the rich this place.” [ We are enthralled as we stand and listen to the history of our nation and of our people of which we are but a tiny part. It is not just me as an individual that God has put up with so much but it is the history of the nation as a whole with which this has happened. And the wonder of it all is still though I am standing here and listening to this 1250 day tutorial and just before these final events and entry into the new universe. There was never any doubt about the result once I was swept up at the second coming of Jesus and given Christ robe of righteousness on entry into heaven. Then all those down days and doubt there was still encouragement and reminders to go back a little into our lives to see why Jesus has already done for us and if allowed

           Page 134

           will continue to do so. ] Verse 32; ‘In spite of this, you do not trust in the Lord your God, who went ahead of you on the journey, in fire by night and in a cloud by day, to search out places for you to camp and to show you the way you should go.” [ In the beginning when God began His creation He knew exactly how many would make it into the final universe. He knew our every fault and our every fall and how much hurt it would cause Him. If there are going to be 144 million saints in heaven and out of a total population of 14 billion than this is indeed a tiny fraction but the situation is far worse when you consider how many people set out to be one of God’s people and for whatever reason dropped out of the journey. These people too have/had confessed sins which were also taken to the cross of Good Friday and forgiven and obliterated. And then on top of all this came 70 trillion sins which were not confessed and to which Jesus Himself will have to plead guilty to and will be indelibly sustained by the mark that they will leave. Jesus has indeed suffered much for His creation but looking into the future billions and trillions of years Jesus decided that it was all worthwhile and went ahead with it anyway. It would probably not make any difference today if we were followed by cloud in the day and a pillar of fire at night time which actually manifests itself as the Holy Spirit.] Verse 34; ‘When the Lord heard what you said, he was angry and solemnly swore: “no man of this evil generation shall see the good land I swore to your forefathers, except Caleb son of  Jephunneh. Who will see it, and I will give him and his descendants the land that he said his feet on, because he followed the Lord wholeheartedly.’ [I have to stop saying that it was Caleb and Joshua who made it out of that 600,000 that initially left Egypt. It was only Caleb because Joshua is counted in the priestly line of the Levite’s and they get their own book. The book of the Levite’s was not opened in the final judgement of Revelation chapter 20 because that was the execution of the judgement of the evil and they were categorised as at the time of the second coming the wicked dead and the wicked living and I took 7 billion as the two lots. Caleb was a part of the congregation and in the book of the congregation and I will only use his name as the sole survivor of the 600,000 whose names were entered into the book of life as recorded in the Book of Numbers. It is a shockingly low number and we are now being given reasons why this number is so low.] Verse 37; ‘because of you the Lord became angry with me and said, “you shall not enter it, either. But with your assistance Joshua Son of Nun, will enter it. Encourage him, because he will lead Israel to inherited. And the little ones that you said will be taken captive, your children who do not yet know good from bad – they will enter the land. I will give to them – they will enter the land. I will give to them and they will take possession of it. But as far as you, turnaround and set out towards the desert along the road to the red Sea.’ [Doing a paragraph by paragraph commentary was not my intention and to get that sort of detail I will still have to return at least one more time to Deuteronomy. [Joshua is included but was some connection to Moses and is not counted as congregation. Moses includes himself with his congregation is going to die but for different reasons and certainly not for the lack of faith in the news that the spies bought. This relationship between Moses and the congregation and both is going to die is indeed deep theology that will require a more thorough analysis. What it seems to be saying is that when Jesus joins us, in fact has already joined us as on the cross of 3 PM on Good Friday of Mount Calvary that He knows that He is you going to die but not for the same reasons as we would die. He will not die for lack of faith nor would He die for rebellion and going to war against God. Moses died for something we refuse to accept the responsibility of as being evil. He was forced into what he did and if he did not bring water out of that rock at Meribah congregation would have killed him anyway. The breakdown between the comparison with Moses and Jesus is now so strained that it is bordering on blasphemy. Yes Jesus is going to die for unconfessed unintentional sins but He does not blame us for them. Actually by pleading guilty to these sins Jesus is blaming Himself for them. (+89120 +3100)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 08/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 08/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           8122020. Even though the topic is now Deuteronomy verse 37 I still continue to be fascinated by the differences of creation of day four and day one and how to pick the differences. I am focused on a particular star and shining the light from it on a piece of cardboard which has two pinpricks in it. The light is passing through these holes as parallel beams but at a particular time I note that the beams are bent, diffracted as they passed through the holes. I quickly put a screen behind it and note that not only is the light bent but is producing interference fringes as well. From this I conclude that the particle nature of the light has arrived and because of the force of gravity there is an attraction between them and the hole that they passed through. This light has now been travelling for 3889 years (from creation to the cross) +1990 years (from the cross to today ??) Or a total of 5879 years. I would expect to see this occurrence from now and for a long time to come. It would certainly generate some interest if all the light from all the stars also followed this behaviour. My attempted explanation of chemistry in terms of the force of gravity has also received some impetus in that valency is now on the board at this time around our focus is on Deuteronomy and the issues here are now so complex that I will have to enter into the square bracket mode. [Last night and I thought through the issues I thought that I had solved the problem of the waters of Meribah and Moses in the desert and the water that emerges out of the ash after the sacrifice of the red heifer and the solution was the reason why Jesus had to go to the cross of the Day of Atonement in order to get rid of those remaining 70 trillion sins but this does not seem to be the answer as I try to recall these issues today. So I am just going to recall what I can now from these amazing verses. Both the congregation and Moses are now going to die. Moses is a representative of Jesus Christ in the old Testament and if this is what is happening now than Moses would be dying for the of the congregation which is what Jesus did on the cross of Good Friday and this of itself was one sacrifice made up of 9 AM to 3 PM and then the burnt offering from 3 PM to 4 PM. But this is not what is happening now and Moses is going to die for the sin that he himself committed against the water in the rock of Meribah. He is not representing Jesus Christ for us on Good Friday of Mount Calvary but he is representing himself and in a way could be said that the sin that he committed on this day with Aaron was due to the pressure that was placed on them by the congregation, so there is an indirect route between them. There was a second sacrifice on Good Friday on Mount Calvary on 14 – 01 – 3889 that was when Jesus allowed that Roman spear to spill the water and the blood from the body of Jesus Christ. Much has already been said about the blood that flowed from the side of Jesus at that time as it is the blood contains life within it. What about the water as it is water that contains the sustenance of life. In the chapter on the red heifer we are told that Eleazar the priest sprinkles the blood of Jesus Christ towards the tent of meeting at 9 AM on Good Friday. There is a tent of meeting in existence at this time and it is in close proximity to the throne room of God itself and it is in this region that the saints will spend of the first 1900 odd years of their existence of the eternities to come. We are not told that this blood actually reaches this doorway but that it is thrown towards this doorway and is blood from the first sacrifice of 9 AM to 4 PM. Both the water and the blood from the sacrifice that began at 4 PM with a thrust of that Roman spear have a different role which we have been trying to follow for awhile now. It all depends whether Jesus was still the Passover Lamb because it is the blood of the Passover lamb which symbolically in Egypt at least prevented the angel of death killing the firstborn male within any household that had that blood on its doorframes and it is this blood on the door frame into the new universe which will prevent anyone from living inside of it from ever dying. There is only one place where we can go other than in the new universe and that is inside of the Museum, Eden2 which is stuck to the edge of it and the only time we come out will be with Jesus anyway. This museum necessitates that the tent of meeting all the earth that we will be living on is close to the edge and not like in this universe where it can be in the middle. If Eden2 is indeed the ponding area for all the water from the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place then it will have to be fairly close to the edge. There will not have to be any purification processes as this water can in no way be contaminated, it is merely storage and pumped back to under the throne to again begin its journey. When the new universe has been completed it will take us seven days to file over from Eden2 again indicating that the new earth is close by and not out in the middle of the new universe. As the new universe is being created again it is an indication that we are close by that we see the continents floating, the creation of fish and birds and animals and vegetation but that is not saying that miraculous acts could not occur and that the new earth is in fact in the middle of the universe or at least near it. Also if we are at the edge there is going to be one giant torch which will shine across the universe and restore the free energy as it is required but it can only generate light in a forward direction and not back through the 1600 miles foundations and then it the earth itself to light up what is underneath it. This torch is the throne room of God and the eternal source of light.

           So far we have the dual problems of the rebelling congregation and the issues introduced by both Aaron and Moses at the rock of Meribah and the solution to the problems of Moses as the letting of the water and the blood from the body of Jesus at 4 PM on Good Friday. How does the ordinance of the red heifer now tie these two together and what is still left untied? The red heifer answers many of the significant problems that we face. One of them was our entry into the most holy place, the throne room of God and not being struck down and just laying there dumbfounded in the presence of God. We had been in the presence of Jesus on the new universe and despite all the preparation there would be no point taking us into the throne room of God. When you consider the preparation they were had already been through and could go no further, it was only then that Jesus produced the ordinance of the red heifer and this was the last resort and if this failed there was nothing else that could be done, we should not have been brought up here and should have been left behind in the old universe. Jesus should not have undertaken the task of clearing those 70 trillion unconfessed and unintentional sins.

  7112037. 90484 +3100XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 09122020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           9122020. The only thing that Jesus can do for me now to prepare me for entry into The Most Holy Place or the throne room of God is to show me what actually happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. Here now is the real contrast between holiness and perfection as present in the manifestation of God in the form of Jesus Christ and this now is contrasted against its antonym; sin. To get rid of this sin, and the only way to get rid of this sin is to place it on the sinless body of Jesus Christ and for me to personally push him into the incinerator. Jesus tells me that he loves me so much and He wants me to be with Him for the eternities to come but the only way that this can happen is if I push Him into the fires, which I did some 2000 years ago. There is no doubt in my mind now as to how welcome I am going to be welcomed within the throne room of God and I now look forward to being placed in there with Jesus. Just this one act of experiencing what happened back then on Good Friday is enough to require cleansing from the waters of Meribah, this is the water that flowed from the ash that remained after the fire in the incinerator has subsided and this is the water that remained on Good Friday on Mount Calvary within the body of Jesus Christ after He too had spent six hours in the incinerator. To be welcomed is one thing but to be welcome to that extent as shown with the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ is another thing altogether and cannot even begin to be experienced on this earth. So we have followed one stream of the water beginning with

           Page 137

           Moses and Aaron sinning against the water of Meribah. There is no doubt in my mind that both Aaron and Moses would have confessed the sin that they committed on that day against the water that was in the rock of Meribah. Not only was this a serious sin it was committed by God’s two representatives here on earth; the high priest whom I thought was God’s representative and Moses who was even higher. This water was now stained and had to be expelled and expelled it was on Good Friday on Mount Calvary at 4 PM by the Roman spear. But at what point could the water be returned to the body of Jesus Christ? Did it have to wait until all sin and all doubt had been removed? Why did Jesus have to go to the cross of the Day of Atonement in order to do this? After all evil as concentrated within the river of blood that was 200 miles long was going to be destroyed in Peter’s conflagration when that fire would destroy this whole universe? Why could not the 70 trillion sins were destroyed within this fire? Why do we need a Day of Atonement? The Day of Atonement was a reality as it was announced on the day that our first parents sinned and was a part of God’s original plan of creation. It did undergo significant changes under the guidance of Melchizedek but it was still the Day of Atonement. It is obvious why Eve’s seed had to crush the head of Satan and destroy him Satan have to bruise the heel of Eve’s seed eight days later? Why did Jesus plead guilty to the 70 trillion sins and not just allow them to pass on and be destroyed along with Peter’s conflagration? Peter’s conflagration was the result of what happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and without this course of action for these scenes would have been totally different. The Day of Atonement would not just have included these unintentional unconfessed sins which were always to fall on the high priest there would have been confessed sins as well which would have been taken outside of the city and destroyed on the scapegoat. It is all as different as chalk and cheese. I wish I could remember the next part of the logic about those 70 trillion sins and after which they had been removed only then could the water that flows from the side of Jesus on that day perform its work. There was still the problem of evil and that problem was introduced with the creation of the first angelic being, Satan or Lucifer about this problem would not disappear until the conflagration that had travelled across and destroyed the universe slammed into the place where we were waiting before the new universe was created; Eden2. The other anomaly that we have is thus joining the two sacrifices together that in Deuteronomy verse 37 we are dealing with Aaron, Moses, Meribah, and the second stage of the sacrifice on Mount Calvary and that is at 4 PM after the first sacrifice is finished where the sins of the congregation had been taken care of and eradicated. This makes my previous argument invalid where I split the blood that Jesus shed on that day it is 70% lost before the Roman spear and 30% after the Roman spear had torn the side of Jesus opened. I had that 70% as being added to the blood that would be lost on the Day of Atonement thus joining the two crosses together and that it would be the blood from that Roman spear that would introduce the fluid of life eternal and along with it would be the water of sustenance for that life eternal but this now appears to have changed. The Roman spear that opened the side of Jesus was not just an earth shattering event but always a universe shattering event. It is the connective tissue between Good Friday on Mount Calvary and the Day of Atonement which is still to come in some one thousand 800 years time. Right now we are concentrating on the aspect of the water that flowed from the side of Jesus. Time to me is now relative and I know that this did happen quite recently and probably in the last two or three days but I had come to the end of the road in this blog. I could not touch a key without the screen going black and for so long it took hours to publish the work. Ideas had run out and these extended sitting sessions for someone who likes to be out and about were also having their toll. But as many of my major revelations have come from such conditions I decided firstly to try publishing in the morning and if that didn’t work just go on an extended holiday. It was either that night or the next night that Jesus showed me that his glory can be manifested not just

           Page 138

           from mountains but from deep troughs as well. Jesus pulled the string through verse 37 of chapter 1 of the Book of Deuteronomy. The congregation, Moses, Meribah, Good Friday, that Roman spear, the Day of Atonement and the ordinance of the red heifer all tied in together. It was stunning beauty and I made no objections but knowing full well that I would only be able to reproduce a very small amount of it on the next day, which is what happened. I still believe that this full revelation will be the prize that I will be given after I have completed my apprenticeship in this blogging of seven years, seven months and seven days which still has some 600 days to run. In the meantime if I return to the subject I will be shown more earthly steps so that finally I can get to unearthly foundation to look up to see the heavenly one this work so far has the waters of Meribah as its focus by 4 PM on Good Friday had two streams gushing from the side of Jesus and that was water and that was blood. So I am going to return again back 2  01 – 01 – 01 in Egypt and prayerfully and one more step in the understanding of this heavenly mystery. And at this time the text that draws my attention continues to be that Satan had to go into Judas and that this event had to occur within the hour of this decision. If Satan had done this one hour later time would have finished 2000 years ago and heaven on this earth would have begun. It must be that critical because it is the difference between the synoptic gospels in the Gospel of John and an issue which will remain the focus of this blog forevermore!

           Certainly one of the most difficult concepts that I have had to grasp with is what happened on 01 – 01 – 01 in Egypt. Before you call, “blasphemy!” You must realise that the intention of the original creation in Genesis was that Jesus goes to the cross only once and this was on the Day of Atonement. It was not planned or even factored in that Jesus should die on the cross of Good Friday. It was not an issue and therefore not considered. This is because it did not have to happen and all of the disciples of Jesus and apostles thought so was well and were quite bewildered as to what had happened on Resurrection Sunday morning.s  (+92075 +3100)

  7112038. XXXXXXXXXXXXX 10/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           10122020. This blog and any other Bible based blog has great potential providing that it addresses, does not necessarily solve, but addresses a question that the Roman soldier posed when he came down to Gethsemane to arrest Jesus Christ. And that question is, “Who is this Jesus?” It was the reason why this blog began and has continually visited the Book of Revelation because it is, “The revelation of Jesus Christ, [which is what we so desperately seek and this revelation has been given by none other than God Himself]. ‘Which God gave him to show his servants what must soon take place. He made it known by sending his angel to his servant John, who testifies to everything he saw – that is, the word of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ.’ [Note what is attached to anyone who seeks this revelation]. ‘Blessed is the one who reads the words of this prophecy, and blessed are those who hear it and take it to heart what is written in it, because the time is near.’ I have gone to the other extreme and the start of this book we are again I seek the revelation of Jesus Christ as it emanates from the throne room of God and a place that I think I will be spending the eternities to come within. But at the start here I strike an apparent difficulty in that there is the presence of the Holy Trinity where even on day one the presence of the Holy Spirit was manifested by its hovering over the waters of the deep and being given the command to produce light. But on this first day also not just from the first second of light but from the first second of existence is also produced time and the reason for our existence and that is the daily sacrifice which is the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. This itself is a 24-hour period of time and even that is summarised as one hour of semidarkness with the revelation of Jesus Christ that God chose to present of Himself and that is a dead, almost naked, beaten and brutalised body that is hung out and nailed to a cross. This is the Page 139

           way that God chose Himself to be represented to humanity and therefore this blog and other writing of Scripture should use Jesus Christ synonymously with God unless there are very specific reasons why we are studying the Holy Trinity and why ultimately the throne within the throne room of God will be occupied by God and the Lamb. Our only association with God can therefore only be because of our association of Jesus Christ, the Passover Lamb. It is the only time that our Bible will make any sense if we associate God with Jesus and not just God because this can be a generic term which is dependent on what faith you are using it within. It may seem awkward at first but initially I intend using God/Jesus is one word until I become comfortable with it and then switch over entirely to Jesus once this happens. So before time and before the beginning God existed within the throne room of God but His presence radiated out of that room as Jesus and it is God/Jesus that is the presence of divinity today within this universe but even at this stage we have to qualify what happened at the murder of John the Baptist and there are my divinity was established as the presence of Christ’s Robe of righteousness which will be given me on entry into heaven at the soon coming of Jesus Christ but this in turn will have final and another move that and the presence of the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit manifests itself through eternity as the fine linen. And thus we come to 01 – 01 – 01 in Egypt.

           We have come some 2500 years since the last 01 – 01 – 01 and the beginning of time in Genesis. There has been much preparation for the beginning of this particular journey from Egypt of God’s people and out of the slavery of Egyptian sin and to the final leg before eternity begins. This final leg of some 1500 years is going to be quite a difficult journey from the Sinai across the desert and the encampment on the banks of the river Jordan. This river is the marker between our present earth and the heaven of eternity which in Old Testament times is called Canaan. The crossing of the Jordan is the Day of Atonement and much history is written about its establishment and how it changed from its original version in the garden of Eden and finished up as a version that is described in Leviticus 16. The call therefore by God/Jesus was to anyone who wanted to undertake the journey at that time and at all times since right up to the crossing of the Jordan itself. Anyone who wanted to could leave Egypt on that day and on every day ever since. To those who chose to leave on that day God/Jesus revealed a divine truth as to what was going to happen when they arrived on the banks of the Jordan and the reason why their existence on the other side of the Jordan was permanent, for the eternities to come. That secret that was revealed to them on that day was the Passover. I know that on that night Scripture does give the exact number but as I cannot remember it I am going to use 1111 one year old lambs were killed and their blood was sprinkled on to the doorways of 1111 homes and a commemoration could have then continued for another 1500 odd years. The blood that was shed by all those lambs was symbolic and it stood for the blood of God/Jesus and it was because of its presence on the doorway that the firstborn sons of Israel were passed over by the angel of death and not killed. To extend that sacrifice for a further 1500 years is one thing but to extend it into the heaven of on earth and therefore the eternities to come is another thing. To have the death of 1111 lambs every year for the eternities to come, will it certainly would not be heaven for the lambs. So even if those lambs were killed every year forevermore would their blood be placed on the doorways of the saints in heaven? We have to try to look for an answer on what happened around the date of 14 – 01 – 3889. We cannot have Jesus dying at the Passover because that would have given him two deaths, one cross of Passover and one cross of The Day of Atonement and there was no death of God/Jesus in Egypt. The symbolic shedding of an animal’s blood was sufficient for the angel of death to Passover those households and symbolism was all that was required forevermore. The crucial moment therefore is 10 PM on Thursday night in Gethsemane

           Page 140

           when the Roman soldier has asked his question, “Who is this Jesus?” And God/Jesus has revealed Himself as divinity and every living human being and probably even the animals lay dead at this revelation. God/Jesus at this moment can resurrect everyone and go on to the cross of Good Friday and this is more than 3 PM sacrifice when the Passover lamb would die. This is accompanied by the 9 AM sin offering and with the 3 PM burnt offering is a reconstruction of the daily sacrifice which has been the base of our existence since the beginning but the problem is that this was not supposed to happen. What was supposed to happen was that Jesus would resurrect all the righteous dead and to take them back up to a holding area, Eden2 whilst all the problems were sorted out on earth and then bring everyone back again to a reconstructed temple and via the Day of Atonement begin the eternities to come on this earth. There was no Passover in this transaction and there was no death for God/Jesus on the cross. The daily sacrifice, the death of 2 1-year-old male lambs was a totally separate incident to the Day of Atonement where it was goats, a bull and Rams that died. The Passover would then become a major problem to us if heaven had continued on in this world and God/Jesus had not gone on with the horrors he suffered and which began on that Thursday night with the deep wounds of injustice being inflicted on Him. Whilst Jesus was on this earth He would have gone through about 30 Passover and Day of Atonement ceremonies/commemorations but it was that last one that was going to be totally different, it was going to be the real thing and what Scripture had pointed to from the beginning. I am fairly sure that we have already covered these situations before but maybe not from the angle of congregation, Moses, Mary Barr, Passover, the Roman spear, the Day of Atonement and the ordinance of the red heifer and however feeble future journeys will be there will be more of them.

           So we leave Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 and the inauguration of the Passover but with uncertainty as to how things will be playing out once we get to 14 – 01 – 3889 in and after Gethsemane. [So let us put some propositions forward. First one is if there had been no cross of Good Friday then what they have been any bloodletting in water letting by that Roman spear? Certainly the answer is no. Would the number one and two of God’s representatives, Moses and Aaron, would they have sinned against the water in the rock of Meribah necessitating some action by God/Jesus in response to this Holy water? This time the answer is yes and what action did God/Jesus take or would have taken to correct for this defilement? The only action that was available was the Day of Atonement wherein confessed intentional sins would have been removed by the scapegoat including that of Moses and Aaron and the high priest would have removed all unconfessed unintentional sins as a part of his duty? Would that have met the conditions required clans what Moses and Aaron had done and therefore there would be no need for that Roman spear and the spelling of the blood and the water of that time? And this is the point that I arrived at an allocated that 70% of the blood of Jesus had been shed up to 4 PM and the remaining 30% with His side being opened by that Roman spear and the conclusions which this allowed me to make. But does this allow us to make conclusions about that 33^rd time and the final time which Jesus would go through the Passover and the Day of Atonement. Why did everybody think that this was the last time?  (+93916 +3100)

  7112039. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 11/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX11122020ms. The Day of Atonement was the very first sacrifice/commemoration to be established on this earth and that happened on the day that Adam and Eve sinned. It is the twin bird sacrifice that is described in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6. It begins with a 9 AM sin offering and finishes with a 3 PM burnt offering plus other offerings which as yet I have not been able to understand. Before this offering could occur Satan and all the wicked living had to be destroyed and there is no need in my mind at least to explain why these wicked had to be destroyed if heaven was about to begin. Those who try to tell you that Eve’s seed crushed the head of Satan on Good Friday on Mount Calvary either do not know what they are saying or a more sinister reason could be they are just lying to deceive you about the strength Satan possesses and you will find that it is not the only lie that they are telling. What is a surprise to me though is that after the fires of hell have gone out that there are still 70 trillion (?) Unconfessed unintentional sins left and I ask myself the question, “why didn’t Jesus pay for those sins and have them exterminated whilst he was on the cross way back on 14 – 01 – 3889 on Mount Calvary? This defined Good Friday on Mount Calvary is a very specific day  where only certain things were accomplished. Was it a day where only the redeemed were redeemed? That certainly was a part of it but there was way more to it than this. It was first and foremost judgement day for every conceived human being and that includes Adam and Eve right up to the last conception before the flash in the sky occurs in the second coming of Jesus Christ. It didn’t matter what time you were born, where you lived or who you were every person appeared and every person was asked the same question, ‘do you accept this sacrifice before you as your sole means of salvation, yes or no!” For those who called, “Accept!” Jesus did go on to complete their redemption and salvation and all that happened on this one day and during the six hours. The only way that Satan was involved was that he gloated and jeered and sneered at Jesus on the cross and for that effort the door of mercy closed on him. His day was still to come and accurately predicted by Daniel where he would be totally destroyed and obliterated by 02 – 07 – 486 and again I have no problem with the destruction of Satan though I am surprised how long he lasted. He was there at the start as firstborn and he was the very last being to be destroyed! Yes he did have a fair run! The second part of that Day of Atonement that was announced by God in the garden of Eden to Eve and Satan was that Satan would bruise the heel of Eve’s seed, Jesus Christ. Despite what happened on Good Friday and now the battle against satan and all the wicked evil being thrown into hell and destroyed in there there were still 70 trillion unconfessed and unintentional sins left behind. And there had only been the Day of Atonement and the cross of Good Friday these sins would have passed on to this day to be corrected. It was the specific role of the high priest to take these sins upon himself as the sin offering and that is exactly  what was going to happen to these sins on 10 – 07 – 486. But just like Good Friday on Mount Calvary was more than just redeeming the saints it was all about judgement for all creation was there more to the Day of Atonement than just taking these 70 trillion sins into the fires of hell and having them destroyed there? I actually find that the scope of this Day of Atonement to be very narrow in that it included only Eve and not Adam and probably also included the 200 million grumbling angels in heaven. The point was that the way that God/Jesus created this universe all precautions were taken to prevent any sin from occurring on earth. Satan had no reason to rebel because he was already at the top of the tree and if anyone should have realised that not only did Eve have eternal life but she should also have realised that Satan could not give it to her. God/Jesus allowed for the fact that Eve didn’t know what evil was even if she trippedPage 142over it and put a correction in to cover it. Thus On That Day of Atonement had it been held in the garden of Eden Satan would have been destroyed and Eve’s sin would have been forgiven and creation would have continued on. The scope of this Day of Atonement was greatly increased by Melchizedek when He included Abraham’s seed as well and that was the inclusion of confessed intentional sins by the inclusion of the scapegoat and expanding this holy day what is described in Leviticus 16. Had time finished 2000 years ago the sacrifice they would have occurred in the temple would have been the Day of Atonement as described in Leviticus 16 and eternity of heaven on earth would have begun. Satan would have been destroyed but every human being who wanted to be in heaven with God/Jesus would also have been included. The issue to which I am building up to is the water of the rock of Meribah and how it had been defiled by none other than the high priest, Aaron and the one above him, Moses. This water went on to become the central issue of the sacrifice of 4 PM on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and was instigated by the Roman spear. Both water and blood gushed from the side of Jesus and it is the history of both these streams of priceless fluid with which I still struggle. As the Day of Atonement is a day of worship and we worship via the presence of the Holy Spirit the unity that exists between God the Father and God the son, God/Jesus where Jesus is the interface between the two of them and there is no access to God other than through Jesus. If I am to worship this Holy Trinity on this day there can be no traces of sin or evil and no enmity between them. Jesus is first going to have to go through the period of defilement for the 70 trillion sins that he has just pleaded guilty to so as to clear the way for this pure worship.By the time that the Israelites began their march out of Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01 the Day of Atonement was a well established phenomena. The Israelites however marched out under the banner of the blood of the Passover lamb. It was animal blood and it did come from over 1000 one year old lambs and it was symbolic but it still did prevent the Angel of death from killing any firstborn male that was in a house with this blood honest doorframe. Yes it was going to be the Day of Atonement that would be the crossing of the Jordan River and into Canaan and eternity but what was being held up was the reason that you could live in Canaan forevermore was because God/Jesus were prepared to shed their blood for you. There is life in the blood and this fluid was the fluid of eternity. There has been no attempt made so far to separate it into its two separate streams, water and blood. But there has been an attempt made to put the blood of the Passover lamb on the radar screen. It still remains a deep mystery as to what would have happened had Jesus returned with the resurrected righteous from Gethsemane and put them into Eden2 as a holding area until planet Earth had been refurbished and prepared for the eternity is to come when the saints would have returned and begun this period via the Day of Atonement which would have been held in a rebuilt temple in a rebuilt city. I still cannot accept that even one lamb let alone a thousand of them would have been killed in order to commemorate the Passover in the heaven of eternity. God Jesus would only have gone to the cross on one occasion and that would have been the Day of Atonement. Now we still have to account for the other stream that flowed from the side of Jesus when that Roman spear opened it up; the water.[The reason why creationists as far as I know have not written a book of a brief history of science or any other history using the Bible as its base is not because of a lack of information from the Bible. It is a complete source. We long ago should have pooled our resources and JK would have added; ‘when we seek the smallest matter in existence from which the field of gravity emanates we don’t have to go down below a particle size of three; electron, proton and neutron. This coincides with the presence of the Holy Trinity within which the forces of gravity had to operate in order to split them into three entities. If you want to study something smaller than this like the composition of eachPage 143entity then you are going to have to do change to different dimensions. The presence of the Holy Spirit is one such example and the spirit does not exist within our three dimensions where we can touch and see it. To do this we are going to have to go to the dimension where our three dimensions come from and maybe there will find the spiritual dimension which may be a part of the fourth dimension or have its own dimensions as well. It is a different world and it too is written up within the science book called the Bible’. A concerted effort would have solved many of our problems including that of the water instead of now shrugging our shoulders and saying that, “we are not told!’ Because we are told and the pickings are fairly high up the tree. I should keep a tab of how any times I will need to solve this problem that is if it ever does happen. They are very rich pickings as they relate to the cross of Good Friday albeit that the water from the side of Jesus was spilled after the sacrifice had finished. But that of itself is a valuable clue. I know that I cannot be given the answer whilst I retain my present attitude to the sin that Aaron and Moses committed when Moses tapped/struck the rock with the water at Meribah. To me it still remains a benign infringement because of the extenuating circumstances under which it occurred. The congregation were dying of thirst and Meribah was their only solution and it had to produce water in fountains that were hundreds of feet high and it had to produce them immediately. Under this tension Moses may have thought that he did not speak up loudly enough for God/Jesus to hear him and maybe a visible showing of tapping the rock which he was not supposed to do may have added to the effects. I have to be very slow to condemn Aaron and Moses because I have failed under far less extenuating conditions. But the reason that I am at Meribah now is because this is the earthly step and from here I am trying to look up at the heavenly equivalent and what did happen back there is now the subject of that Roman spear. The heavenly step that I am looking at is the Book of Numbers, the ordinance of the red heifer 19:1-3; ‘Then the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron, saying, “This is the statute of the law which the Lord has commanded, saying, “Speak to the sons of Israel that they bring you and unblemished red heifer in which is no defect and on which a yoke has never been placed. You shall give it to Eleazar the priest, and it shall be brought outside of the camp and be slaughtered in his presence.’” It is in this chapter that water will flow from the ashes of the fires of hell and it will flow one hour after the flames have gone out and the ashes have cooled. It is then that this water will be used as a purification from sin and for the sustenance of life itself. By this stage I have been through so many purification processes but still cannot be taken into the throne room of God and be able to stand in His presence. This water has a purification process which we cannot understand but  which will allow my entry through the Pearly Gate and into the throne room of God. Understanding this purification would certainly be a bonus! It is not Passover lamb that is presented but the combination of both Passover lamb and goat from the sin offering of the Day of Atonement in the level of sacrifices it is one step below the top sacrifice of a bull, it is a red heifer. When Aaron looked at this red heifer he should have called, “I am the high priest and it is my duty to offer the sacrifice!” It did have a component of the Day of Atonement, the goat but it also had a component from Good Friday on Mount Calvary and that was one year old male lamb. If it had the component of the Passover lamb in it it would have been the duty of the head of the household to kill this lamb. I am no doubt that when Aaron looked at this red heifer he realised that he was a problem and that problem had occurred at Meribah. But does this automatically disqualify Aaron from conducting this sacrifice/ordinance? To answer this question we are going to have to make a commitment as to who the scapegoat was and who was the man who led the scapegoat out of the city and sought to its destruction. That would have happened 2000 years ago where Meribah would have been an issue because eternity was about to begin and the sin that occurred on this day had to be corrected. This event is only written about in the Gospel of John or the gospel of the cross of Good Friday so by thatPage 144time the Holy Spirit did not think it was relevant for this issue to be addressed as a synoptic level when the full explanation was given in the Gospel of John as it had occurred. I wonder if as this red heifer passed by Aaron he thought to himself; ‘as the high priest I am here reenacting what Jesus Christ will do on 10 – 07 – 486 when He takes upon His sinless body, and pleads guilty to those 70 trillion unconfessed and unintentional sins and takes them to the cross of the Day of Atonement. I am the cause of what is happening now with this red heifer so I could hardly claim that my sin was unintentional and in fact was judged as intentional by God Himself and for which I died. I could hardly claim it to be unconfessed as I did confess of it and this  passed on to the scapegoat which would turn out to be Jesus Christ on the cross of Good Friday and which would be taken outside of the temple and outside of the city where it would be destroyed. No, Aaron made no claims to offer the sacrifice as he knew that he was a problem in the first place. It is easy enough to walk in the shoes of Aaron and to make the many catastrophic mistakes that he did make but it is a different matter for Moses who lived a holy life and was always obedient to God/Jesus. In fact if Moses was the earthly step then Jesus was the heavenly step and this would generate a gap of unimaginable proportions. But as I have already said that if it will be possible and I am looking at Moses when this sacrifice is reenacted in Eden2 I will try to read in what Moses is actually thinking about. (+96705 +3100)
  7112040. XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 12/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX12122020ms. There were two entities involved in the scapegoat; humanity and the divinity of Jesus Christ. It was the humanity that was led under the divinity that accepted all sins as they passed through the high priest’s hands and willingly accepted on the head and then led outside of the temple and the city and destroyed. It was only the humanity of Jesus that died on the cross as His divinity could not die but returned back to the temple and after cleaning up the final act was offered as the burnt offering. The priest Eleazar showed us the earthly role humanity of Jesus Christ played in that role finished as at 3 PM with the death of Jesus Christ but time would still continue and it was now time for divinity to play its role. One of the roles that the blood would have played would be that it would have pooled inside of that hole that had been chiselled out for the cross to stand on. The divine blood that gelled and this hole would thus have held and cemented the cross that planet Earth and this world would remain until it was lifted and taken through the doorway and reset inside of the throne room of God. Thus planet earth had an anchor to the new universe. It was only when this anchor was removed that the privileges of planet Earth as first born were surrendered and it could now be destroyed as no blood automatically disqualifies it from life eternal. There will be little point in going over there and looking for this anchor point where the blood and the water flowed as you could be quite sure that Satan would have a substitute for it and it wouldn’t be anywhere near its proper place. Emperor Constantine and his mother would have made sure of this. But the gathering of the water and the blood is going to occur in far higher realms than Mount Calvary on this earth and it would be usual for me to leave a subject without establishing any progress on our way to heaven but to at least leave some thoughts to keep thinking about as wrong as they may be. I cannot do this at this time because I know what the “ correct answer” is and I would be doing a disservice to it. Returning back to Deuteronomy 1:37 leaves a strange feeling in that it has unearthed such wonderful treasures; ‘Because of you the Lord became angry with me and also said, “you shall not enter it, either.” So what part did enter and what part did not enter and what was divinity and what was humanity and how finally in the long run was the hienious crime that was committed at the rock of Meribah finally resolved? Verse 38; ‘But your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will enter it. Encourage him, because he will lead Israel to inherit it ‘. And this becomes our next topic the Book ofPage 145Joshua and our first problem will be the inordinate time they will be is given to Joshua for his leadership but in the heavenly realms we are already at Jesus Christ already on the cross of the Day of Atonement and from here even in the longest time possible scenario there is only 100 odd years ago before we finish up inside of the throne room of God whereas down here Joshua still has about 1400 years to go and that is not counting that there will be an extension of time of some 4000 years of the cross of Good Friday?I find myself in a very strange situation as far as the blog goes. I do not really want to know what the final solution that connects the waters of Meribah in the desert to the water they came out of the ash after the red heifer had been incinerated and how it was finally responsible for me being admitted into the throne room of God. I will not understand what really happened at 4 PM when that Roman spear opened up the side of Jesus and released that water and blood. I want that to remain a mystery as I really cannot see what difference it is going to make. In the ordinance of the red heifer Jesus has already pleaded with me to push Him into the fires of hell as this is going to be the only way in which I can spend the eternities with  Him within the throne room of God and that He loves me so much He is now pleading with me to push Him into those fires. If that does not define love then nothing will including what happened with the water and the blood that was released at 4 PM on Good Friday. The reason I have been given a free will is to be able to accept or reject this epitome of love and an option that I have taken as I am not prepared to accept this love under the conditions that God/Jesus is presenting at as. But God/Jesus/Scripture can do no more than to present the facts and leave it to our discretion as to how we respond to them. Most will choose to respond in a negative and there will be a very selective process to make sure that none of these get through into the final heavens. God/Jesus must think it is worthwhile to produce the solution to the waters at Meribah and that in fact it may even sway some people over to Jesus and the solution is in Scripture and if shown and again in a way that I can understand I will certainly reproduce it. This leaves me in a strange position as far as this blog is concerned. I know from where I have come and the dizzy position I have got to. I have come from a schooling and university position where the results of the exams were written on boards in order of merit, I know I looked for my result starting at the last sheet and finishing at the last name but I do not give up praying to come second last as that was the only option that was left. Hardly a start from dizzy heights but now looking at this blog I see that the Holy Spirit has revealed to me much of what is within the Book of Revelation and how wonderfully it all ties in towards end day events and that is not saying that I have all the answers but each time I return to this book I do find a new richness there. I do find that I have been shown the road to salvation on the road to heaven and this is through the daily sacrifice. It is a sacrifice that has been on offer since day one of creation and will continue forever more. This light is very clear in that it shines in almost total darkness. Satan  has dimmed this light with effectiveness of almost 99% in this Christian world today and that is why it is so outstanding. They all call, “Lord, Lord!” But they refused to do what the Lord commands them to do. By disobeying God/Jesus and the centrepiece of His commands are the 10 Commandments they refused to transfer how Jesus obeyed these commandments on the cross of Good Friday from the stone that they will present on at the time and onto the flesh of our hearts, they not only bring them to naught by what they do but also put Jesus back onto the cross again! The name of Jesus is only used to drawing in people where they will be told there is no need to obey Jesus but do what you think is right and in a worst-case scenario there are many ministries like that of Jimmy Swaggart they will get their demonic hands on your and fill you with demons. In these ministries it is seen to try to or by the commandments of God ! Jesus has factored in all these conditions and there is a giant sieve which is about to be applied and that is the great tribulation and if that service present as coronavirus then itPage 146is about to be applied. But even as this sieve is applied and the church wakes up as the 10 sleeping virgins, even under these conditions five will be wise and five will be foolish and it shows the power that  Satan and evil has over us. The issues however are very simple and I will continue to plug these issues until my last breath. God/Jesus is the one of the Scripture and not another Jesus that you would like him to be. His royal story is told in the ordinance of the red heifer of chapter 19 of the book of Numbers. I cannot tell the story enough times let alone once too many!Other than the Book of Revelation and the New Covenant of the cross of Christ it has been a wonderful privilege to be introduced into writing a science book that is based on the Bible if that is in fact what has happened. And again it is one thing I would love to continue doing. One last privilege would be to be shown the concept of time and therefore the history of time which to some extent has already occurred. Criticism for the sake of criticism is cynicism and cynicism is of no value unless it can produce an alternative framework for the events that are being criticised. The ultimate history that we seek is the history of the Ministry of Jesus Christ whilst on earth and I can honestly say that I have made an attempt to do so I cannot really say that I have made an attempt when the genealogy within this history especially in the Gospel of Luke has no meaning. Just a little understanding of the meaning of the genealogy in the Gospel of Matthew has opened major doorways in our understanding so now we seek a little understanding in the genealogy of Luke which no doubt will produce the same results. What I have tried up to now and as sincere as it was has produced no results. So I am going to try the same method as I did with Matthew and that is to put a peg with the label, ‘To God/Jesus be the glory!’. Even from the few names that have been revealed to me within the genealogy of Matthew made all the difference and defined the problems that will we be encountering during these four gospels. (+98500 +3100)
  7112041. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 13/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           13122020. There are three situations that I can think of where the Book of Deuteronomy will be delivered to us in the heavens above. Before the first battle, between the first and the second battle and after the second battle. It does not happen before the first battle, the battle against the beast but three angels appear to the foolish virgins to explain to them why they should retain the seal that God/Jesus placed on their foreheads at the second coming nearly 1800 years ago. They ignore the angels message and this angel must be the Holy Spirit as after this final warning the Holy Spirit returns to heaven as the fine linen and the great marriage feast occurs. The rider of the Whitehorse that leaves us alone in Eden2 and comes back to earth does so after the battle of the beast where the beast and the false prophet will be thrown into the lake of sulphur and be there for 1250 days before they are joined by Satan himself. So if the tutorial of 1250 days that Jesus gives at this time will be between the battle of the beast in the battle against Satan. If it has not been done by this stage it will have to be given after the battle against Satan and here there will be precious little time to do so. Satan will have the battle by the 02 – 07 – 486 where he will have been totally destroyed and immediately after this because Jesus accepts those 70 trillion cents as His own and goes into a defilement. With only seven days it will be difficult to deliver this sermon/tutorial and anyway He has only seven days to do so. Time for the delivery of the book of Deuteronomy is whilst Jesus is on the cross between 9 AM and 3 PM. The other timetables are not an option because the book of Deuteronomy begins only after the defeat of Sihon and Og as described in verse four of chapter 1. The delivery of Deuteronomy is thus at the very end of the end of time when both battles have been fought and won. If this is the case then the message that Jesus is giving is supposed to apply to the journey of Moses/Jesus and what it seems to be telling us is that Moses/Jesus have been leading us in the case of Moses for 40 years and in the case of Jesus 4000 years and when we come to the end

           Page 147

           of the journey there are spies set out to explore the promised land and when they come back all they do is to cause a crash in the faith of the people who had just completed the journey. The church realising the problem take the matter further and deliberately disobey God/Jesus and go to battle under their own steam and where they are badly beaten. Their lack of faith has now been compounded by wilful disobedience. The solution that God has to this disaster is to send the people back into the desert where they will die but they will raise up another generation which will be obedient and faithful and go on to inherit the promised land. Could this be the situation in the Christian church today where there is are a lack of faith which is coupled by wilful disobedience will prevent most of this generation from entering heaven but what will happen and is described as the great tribulation there will be produced at church/people that are obedient and have faith and it is the harvest of this tribulation which are going to go on to to inherit Canaan and more than Canaan Jericho as well. Writing a blog like this may encourage others but only in a indirect manner but the basic argument that I have with secular science is that they can produce anything that they want starting from nothing and there is no need whatsoever for God. This is an absurdity which is difficult to counter and to find incorrect logic with as an absurdity has no logic in it. There is a similar situation that is occurring within the Christian church today. How they all do love Jesus and the wonderful humans are basing and feelings that they feel are nothing short of breathtaking! They call out the wonders of what Jesus did for them on the cross of Good Friday yet the absurdities with which they come up with makes me feel like arguing against that secular lot and trying to stay with some realm of sanity. If Jesus has done for them what they say He has done them why do not they obey Him and further than that why do they wilfully disobey him? There are not hundreds of issues involved now but one and that one issue God Himself specified my writing with His own finger and on stone and He began it with the command, “Remember to keep….” They go to very specific trouble to make sure that they do not remember and will wilfully disobey one thing they were told to do! Under the guidance of which spirit do these people live in? Which spirit would be directly them to disobey and bring to nought and put Jesus back on the cross again? Would it be the Holy Spirit which they will claim it is or would it be a satanic spirit? Is it Jesus who is constantly appearing to those people as they say it is  or is it a satanic spirit? Scripture tells us that we are to tell a tree by the fruit that it bears what sort of fruit is wilful disobedience? What sort of fruit is it to teach the eternal fires of hell when there is no better way of destroying the credibility of the nature of God/Jesus? What sort of fruit as it if you encourage people onto Satan’s ground where they will be more than welcome? What sort of fruit is it if the aim of you attracting these people is to get them to go to war or pedophile or some other demonic purpose? What sort of fruit is it if you are going to actively encourage the people to disobey God and your specific aim is going to be to break the line of communication between God and man as a sabbath was established to do and to replace it with a demonic line? What sort of fruit is it if the aim of it is to show you Jesus/God but at all costs to keep him away from you? A decision has to be made, a judgement has to be made and that judgement must be to get you out of the grasp of Satan as is displayed in so many ministries today including that of Jimmy Swaggart!

           As evil as the Pharisees were Jesus never told his disciples to disregard what they say but not do what they did. Jesus never compromised with the devil on any ground so it should be the same for us today not to have anything to do with these demonic beings. If you are having trouble connecting to the Holy Spirit it is probably because the Holy Spirit is no longer available but is fully booked out by the Jimmy Swaggart ministries. Little wonder they can tell you that you no longer have to keep the Sabbath and allow the Holy Spirit to communicate with you. Listen to any of the Swaggart sermons and you will realise that Swaggart’s spirit is fully committed to him and if you want any

           Page 148

           answers you are going to have to see Jimmy Swaggart. That is how close an exclusive relationship is and it is the spirit that tells Jimmy not to obey the commands of God. How can anyone believe these demons? But these are the early stages of what Jesus is describing when He first goes to the cross of the Day of Atonement. Though these people do not make it a Jesus is explaining to us where so many fell aside and are not present now for the reading of the book of Deuteronomy and the time when the Christian church was led by God/Jesus and particularly the sieving process that is going to occur when always wicked will be sent back into the desert to die but there will be many who come out of the desert also to go on to life eternal.s  (+99921 +3100)

  7112042. XXXXXXXXXXXXX 14/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           14122020. Deuteronomy 1:41- ; ‘ Then you replied, “We have sinned against the Lord. We will go up and fight, as the Lord our God commanded us.” So everyone of you put on his weapons, thinking it is easy to go up into the hill country. But the Lord said to me, “Tell them, “Do not go up and fight, because I will not be with you. You will be defeated by your enemies”’. So I told you, but you do not listen. You rebelled against the Lord’s command and in your arrogance you marched up into the hill country. The Amorites who lived in those hills came against you; they chased you like a swarm of bees and beat you down from Seir all the way to Hormah. You came back and wept before the Lord, but he paid no attention to your weeping and turned a deaf ear to you. And so you stayed in Kadesh many days – all the time you spent there.’ Today, just because more than 99% of the Christian church do not believe that they have to obey the 10 Commandments especially the one beginning with, “Remember to keep holy the Sabbath day” does not mean that they are all demonic. Many have not even heard of it and it is certainly not an issue and it is those whose duty is to provide the daily bread that would be responsible for this woeful position – for keeping the blessings of God/Jesus away from their congregations and for those who do this the only alternatives are they know what they are doing or they do not know what they are doing. Certainly in the secular world the keeping of the fourth commandment is not on the radar screen anywhere. In the long run it is God/Jesus Who will make the final judgement and with it allocate the retribution that is due. In the meantime it is every Christian’s duty to stay off Satan’s grounds and to make no compromises with Satan at all. These satanic ministries are easily enough identified with the vigour and fervour with which they will defend their ground for keeping your way from the fourth commandment. Under no circumstances and with their last breath they will not and cannot allow you to take advantage of what God/Jesus wrote on the stone tablets and the blessings associated with it. You must go to them as it is they now hold the key of salvation and the clear salvation and the guarantee of heaven is the Holy Spirit which they claim to be able to give. They certainly know the art and the science of keeping people under the old covenant and not allowing them to come under the new one! Jesus will not be giving any sermons or tutorials whilst He is on the cross of the Day of Atonement but all the details will have been given to us over a period of 1250 days and as we see Jesus hanging on the cross in front of us we will relive each of those details and each of those details in minute detail. All this is Scripture and unless seen at seven different levels it cannot show its true meaning. Most Bible colleges and theological institutions spend little if any time on the old Testament and especially on the animal sacrificial system which is supposed to be the earthly step that we stand on before looking up into the heavenly realms and the results of this are rather obvious. Are there any pastors or teachers who realise that every day since the first day of creation has been enacted as the daily sacrifice? Do they realise the only reason why we on planet earth exists is because the time that we exist in is the daily sacrifice? Do they realise that the daily sacrifice is symbolised by the offering of two lambs; one at 9 AM and the other at 3 PM? Do they realise that in the six hours in between

           Page 149

           these two times Jesus hung on the cross of Good Friday in order that God’s commandments, all 10 of them were fulfilled and obeyed to the standard required by God Himself do they realise unless they and their flock accept the results of what Jesus did on that day and write them onto their hearts they cannot be saved? Do they realise that this is the basic script within Scripture is to change from the old covenant to the new covenant? Do they have this cozy, woolly and warm and fuzzy relationship with Jesus and on what ground does it stand? Does it stand on the basis of the old covenant or the new covenant? Is that relationship fiction or fact? If that is how we judge our relationship with Jesus there could be no closer relationship than what Jimmy Swaggart has with Jesus. Most of the time he is either talking to Jesus or Jesus is talking back to him and for the few moments of respite that he gets he is recalling those wonderful moments. Then somewhere he claims that Jesus was telling him not to worry about keeping the Sabbath day holy, you can be as disobedient as you want to be and will make no difference to the relationship. He claims that he and his ministry have been given the privilege of granting salvation by giving out the Holy Spirit which is the stamp of salvation. His relationship with Jesus allows him to preach almost every satanic teaching that the devil has ever come up with! Does all that sound familiar and that you also have this wonderful relationship with Jesus? The only solution is to go back to the start of the Bible and to base your teachings and existence on, “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth!” And from these earthly foundations you will not only see the old covenant but how the old covenant was miraculously transformed into the new covenant and when you see this you will have a true realisation of your relationship with God/Jesus.

           Scripture has to be first and foremost about getting us up into heaven as is going to occur at the soon coming of Jesus Christ. It seems that a part of that role is to give us a full history of our existence and that includes full history of our universe and planet and what went wrong and how it will be replaced with another universe and planet where things cannot and will not go wrong. Right now in front of us in Deuteronomy it is Moses who is about to die after leading his  people for 40 years from Egypt to the banks of the Jordan River and this translates into an amazing story if you look up to heaven from this earthly step down here it was a 40 year journey between Egypt and the Jordan but up here the journey has taken nearly 4000 years from the time we left the slavery of sin on Mount Calvary and have arrived at the crossing of the Jordan via the Day of Atonement. This is a literal event and as we lay around the cross with Jesus Christ on it our minds are racing at around a million mph as a major transformation that is going to happen to us as we change universes is going on now. There are bodily changes to be made but the main change is that of a spiritual nature. We will no longer look up and see Jesus on the cross of Good Friday and let it bounce off us with a comment such as, “Oh that again!” No, we are now to become a part of Him  and when Moses finishes building the temple we will demand and we will be given this cross which up to now has been outside and in the courtyard of our lives it will now be moved into the inner sanctum and become the centre part of our lives! This will be the start of our new lives and from here it will only get better all right as now we are still on planet Earth and many changes are to be made from bad to good and from sin to sinless. The sin has been factored in and providing it is repented of has already been forgiven. This journey we are going through as after all been planned and allowed for by none other than God/Jesus. It was all well and good for the Israelites 3000 years ago but what about for me today and the great tribulation which is about to begin. The part of the world that I live in will certainly have no problem in accommodating and propagating the sheer evil which is about to begin. It will begin with a faithless church. There will be many Jimmy Swaggart’s but nonetheless a faithless church that even though there will be spies who have been sent out to spy the place where we are going and have come back and reported very green pastures indeed they will make no difference in

           Page 150

           fact it’ll make it worse. They will further respond by directly disobeying the commands of God. The anomaly of the situation will be that our fiercest opponents and enemies will be fellow Christians and even worse than that they will think that it is God Who is telling them to go up into the mountains and high countries to attack the people there. They are so far off the mark that the 10 Commandments, let alone the one that starts with to remember are not on their radar screens at all. The idea of the daily sacrifice and Jesus going to the cross for us is repugnant and they have far better solutions to our salvation. The battleground is going to be Scripture and they will come up from the low grounds in order to attack us but they will be thoroughly defeated and sent running back down to where they came from and then one step further as well they will be sent back into the desert to die. But from all those battles will arise the young, those who do not understand and it is this lot that will rejoin us as our journey to Canaan proper begins at the second coming of Jesus Christ! As we look at Jesus on the cross of the Day of Atonement we ponder our history and why it is where we are where we are both so many others did not make it. The issue is now and always has been and always will be Scripture. We really have had a fascinating history and there have been many waypoints and questions to be answered. Like why was Caleb the only member of the congregation not sent back into the desert to die? Shouldn’t there be at least 12 spies who went over there and saw how good the land was and then desperately wanted to get there? Did they to think the solution to their problems was to go and fight the people in the high country when in fact God/Jesus had forbidden them to do so? Unfortunately or fortunately the basic tenet of faith is that it is God’s way or no way and its is after all the end of the result of the journey is to be in the presence of God/Jesus in the throne room of God for the eternities to come. Not that everything that is written in the old Testament can be transcribed into the heavenly step. The fight is not against what this blog or any other blog says, it is against Scripture itself. All this has been meticulously explained to us during a 1250 day tutorial and that includes verse 41- ; ‘Then you replied, we must have sinned against the Lord. We will go up and fight, as the Lord our God commanded us.” So everyone of you put on his weapons, thinking it easy to go up into the hill country. But the Lord said to me, “tell them, “do not go up and fight, because I will not be with you. You will be defeated by your enemies.”’ So I told you, but you would not listen. You rebelled against the Lord’s command and in your arrogance you marched up into the hill country. The Amorites who lived in these hills came out against you; they chased you like a swarm of bees and beat you down from Seir all the way to Hormah. You came back and went before the Lord, but he paid no attention to your weeping and turned a deaf ear to you. And so you stayed okay – many days – all the time you spent there.’ These rebels will indeed be turned back and most will die for their evil actions only to be resurrected at the end of the millennium along with the wicked dead. Very few, 144,000 will finish up as the foolish virgins and their fates also have been written up in the Book of Revelation. Chapter 2 of Deuteronomy is labelled as the wanderings in the desert and I wonder how much of this is going to translate into what we see and think as we are laying at the base of the cross of Atonement in our final dealings with this soon-to-be destroyed planet Earth. To say that I am fascinated by the idea that the Book of Deuteronomy even if it applies in part to the Day of Atonement would be the understatement of the year.

           Our next topic is the miracles of Jesus and miracle number 12 on page 1596 of the NIV Bible study of the boy with the Demon and is recorded in all three synoptic gospels. In Matthew it is in chapter 17. (+102243 +3100)

  7112043. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 15/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXPage 15115122020ms. Matthew chapter 17 the Transfiguration verse one; ‘after six days Jesus took with him Peter, James and John the brother of James and led them up a high mountain by themselves. There he was transfigured before them. His face shone like the sun, and his clothes became as white as the light. Just then there appeared before them Moses and Elijah, talking with Jesus. Peter said to Jesus, “Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you wish, I will put up three shelters – one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah.” While he was still speaking, a bright cloud enveloped them, and a voice from the cloud said, “this is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased. Listen to him!” When the disciples heard this, they fell facedown to the ground, terrified. But Jesus came and touched them. “Get up, “he said. “Don’t be afraid.” When they looked up, they saw no one except Jesus. As they were coming down the mountain, Jesus instructed them, “Don’t tell anyone what you have seen, until The Son of Man has been raised from the dead.” The disciples asked him, “why then do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?” Jesus replied, “To be sure, Elijah comes and will restore all things. But I tell you, Elijah has already come, and they do not recognise him, but have done to him everything they wished. In the same way The Son of Man is going to suffer at their hands.” Then the disciples understood he was talking to them about John the Baptist. [The healing of a boy with a Demon verse 14; ‘when they came to the crowd, a man approached Jesus and knelt before him. “Lord, have mercy on my son,” he said. He has seizures and is suffering greatly. He often falls into the fire or into the water. I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him.” “O unbelieving and perverse generation,” Jesus replied, “how long shall I stay with you? How long shall I put up with you? Bring the boy here to me.” Jesus rebuked the demon, and it came out all the boy, and he was healed from that moment. Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, “Why couldn’t we drive it out?” He replied, “Because you have so little faith. I tell you  the truth, if you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, “Move from here to there” and it will move. Nothing will be impossible for you” when they came together in Galilee, he said to them, “The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men. They will kill him, and on the third day he will be raised to life.” And the disciples were filled with grief. [The temple tax verse 24;] ‘ after Jesus and his disciples arrived in Capernaum, the collectors of the two drachma tax came to Peter and asks, “Does your teacher pay the temple tax?” “Yes, he does,” he replied. When Peter came into the house, Jesus was the 1^st to speak. “What do you think, Simon?” He asked. “From whom do the kings of the earth collect duty and taxes – from their own sons or from others?” “From others,” Peter answered. “Then the sons are exempt?” Jesus said to him. “But so that we may not offend them, go to the lake and throw out your line. Take the first fish you catch; open its mouth and you will find a four drachma coin. Take it and give it to them for my tax and yours.”Mark chapter 9 verse one; ‘and he said to them, “I tell you the truth, some of you are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power.” [The Transfiguration verse two] ‘After six days Jesus took Peter, James and John with him and led them up a high mountain, where they were all alone. There he was transfigured before them. His clothes became dazzling white, whiter than anyone in the world could bleach them. And there appeared before them Elijah and Moses, who was standing with Jesus. Peter said to Jesus, “Rabbi, it is good for us to be here. Let us put up three shelters – one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah.[He did not know what to say, they were so frightened.] Then the cloud appeared and enveloped them, and a voice came from the cloud: “This is my Son, whom I love. Listen to him!” Suddenly, when they looked around, they no longer saw anyone with them except Jesus. As they were coming down the mountain, Jesus gave them orders not to tell anyone what they had seen until The Son of Man had risen from the dead. They kept the matter to themselves, discussing what “rising from the dead” meant. And they asked him, “why do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?” Jesus replied, “To be sure, Elijah does come first, and restores all things. Why then is it written that ThePage 152Son of Man must suffer much and be rejected? But I tell you, Elijah has come, and they have done to him everything that they wish, just as it is written about him.” [The healing of a boy with an evil spirit verse 14; ] ‘ When they came to the other disciples, they saw a large crowd around them and the teachers of the law arguing with them. As soon as all the people saw Jesus, they were overwhelmed with wonder and ran to greet him. “What are you arguing with them about?” He asked. A man in the crowd answered, “Teacher, I brought you my son, who is possessed by a spirit that has robbed him of speech. Whenever it seizes him, it throws him to the ground. He foams at the mouth, gnashes his teeth and becomes rigid. I ask your disciples to drive out the spirit, but they could not.” “O unbelieving generation,” Jesus replied, “how long shall I stay with you? How long shall I put up with you? Bring the boy to me.” So they brought him. When the spirit saw Jesus, it immediately through the boy into a convulsion. He fell to the ground and rolled around, foaming at the mouth. Jesus asked the boy’s father, “How long has he been like this?” “From childhood,” he answered. “It has often thrown him into fire or water to kill him. But if you can do anything, take pity on us and help us.” “If you can?” Jesus said. Everything is possible for him who believes.” Immediately the boy’s father exclaimed, “I do believe; help me overcome my unbelief!” When Jesus saw that the crowd was running to the scene, he rebuked the evil spirit. “You deaf and mute spirit, “he said, “I command you, come out of him and never enter him again.” The spirit shrieked, convulsed him violently and came out. The boy looked so much like a corpse where many said, he is dead.” But Jesus took him by the hand and lifted him to his feet, and he stood up. After Jesus had gone indoors, his disciples asked him privately, “Why couldn’t we drive it out.” He replied, “This kind can come out only by prayer.” They left the place and passed through Galilea. Jesus did not want anyone to know where they were, because he was teaching his disciples. He said to them, “The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men. They will kill him, and after three days he will rise.” But they did not understand what he meant and were afraid to ask him about it. [Who is the greatest verse 33;] ‘They came to Capernaum. When he was in the house, he asked them, “what were you arguing about on the road?” But they kept silent because on the way they had argue about who was the greatest. Sitting down, Jesus called the 12 and said, “If anyone wants to be first, he must be the very last, and the servant of all.” He took a little child and had him stand among them. Taking him in his arms, he said to them, “Whoever welcomes one of those little children in my name welcomes me; and whoever welcomes me does not welcome me but the one who sent me.” [Whoever is not against us is for us verse 38;] ‘”Teacher,” said John, “we saw a man driving out demons in your name and we told him to stop, because he was not one of us.” “Do not stop him,” Jesus said, “No one who does a miracle in my name can in the next moment say anything bad about me, for whoever is not against us is for us. I tell you the truth, anyone who gives you a cup of water in my name because you belong to Christ will certainly not lose his reward. [Causing to sin verse 42;] ‘And if anyone causes one of those little ones who believe in me to sin, it would be better for him to be thrown into the sea with a large millstone tied around his neck. If your hand causes you to sin, cut it off. It is better for you to enter life maimed them with two hands to going to hell, where the fire never goes out. And if your foot causes you to sin, cut it off. It is better for you to enter life crippled then to have 2 feet and be thrown into hell. And if you’re eye causes you to sin, pluck it out. It is better for you to enter the kingdom of God with one eye and have two eyes and be thrown into hell, where “there worm does not die, and the fire is not quenched.” Everyone will be salted with fire. “Salt is good, but if it loses its saltiness, how can you make it salty again? Have salt in yourselves, and be peace with each other.”’ And finally Luke chapter 9 and Jesus sends out the Twelve.Verse one; ‘When Jesus had called the Twelve together, he gave them power and authority to drive out all demons and to cure diseases, and he sent them out to preach the kingdom of God and to healPage 153the sick. He told them: “take nothing for the journey – no staff, no bag, no bread, no money, no extra tunic. Whatever house you enter, stay there until you leave that town. If people do not welcome you, shake the dust off your feet when you leave their town, as a testimony against them.” So they set out and went from village to village, preaching the gospel and healing people everywhere. Now Herod the tetrarch heard about all that was going on. And he was perplexed, because some were saying that John had been raised from the dead, others that Elijah had appeared, and still others that one of the prophests of long ago had come back to life. But Herod said, “I beheaded John. Who, then, is this I hear such things about?” And he tried  (+104150 +3100 +500)
  7112044. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX16/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           16122020. Luke 9: 10- ; [Jesus feeds the 5000] ‘When the apostles returned, they reported to Jesus what they had done. Then he took them with him and they withdrew by themselves to a town called Bethsaida, but the crowds learned about it and followed him. He welcomed them and spoke to them about the kingdom of God, and healed those who needed healing. Late in the afternoon the Twelve came to him and said, “send the crowd away so they can go to the surrounding villages and countryside and find food and lodging, because we are in a remote place here.” He replied, “You give them something to eat.” They replied, “we only have five loaves of bread and two fish – unless we go and buy food for all this crowd.” But he said to his disciples, “Have them sit down in groups of about 50 each.” The disciples did so, and everybody sat down. Taking the five loaves and the two fish and looking up to heaven, he gave thanks and broke them. Then he gave them to the disciples to set before the people. They all ate and were satisfied, and the disciples picked up 12 basketfulls of broken pieces that were left over. [Peter’s confession of Christ verse 18] ‘once when Jesus was praying in private and his disciples were with him, he asked them, “Who do the crowds say I am?” They replied, “Some say John the Baptist, others say Elijah and still others, that one of the prophets .Of long ago has come back to life.” “What about you?” He asked. “Who do you say I am?” Peter answered, “The Christ of God.” Jesus strictly warned them not to tell this to anyone. And he said, “The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and he must be killed on the third day be raised to life.” Then he said to them all: “If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for me will save it. What good is it for a man to gain the whole world, and yet lose or forfeit his very self? If anyone is ashamed of me and my words, The Son of Man will be ashamed of them, when he comes in his glory and in the glory of the father and of the holy angels. I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God.” [The Transfiguration verse 28] ‘About eight days after Jesus said this, he took Peter, John and James with him and went up on the mountain road. As he was praying, the appearance of his face changed and his clothes became as bright as a flash of lightning. Two men, Moses and Elijah, appeared glorious splendour, talking with Jesus. They spoke about his departure, which he was about to bring to fulfilment a Jerusalem. Peter and his companions were very sleepy, but when they became fully awake, they saw his glory and the two men standing with him. As the man was leaving Jesus, Peter said to him, “Master, it is good for us to be here. Let us put up three shelters – one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah.” (He did not know what he was saying). While he was speaking a cloud appeared and enveloped them, and they were afraid as they entered the cloud. A voice came from the cloud, saying, “this is my Son, whom I have chosen; listen to him.” When the voice had spoken, they found the Jesus was alone. The disciples kept this to themselves, and told no one at the time what they had seen.” [The healing of a boy with an evil spirit

           Page 154

           verse 37;] ‘the next day, when they came down from the mountain, a large crowd met him. A man in the crowd called out, “teacher, I beg you to look at my son, for he is my only child. The spirit seizes him and he suddenly screams; it throws him into convulsions so that he foams at the mouth. It scarcely ever leaves him and is destroying him. I begged your disciples to drive it out, but they could not.” “ O unbelieving and perverse generation,” Jesus replied, “how long shall I stay with you and put up with you? Bring your son here.” Even while the boy was coming, the spirit threw him to the ground in a convulsion. But Jesus rebuked the evil spirit, healed the boy and gave him back to his father. And they were all amazed at the greatness of God. While everyone was marvelling at all the Jesus did, he said to his disciples, “Listen carefully to what I am about to tell you: The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men.” But they did not understand what he meant. It was hidden from them, so that they did not grasp it, and they were afraid to ask him about it. [Who will be the greatest? Verse 46;] ‘an argument started among the disciples as to which of them would be the greatest. Jesus, knowing their thoughts, took a little child and had him stand beside him. Then he said to them, “Whoever welcomes this little child in my name welcomes me; and whoever welcomes me welcomes the one who sent me. For he who is least among you all – he is the greatest.” Master, said John, “we saw a man driving out demons in your name and we tried to stop him, because he’s not one of us.” “Do not stop him,” Jesus said, “for whoever is not against you is for you.” [Samaritan opposition verse 51; ] ‘as the time approached for him to be taken up to heaven, Jesus resolutely set out for Jerusalem. And he sent messages on ahead, who went into a Samaritan village to get things ready for him; but the people there who did not welcome him, because he was heading for Jerusalem. When the disciples James and John saw this, they ask, “Lord, do you want us to call fire down from heaven to destroy them?” I Jesus turned and  rebuked them, and they went to another village. [The cost of following Jesus verse 57;] ‘As they were walking along the road, a man said to him, “I will follow you wherever you go.” Jesus replied. “Foxes have holes and birds of the air have nests, But the Son of Man has no place to lay his head.” He said to another man, “Follow me.” But the man replied, “Lord, first let me go and bury my father.” Jesus said to him, “Let the dead bury their own dead but you go and proclaim the kingdom of God.” Still another said, “I will follow you, Lord; the first let me go back and say goodbye to my family.” Jesus replied, “Now one who puts his hand to the plough and looks back is fit for the service in the kingdom of God.”

           In a recent visit to the book of Deuteronomy I unsuccessfully tried to tie in the water at Meribah with the water that flowed from the side of Jesus at 4 PM on Good Friday but even though there was a null effect does not mean that much was not learned from it. The problem may be that we still need other foundation stones before we can stand on this one and one of the foundation stones that I am going to try to explore this time around is going to be that of the two witnesses. All this should be in [  ] as it in turn may require further backgrounding but if it does produce a result you can be quite sure that I will scream as result of the rooftops and both loud and clear. [I begin with establishing that the apostle John is one of those witnesses and I use witness Scripture to do this, Luke 9: 27; ‘I tell you the truth, some of you who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God’. And Mark 9:1; ‘And he said to them, “I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power’. John the Baptist cannot be one of the witnesses to come back in the book of Revelation because he has already died under Herod and as both the witnesses will be murdered John the Baptist would be undergoing his second death and second death is in hell. There is no way the John the Baptist is going to hell! This person that has been referred to has to be the apostle John. There is going to be an incredible number of events and incidents that will occur and for each we are going to have to call either the cross of Good Friday or the cross of the Day of Atonement and this has been the

           Page 155

           subject of our studies of the gospel so far. It still seems an impossibility that the Bible is telling us that time should have finished 2000 years ago and that is what makes this study so fascinating. We not only have one other witnesses we also have a second witness and that is Elijah and we have that he is tied to none other than John the Baptist and each events at time these two great prophets together will in turn need to be called in terms of the cross of Good Friday or the cross of the Day of Atonement. So our first call is the apostle John. Satan uses this text to prove that Scripture cannot be true as John did not live on to see the power of God coming. If you get one of those creatures in your pulpit and who takes such delight in disproving the validity of Scripture take a hold of them and walk them out of the door but make sure that you wash yourself from this evil contact. To be true the apostle John could quite easily have been alive if the Day of Atonement had occurred at the time of Jesus and heaven of the eternities to come had begun then but as we know that did not occur and that event was postponed by some 4000 years. John the apostle did not taste death and after a long and successful ministry of pastoring to the early church was taken to heaven and is alive up there somewhere today. He will come back to earth after 1260 years and the second coming and he will return for the third coming with Elijah and Jesus and the 144,000 wise virgins. The primary role will be to close the door of mercy and this will allow planet Earth to enter into its last stage of existence. This time around he will be killed along with Elijah and there is our dual witnesses as to the evil of humanity and justifying the closing of the door of mercy. Both witnesses will be resurrected and with the final roles/scrolls of those in heaven will return back to heaven and the place where they will enter will be the throne room of God itself. Yes John will see the kingdom of God come with power. But why couldn’t John do this 2000 years ago? He is not bracketed in with someone else like Elijah is paired with John the Baptist? But 2000 years ago the door of mercy would have/could have closed on the Thursday night when Jesus was in Gethsemane and at the declaration of His Divinity. “ I AM HE !” This could well have been the closing of the door of mercy as every human being lay dead in front of Jesus. Jesus could quite easily have resurrected the righteous dead of all times and taken them back into the heavens and returned some six months later to a refurbished world and finished time via the Day of Atonement. The apostle John would not be required in the closing of the door of mercy by the apostle John will be required in the closing of the door of mercy in some 1300 years time. It is after this has happened that events will proceed onto the Day of Atonement and therefore the end of time for this universe and this delay in time is because planet earth has been given 4000 years of reprieve and that was because of the cross of Good Friday. But John was not involved directly in these events so can we call John as the apostle of Good Friday or is his role further down the track and the closing of the door of mercy at the third coming of Jesus? I am reluctantly going to have to pass as I can see a tie between those two events but I would not expect to see or to hear Jesus give us this admonition in the Gospel of John and that makes it a purely synoptic affair. Elijah and John the Baptist are going to be difficult enough to try in going to be even before we try to get Moses into the picture. The number of events that we have to try to correlate is mind-boggling but another that I want to get off my mind are the eternal fires of hell which 99% of Christian ministry teach as fact and therefore remove the foundations from under their own feet and make the whole concept of a loving God not just meaningless but ludicrous as well. In the text we are told that we would be better off cutting off our hand or foot or removing our eye rather than to go through life with these and finish up in hell where the fires of hell burn forever! It is Jesus here teaching self-mutilation? Is Jesus teaching here that our problems of sin are over if we are one eyed people with one arm and limping on one leg? Hardly! Sin still remains as the major problem but perhaps if we remove the other I and arm and leg and just be blind torsos this may help our problem? It is quite amazing that Satan has not tried to introduce this as a major teaching in the ministry of Jesus Christ.

           Page 156

           He has got that little bit about the  eternal fires of hell there but not the limbless torso! But how does this relate to salt? (+106650 +3600)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 17/12/2020 .XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

  7112045. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 17/12/2020 .XXXXXXXXXXXXX
           17122020. Sin is an abomination to God. Self-mutilation is an abomination to God. Eternal fires of hell are an abomination to God. Jesus took all confessed sins onto his sinless body. Jesus allowed the mutilation of his body and marks which He will carry for the eternities to come. Jesus allowed Himself to be placed into the fires of hell and the results of this action will remain with Jesus forevermore. Jesus did this to achieve a state of perfection and this act of perfection is offered to anyone who wants to take advantage of it. Perfection does not allow for such a large percentage of the human population to scream their guts out forevermore! The fires of hell for most of humanity will be extinguished as the fires of hell of a fire higher level and intensity were extinguished on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and even though these fires burned in total darkness to the human eye they were there and they can be studied especially at the point when they were extinguished and light visible to our eyes came from them at 3.0 1 PM on Good Friday. The first opening comment yesterday was about the apostle John and our study of the two witnesses. John could not be one of those witnesses at the time because John the Baptist was one of them and even though the second witness had not died, Jesus Christ it was a certainty that the Jews would have killed Him had He stayed on for the Good Friday there we have the two witnesses of the first coming of Jesus Christ and the beginning of heaven on earth 2000 years ago. The forerunner to John the Baptist was actually Elijah who Elijah who is not mentioned was with Enoch and Moses manages to get into the mix there some way. It was all about God’s way. With God’s stamp of approval for getting rid of sin off this world. We started Elijah he was the solution of the high crucial Melchizedek is of extending The Day of Atonement and from its limited scope in the garden of Eden of including unintentional unconfessed sins like that of Eve to include confessed intentional scenes like that of Adam and given to us as a sacrifice of Leviticus 16 and sacrifice that the Messiah came to earth fulfil the first time and with it finish the history of this universe. But John the Baptist already have this history established behind him but he came to add more to it and it is with this addition that we must now struggle. The beauty and the simplicity of it is that when we come to a fork in the road it could be that of the cross Good Friday or it could be that of the cross of the Day of Atonement and the difference between these two is a heaven that will result within the throne room of God in a new universe or a heaven that will result back here on earth as was intended in the original creation. Mistakes therefore are quite easy to correct and many will be made along the way but prayerfully we will be able to, “Glorify the Name of God!” I have no doubt that one day I will be able to write a verse by verse commentary on the subjects but at present I am still trying to stitch up the events. Matthew chapter 17 begins with the Transfiguration which is the story of the Day of Atonement. It is set in roughly the same setting in all three synoptic gospels and that is that it occurs very late in the ministry of Jesus Christ, well within the last hundred days and therefore the Holy Spirit was not involved. The Holy Spirit had left earth after the beheading of John the Baptist by Herod and set in place cataclysmic changes, and one of those was that the Holy Spirit had left earth. There must be a reason why Jesus only wanted to reveal this glorious mystery to only three disciples and those three were to be Peter, James and John. John would qualify on any number of grounds including that it would be his death in some 3300 years as one of the two witnesses that would instigate end of world events and bring on the Day of Atonement. And for this privilege he would be kept alive all that time. For Peter it will bring on his downfall in that he now “, knew “that the Day of Atonement was a certainty he was going to be taken back to heaven and that is why this privilege was been shown to him. When it

           Page 157

           didn’t happen Peter abandoned his faith in the worst possible situation and denied Jesus using blasphemy he was shown what actually would happen this appearance of Jesus in the Transfiguration would be the light according to which he would live and know that his sin had been forgiven. It must have had profound effects on James as well as key to abandoned Jesus on the Thursday night in Gethsemane. It does show that there is a hierarchy and a structure which begins in heaven and passes through all of God’s creation and one which is questioned by many today but the questions will not persist in the new heaven. The major event that has occurred before this Transfiguration is that Jesus has predicted his death but that was as of The Son of Man and this title belongs to the cross of Good Friday aware the waters are being muddied is that John will be standing there watching. To muddy the water further we know that Jesus as Son of God will not have a heavenly body but will have to use the earthly body that He used on Good Friday of Mount Calvary. There goes the resolution to define all events in terms of either Good Friday or Mount Calvary or the Day of Atonement. This event will be further discussed in Luke. Jesus leads them after a high mountain where there are no other people and He changed into a divine form in front of them. This is what is going to happen as we look at Jesus on the cross of the Day of Atonement and we see Him changed in front of us but there will be far greater transformation as we will have been prepared much better than those three apostles were. It will take us 1260 days to get over what we have seen and therefore there will be much temple building during this time and it will be by the masterbuilder Himself, Jesus. I have already tried to bring Elijah into the picture because it was the admittance of Elijah into heaven that sealed this covenant and it is the sacrifice of Leviticus 16 which we are about to go through. But clearly Elijah was but the minor steppingstone and led to John the Baptist. It was the death of John the Baptist that went on to become the major steppingstone and the return of the Holy Spirit back to heaven. The last time through this chapter because I knew that Jesus was going to the cross of Good Friday and that time would be extended by 4000 years I projected this event onto Eden2 and the Day of Atonement as it is going to occur in 1800 years time. The result was then the Holy Spirit would be a part of the fine linen and it would be supporting and explaining Christ’s robe of righteousness to each one of us who are up there. My compulsion this is not what these verses are  telling us. I have returned many times and each time am surprised at the depth behind those four words of Genesis 1:1; ‘In the beginning God.’ And now I am being sent to another five words on which I must base my commentary and that is the teaching that Peter received from God Himself. “Jesus is God the Christ” and it is this teaching that changes both earthly and heavenly steps at this time. We are now in a full on march towards a rapture from Gethsemane and six months later to the Day of Atonement. Time really was meant to finish 2000 years ago! We already have Elijah there talking to Jesus showing his credentials but what Moses is doing there we will try to work out when we get to Luke. But unless we have made a correction to our journey and that is the Day of Atonement. When the disciples heard God speak they fell to the ground, terrified that does not mean to say that they didn’t know what was going on. It still remains in abeyance why these disciples were told to keep it secret until it was, ‘don’t tell anyone what you have seen, Until the Son of Man has been raised from the dead’. One of the many ideas that are worth praying to get an insight into. Why then do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first? Jesus replied, “To be sure, Elijah comes and will restore all things. [That was the idea of taking Elijah back to heaven to show that humanity had been restored to divinity at a level of confessed sins and then made retrospective by Melchizedek using the example of Abraham to go back as far as Adam] “but, Elijah has already come, and they did not recognise him, but have done to him everything they wished” [let us say for arguments sake that it was Elijah who came to earth with Jesus as is still to come instead of John the Baptist. In the sacrifice of Leviticus 16 that was to take place Elijah could play no

           Page 158

           part in any part of the sin offering as his sins were there as were the sins of all redeemed. He could not play a part with anything to do of the scapegoat nor the offerings of the high priest. The only part that I could see for Elijah would be that he would hold up the offering to all and to proclaim that it had been accepted and his presence over the last thousand years (?) Was proof to this. Would John the Baptist have held the same role and what roles would John play? It is here now that we enter into the realm of the Holy Spirit but the rules must be s those that were given to Peter regarding the entity called The Christ. By attempting to answer this question we should be at least formulating an answer to what is going to happen to the Son of Man? The idea behind this visit is to look at the healing of a boy with a demon which is recorded in all three synoptic gospels. Matthew verse 14; (1) the situation was there was a crowd and a man from this crowd came to Jesus and knelt before him and asked him to have mercy on his son as a demon of the highest order had possessed him. (2) this demon was trying to destroy this boy and the disciples could not drive him out. (3) Jesus was frustrated with his disciples at the lack of faith and He personally had to drive this demon out. (4) (+108540 +3600

  7112046. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 18/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           18122020. (4) the issue involved in driving out this demon was that of faith. (5) the miracle ends with Jesus telling His disciples, ‘The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men. They will kill him, and on the third day he will be raised to life.’ And the disciples were filled with grief. In Mark the ‘same’ miracle has; (1) also a large crowd and the teachers of the law were arguing with them and the people rush to greet him when they saw him. (2) Jesus wanted to know what they were arguing about. (3) a man brought forward his son who was possessed by a spirit which tried to cause him great harm and asked the disciples to drive out the spirit but they could not. (4) Jesus is again upset at the lack of faith of everyone including His disciples. (5) what is different is that when the spirit sees Jesus and immediately threw the boy into a convulsion, if hurled him to the ground and rolled around, foaming at the mouth. (6) Jesus asked the father for how long this has been happening and is told from childhood and is asked to help. (7) Jesus again specifies that the issue is faith and, “everything is possible for him who believes”. (8) the father calls out that heart wrenching cry that so many Christians have made, ‘I do believe; help me overcome my unbelief!’ It is the call that joins up there to down here, and it is the distance involved between the two that makes it so hard to believe that it can happen! The bridge of faith itself only originates from Jesus and all that is involved is actually the glory of God. “Glorified be your name!” can actually come from the greatest of depths which are actually insignificant when compared to the result of what is happening. Even I can do that! (9) Jesus not only commands the Demon to come out of him but never to enter him again! (10) it promotes an extreme reaction within the spirit which is quite frightening to even read about that alone to experience. (11) Jesus equates the driving of this demon out to prayer. Jesus is equating prayer and faith. (12) the miracle again finishes with Jesus teaching his disciples, “Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of man. They will kill him, and after three days we will rise.” But they did not understand what he meant and were afraid to ask about it.’ Demon involved was of the highest order and if this was not Satan himself then it was one of the ones that were released from the abyss or even one of the ones that were killed on the first day of the rebellion in heaven when they tried to offer fire pans. At his first coming Jesus was met by a full complement of satanic power and every Demon was there. They knew that they had been resurrected because soon  Eve’s seed was going to crush the head of Satan and this in turn in eight days time would lead to the Day of Atonement. From this we are expected to gather what power did Satan lose at the first coming and how much power does he still have today. It certainly seems as if the worst of it has gone. If divinity and heaven were to begin at that time and back down could Jesus crush the head of Satan because his Dominion had been removed? And finally Luke chapter 9 and verse 37; (1) setting is the same as previously and especially the large crowd. (2) a man comes forward again begging Jesus to look at his son and his desperation is quantified, ‘he is my only child’. (3) the danger and the hurt that this demon poses to this child is emphasised.(4) is also repeated that he begged the disciples to drive this demon out that they could not. (5) Jesus is again bewildered by the lack of faith of everybody particularly His disciples. It may have been understandable at the start of His ministry but not so at the end where we are now. Jesus cannot leave His early church standing on such a lack of faith. After all the miracles that Jesus has performed what else is he supposed to do? (6) Jesus does drive out the demon but the reaction of the demon is notable. ‘And they were all amazed at the greatness of God’. Jesus again finishes with teaching His disciples, “listen carefully to what I’m

           Page 157

           about to tell you: The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of man.” This idea was so strange to the disciples they, ‘were afraid to ask him about it’.

           Much time has already been focused on Satan/ Beelzebub and the dangers of dealing with him and stepping on his territory and no doubt we will be returning there again. The next time as a blend of part of the chapter. But now as we approach the end of the ministry of Jesus Christ what has some normally popped up is the Transfiguration and it appears as if it is now full steam ahead and towards the Day of Atonement and the end of time but yet Jesus warns us at the end of those miracles of driving Satan out of that poor boy That the Son of Man is going to suffer at the hands of men and they will do to Jesus what they did to Elijah/John the Baptist. But the Transfiguration specifically tells us that the Day of Atonement is going to be a day of pure worship and praise where we see Jesus being transformed from his presence earthly body to 1 of divinity. The subject of the temple tax I will leave for another time.

           It has only been recently that I copied those three chapters concerning the boy possessed by a demon and during this time I was bewildered by how many things had happened here and usually when this happens and I am swamped by events I just lose the plot completely. This time is different though because with the father whose child was possessed by this highest of demons I to pray,’ I do believe; overcome my unbelief! When the goal is the glory of God it shines over the deepest of depths!’ The ministry of Jesus Christ had a start and it had an end but it also had a centre point and that centrepoint was the beheading of John the Baptist by Herod. This was more than Elijah or Moses or anyone could achieve but it was achieved by John the Baptist and it resulted in immediate changes to the ministry of Jesus. But the question that we must answer is that has Jesus decided that He will go  to the cross on Good Friday because the Holy Spirit will no longer be with Him? If this is the case then Jesus is going to finish time and establish heaven on earth and this is an issue with which I have struggled for some time now and which will not be properly answered until I am capable of going through these texts verse by verse, which in turn is much distant. One response that Scripture comes up with is the Transfiguration this in turn is the centrepiece of the Day of Atonement. Whether Jesus undergoes this miraculous transformation whilst we are worshipping him on the cross of the Day of Atonement or whether the transformation occurs next morning when both blood and water are returned to the body of Jesus and He’s taken down from the cross. If this were the case then Jesus has already undergone a minor Transfiguration when You came to life on the Resurrection Sunday after His death on the cross of Good Friday. The one that the three apostles experienced on that day was at a far higher level than what happened on Resurrection Sunday and will again be far higher when it finally does happen in some one thousand 800 years time. The fact that Jesus does not want the other disciples to know at this stage and each chapter finishes with the teaching of Jesus that The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of man indicates three possibilities; first of all As the Son of Man Jesus has serious doubts as to whether he will be able to get through this ordeal at all. It is as Eleazar, the priest Jesus goes to the cross of Good Friday as and that is of humanity. Secondly Jesus will not be accompanied by the presence of the Holy Spirit although if the Book of Revelation is applicable and heaven and earth flew the presence of God the Father on His throne at this time there will be a direct connection between God the Father and God the Son whilst He is on the cross the fires of hell will envelop the throne room of God above. Jesus is going to have to go through unbelievable brutality and it is doubtful whether He may even not be able to withstand the 40 lashes as many before him have not. But these will only amount to one drop in the bucket as to what is happening to Him on a spiritual level. It is going to be His own people, using the words of Jesus in order to crucify him in such a brutal way. It was all settled on the

           Page 158

           question when they asked Jesus, “Are You the Son of God?” And it was the answer that Jesus gave that settled his fate. The result of what was going to happen on that Good Friday was far from certain and it is unthinkable of what would have happened had Jesus failed. That possibility did not have to arise even though Jesus told His disciples that it would arise but right now Jesus is preparing for the Day of Atonement and with the Transfiguration. Final act would be to send out the 12 to gather whatever harvest exists. But actually would be to settle the issues that existed in the feeding of the crowd of 5000 with five loaves and two fish. They had been pretty well settled when the news came through the John the Baptist had been murdered in the Holy Spirit had returned to heaven the harvest is now have to be consolidated and the miracle that is written up in all four gospels is now recorded during this time the question that was tearing Jesus apart was, “do I stay on Good Friday or do I return to heaven” but Scripture gives the answer as the Transfiguration and Jesus is not going to stay Good Friday will be transfigured on the Day of Atonement or the next day. The Day of Atonement will necessitate the removal of Satan and his power from this earth and if this is what happens with the healing of the boy with the evil spirit Satan’s power has indeed been greatly diminished. There must be great wealth within the admonition of Jesus to the Demon that it is not to return again but at this stage I cannot tie it in.

           The events which Mark follows come after Peter’s confession of who Jesus was. 8:29; ‘”but what about you?” He asked. “Who do you say I am?” Peter answered, “You are the Christ.” There are not many places in Scripture that I do not agree with the current translation and to say that Peter did not know what he was talking about would be one such place and what it actually says is that Peter did not know what to say because he was so frightened. Peter knew very well what he was talking about and it was the answer to this question that guided the Transfiguration. God was not going to give Peter such a deep truth as four standalone words; ‘You are the Christ’. It will be the same as receiving four standalone words; ‘In the beginning God’. No, these truths are buttressed by many layers of theology. Not that Peter did his scores much credit when he took Jesus aside and began to rebuke him. Jesus looked to his disciples, he rebuked Peter. “Get behind me, Satan! He said. “You do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men.” But this did not change the initial fact that it was Peter who received this truth from God the Father. He had time to contemplate on it in fact he had six days before the Transfiguration. “You are the Christ” is a deep truth which has only just begun, to reveal itself to us as we study the book of Genesis, if that is what is happening and this will be our next major study on our list. I am aware of the pitfall that the Jehovah’s Witness fall into when they call Jesus a created being. This trashes the basic core of Christianity, it makes it nonsensical and from this nonsense they hang many bells from their watchtower. All clangers! There will no doubt be many attempts made to look at the nature of the holy Trinity and being given the topic of The Christ has certainly bought an attempt in the right place.— (+108890 +3600)

  7112047. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 19/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX19122020 For those who do not believe that God emanates from the throne room there is an awful amount of Scripture which says that this does happen. First and foremost we will be spending the eternities to come within the throne room of God even though getting in there in the first place is going to be a traumatic experience in itself. The dimensions of this throne room in the universe to come are given but not so in this universe that exists today. After all it will only be there for at most 8000 years and what is 8000 when compared to a trillion with a trillion zeros after it. They are; it is a cube of some 1600 miles with no roof, 12 pearly gates, thickness and composition of foundations and walls is given, names on both gates and foundations are given and even the colour that the walls glow with also given. This is a a lot of information about something that does not exist? We are evenPage 159told the height of the foundations and if they were the height of about Everest, 5 miles I then we could relate to them but at 1600 miles high again makes it difficult to relate to. We are even told that our apartments will be up there in a sprawling city with water frontages to each one. In the centre of the city stands the throne of God itself and in front of it the cross of Jesus Christ which like every saint at this stage has this cross or this altar in the heart of their beings. Much indeed is given about the details of the throne room of God and that is even before we begin the journey of getting there. And there we have been told something about the One Who sits on the throne but we also have been told that the Lamb also occupies this throne and it is the omnipresence of Jesus Christ that radiates from here and across the known universe. It is also known as time. Neither God the Father nor the Lamb were created but have existed for the ages past but the issue now is when Jesus asked Peter, ‘Who do you say that I am?’ And Peter answered, ‘You are the Christ’. This was a divine revelation and a specific answer to the problems that we now face. I have already spent considerable time on whether The Christ was a begotten being but He certainly was not a created being. The Christ was the result of the light that the Holy Spirit was asked to shine at 6 AM on the first day of creation and it shone onto existing time. In earthly terms I called the combination of light and time to be gravity but in heavenly terms when divine light combined with time or the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ the beam that resulted was The Christ and it is now His presence which is being invoked and will now take control of events. The role of this being, The Christ way back on the first day of creation was to supervise the creation of this universe in such a way so that it could rebound from the storm of sin which was about to pass and from there for this creation to continue on for the eternities to come. The role of the Christ was to supervise the Day of Atonement and it is now that we turn our attention to the Day of Atonement and what The Christ did to specifically allow this universe to recover from the sin problem and to continue on. The events that are now going to be described are a part of this process. Preparation for it was the Transfiguration of Jesus from where the recovered universe will continue. The one thing that The Christ did not have to take into account was that there would be a challenge to the daily sacrifice. No one would even think of challenging the conditions under which they were allowed to exist; the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. Any challenge would negate that existence and that existence would no longer be possible. If something was done to allow that existence to continue then I would have to be on another planet and another universe somewhere else where only those who could exist would be those who had not made the challenge or would make the challenge in any time future. The cross of Good Friday was not on the radar screen.It was The Christ Who made the apparition of Moses and Elijah to the disciples/apostles and very special apostles at that. They had a very special story to tell and without them Scripture would be incomplete and this is just not the case. Out of the three of them it is Peter who reacts differently and it was to Peter that God revealed The Christ. Not that the reaction of Peter was exemplary in fact it was a reaction of the Demon. ‘Get behind me, Satan’. Satan did not want a bar of what was going to happen because for the Day of Atonement to proceed Satan would have had all been destroyed eight days beforehand and Satan wanted the 4000 year alternative. But Peter did come up with divine truths as well. Peter had greater problems than mundane problems like, why did the log float in his swimming pool. Had he asked Jesus this question and Jesus had told him that it was a matter of which direction the particles were spinning. If clockwise then the resultant would be down or gravity but is anticlockwise then up or thrust but Peter had far bigger problems and which he would have to explain to his fledgling church. How did the earth emerge out of a cocoon of water that was thousands of miles deep? How was it that those demons the world around at the time of Jesus had now been placed back into the abyss to await judgement when the door of mercy hadPage 160closed on all demons at the cross of Good Friday? How and when with the conflagration that began with the river of blood there was 200 miles long begin? Issues involving the second coming? But what Peter was show on was that both Moses and Elijah were speaking to Jesus concerning the upcoming event that The Christ was going to supervise.We have already started looking at the role that Elijah may have played. It may be over the top a bit to say that Elijah was going to be involved in the presentation of the burnt sacrifice but he well could have been a witness as to the authenticity of the sacrifice that was about to occur and he was living proof that those involved would be going to heaven as AT_ONE_isMENT was going to be involved. It was the day of Atonement. But the two witnesses were supposed to come down to close the door of mercy on humanity and for this to happen heinous crimes had to be committed, like the murder of two witnesses sent by heaven. John the Baptist went in to complete that role for Elijah and Elijah himself is still to come to earth to complete the work. That was one witness down and one to go. Whenever a major topic arises in those gospels and it also arises in the Book of Revelation we will go to Revelation and look at the relevant chapter as doing this in the past has proven to be very fruitful indeed. But looking at Elijah and  John the Baptist we have the witness effect of Elijah and the death effect John the Baptist and so the crucial answer that we now seek is the role of the Holy Spirit. At this time both witnesses were murdered by God’s own people, the Jews. Whether it was in cooperation with Herod as in the case of John the Baptist or the Jews directly involved in the murder of Jesus Christ the end result was both witnesses were dead and the door of mercy had been slammed shut on the Jew. As far as God was concerned they were no longer his people but the door of mercy had not slammed shut on humanity and if they wanted to return under the banner of Christianity they were more than welcomed and return they will. So there is the bit that we want the two witnesses in Revelation to tie together. The witness Elijah and the authenticity of the coming Day of Atonement, the substitution of John the Baptist and his murder by the Jews but also the separation within the Godhead, the murder of the second witness by the Jews but strangely the addition of 3300 years of time until the arrival of the two witnesses in the Book of Revelation.There is still another witness/observer to the coming events and that is Moses. Coincidentally we have been studying Moses and his relationship to this particular day. In Deuteronomy he has arrived on the banks of the Jordan, this is as far as he will be allowed to go and he will not cross the Jordan into Canaan via the Day of Atonement but will remain back on the eastern side (?) Of the river. He knows a lot about it. Moses has credentials to put before these assembled beings. He began as the leader of this journey way back on 01 – 01 – 01 in Egypt and regardless of how long it took to get here this was always the end of the journey. It was the role of The Christ to see that this would be the case. It is not as if there are fascinating questions that can be asked about Moses because there are. Why did Satan contend for the body of Moses after his death and that contention can only be with Jesus and claim did he make on this body? When we die and with our last breath we are either with Jesus or we are not and unfortunately the default value is with Satan. Whether I die or Moses died or somebody else died in Jesus our whole everything belongs to Jesus and it is only a matter of time when Jesus resurrects us. In most cases this will be at the second coming when Jesus resurrects the righteous dead and takes them back to heaven with Him. There would be no need for Jesus to do this if what most of the “Christian” ministries tell you today that you either go to heaven or hell when you die. Knowingly or unknowingly they are enticing you into Satan’s lies and onto Satan’s territory. Heaven/Scripture makes no attempts to convert any of those who have not died in Jesus and this condition will apply right until they are all converted into nothing and therefore there is nothing to worry about after this period but this one exception Satan is making a claim on the bodyPage 161of Moses which belongs to Jesus and therefore will see the throne room of God and the eternities to come. If Satan is making a claim on the ground that the sin Moses committed was so serious that it gave rights of Moses body over to Satan but if this was the case then he should also lay claim on the body of Aaron. Maybe not as high a standing as Moses but Aaron was still the high priest and they do not get any higher than this. But Moses had more of a claim than this, than just being the leader of the journey of God’s people out of Egypt. Moses was also present on the day and smashed the agreement between God and humanity when he saw Aaron and the congregation worshipping the golden calf. The end of the journey was still going to be the Day of Atonement but the difference was going to be not how we kept God’s commandments but how Jesus kept and fulfilled these commandments. The journey was going to be sidetracked and it was now going to be over Mount Calvary and a bigger change in direction that could not exist. So was Moses possibly discussing with Jesus this change of direction? And what happened to Moses after this? Moses died in Christ and therefore every part of him belong to Jesus and this includes his body. Jesus could choose to resurrect this body at any time and in the time of the Transfiguration it was then  Moses would not have died but gone on to experience the cross of Good Friday and 3 PM in the throne room of God on Good Friday where Jesus appeared and collected the scroll with the seven soils and gone back to earth to open them. Moses had already experienced one death and could not die again as the second death would have been in hell and Moses is not going to hell. But other than being shown the dual courtesy of the end of a mission that Moses began what other purpose was Moses standing here for? We have already had Elijah when he was paired off with John the Baptist accomplishing the role of one of the witnesses, so who does Moses have to be paired with? There are still deep mysteries to be answered when we visit the Book of Revelation and look at the issues of the two witnesses there. On earth now I wonder whether it was Jesus who explained the clockwise and anticlockwise movements of electrons to Peter or whether it was Peter who worked it out for himself. Thus Peter’s solution now about the tents are they divine or are they the result of Peter extending what God told him about Jesus, ‘you are the Christ’. If Peter’s solution involved three separate tents then I cannot see how it would work. I would have had one giant tents for Jesus and in that tent, the situation of 10 PM of Jesus in Gethsemane where Jesus has revealed His divinity and all humanity laid dead around Him. In here would also be Elijah’s tent and the one belonging to Moses. Inside of Moses tent would be all the dead righteous who lived and died before 10 PM but inside the tent of Elijah would be those who are alive at this time all righteous living. For our life in the soon coming of Jesus there will be very few righteous living at the moment of the flash in the sky, in fact 144,000 wise virgins but I cannot see any righteous living at the moment that Jesus declares His Divinity, ‘ I AM HE!’ Either way it is quite understandable as to how Peter and everyone else got the events of Good Friday so hopelessly wrong and were thus in a state of utter confusion on Resurrection Sunday morning. There certainly is much still to contemplate when we visit the two witnesses in the book of Revelation. But this section finishes with verse 12-; ‘Jesus replied, “to be sure, Elijah does come first, and restores all things. Why then is it written that The Son of Man must suffer much and be rejected? But I tell you, Elijah has come, and they have done to him everything they wished, just as it is written about him.”’ Elijah had come first and restored everything via the Day of Atonement and if that be the case then why did the Son of Man have to come and suffer much and be rejected? If we have the Day of Atonement then why do we need the cross of Good Friday on Mount Calvary?  (+111524 +3600 SXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 20/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
  7112048. Page162
           20122020. This time round and effort is being made to look at the two witnesses, be they Elijah and Moses or John the Baptist and Jesus and even a journey to the Book of Revelation to look at the two witnesses there. In our previous effort we try to look at the role of Satan and I was rather proud of the effort that had been made. It began in the garden of Eden on the day when our first parents sinned went on to Beelzebub then on to those two occasions where the demons entered into the pigs which went on to be drowned and finally finished up in the Book of Revelation where Satan is going to be destroyed in hell. It is still a difficult concept to understand why Satan only spends two days in hell before his destroyed but the beast and the false prophet spend 1250 days. Both lots are tormented day and night forever and ever and this is metaphor for until the work of a fire is done and in every fire when its work is done it is extinguished. Numbers will be meaningless if Scripture was saying that Satan spent two days and then infinity or for ever and ever and also saying that the beast spent 1250 days and forever and ever! Meaningless ! And this is why I find the evil spirit within this boy to be a surprise topic in all the synoptic gospels. Satan is supposed to have been dealt with but this is far from being the case. It leads to some very unpleasant truths about satanic possession which so readily occurs even if you have your guard halfway down. Satan knew what he was in for in these last days and he made very thorough preparations for it. He knew that all his fellow demons would have to be restored to life if they were to have their heads crushed by Jesus. He himself made his headquarters inside of this boy.[Jesus asked the father for how long this condition had been occurring and was told that it was since childhood] but if this boy was Satan’s headquarters then why did Satan try to destroy or to kill this boy all those times? It doesn’t take long to drown a person or even to inflict irreversible damage inside a fire. Why was Satan trying to destroy not just his own home but home base as well and the problems that would be involved in finding another one? The harder that Satan tried to do this the more desperate the father would become and will try to seek the help of firstly the disciples of Jesus and then Jesus Himself. These right now were unforeseen circumstances in that Jesus just appeared from off the mountain and into a large crowd where this man and his son were seeking Jesus because the apostles could not drive this Demon out. How serious the situation is it if this demon/Beelzebub possesses one of us today? The boy did not invite this demon and neither do we have to invite him into our lives. How many people can Satan simultaneously enter keeping in mind that he is spirit? Is it as many as the Holy Spirit can fill or more or less? As I do not know I will guess 1000 and that will would that mean that Satan would spend 1000^th of a second with each person before moving onto the next one? Or is it worse than that and the only way in which he will leave you alone will be to give you this satanic work of throwing doubt onto the Bible by the thousands of means that he has available to him? Just look at the number of satanic ministries out there that are trying to do their best to destroy credibility in the Bible! Whilst they continue to do this work Satan will leave them alone but even if they have a short break he will destroy them by water, or fire or cancer or some other means. There is only one Safeway of stopping him from entering into your body to begin his work of destruction and work and that is by having Jesus there in the first place. Thus notice the first thing these ministries will do is to drive Jesus out of your presence and that leaves room for entry of the chief demon. This technique is as common as clockwork and also very effective indeed. They could not be better displayed than in the ministries of Jimmy Swaggart? Put the Bible in front of them, make it uncomfortable for the Demon those inside them, cause him to leave and bring them up to the front and away your demonic hands on them! As easy as that! This demon that they will fill you with is a capricious being and may help you get up the ladder just like he does with so many of these ministers today. The only reason he helps you up is because when he pulls the rug out from under your you will have a further distance of fall, and more pain will result. Many people who fall for Jim’s

           Page 163

           tricks do not know what they are doing and Jesus would not allow a high level demon possession under these circumstances. You would have to enter and be firmly planted on Satan’s territory which is the ground of pornography, satanic rituals, drugs and alcohol and other lewd actions. The desperate way in which they and other satanic ministries get you to try to communicate with the dead again indicates to me that these could be fertile satanic grounds and that is why they are so keen to get you onto them. Whatever means the outcome is certain and that outcome has to be destruction. This demon that we have struck is of the extreme nature of all evil and even if you muster up enough faith the size of a mustard tree seed and managed to get it out this thing will reappear very quickly and Jesus had to warn this thing not to enter the boy again. There is some association between this boy and this demon otherwise the Demon would have gone and found one of the many other willing souls to enter. The scribes and Pharisees, the teachers of the law and in fact most of God’s people, sadly to say but this demon particularly wanted to be inside this boy. He was not welcomed in fact he was most unwelcomed. Even if I did faith the size of a mustard, and for which I pray I would not be able to stop my children who are adults from straying onto Satan’s turf but my faith should be strong enough to prevent Satan from entering into my grandchildren before they reach the age of reason. Paedophilia is a crime against children in all cultures but is amplified by many thousand when it is within a Christian church. All there have been warned of the seriousness of this crime which is actually against God Himself and the consequences are spelled out. It is difficult to reconcile how those demons can produce such wonderful sermons but it remains as fact that demons can produce wonderful sermons! Such is the power of the word they are dealing with! May want to bring you to the summit before pushing you over the edge and this in lay common day event in Satan’s modus operandi. (+112790 +3600)

  7112049. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 21/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX21122020.. Finishing off Mark chapter 9 before our final summary of the same subject in Luke. Paedophilia is specifically mentioned as it is the most serious of sins and corrupts every level of society. It begins with children who ultimately will finish up as adults and along the way takes out the structure of society and that is Christianity. The damage could not be more thorough and it could not be more complete. However what is not against us is for us is clearly a teaching to stay away from Satan at all levels even though it does appear that he is for Jesus and some of the most wonderful sermons that you have heard will have been presented by paedophiles and other demonic beings whose primary aim was to bring you to Jesus to drive out the devil within you and then quickly whip you up to the stage and lay their filthy hands on you to replace what were relatively benign beings with the real Satanic ones. Any attempt at contact with these satanic ministries must therefore be avoided. Children are the greatest in the kingdom of heaven because of their humility and for an adult to come to the spiritual level must either take a dropper and go down to the ocean and try count the drops of water in their pointer to count the stars in the sky. An introduction to this exercise would be to count the grains of sand on the beach. Our stature should thus be measured against the creator of this universe. And it is now that Peter has put us in the right frame of mind and it is either eight days counting each end or six days in between when the Transfiguration will occur. Peter is the apostle of extremes and therefore the hope of mere mortals. We may spend most of our lives at the lower end of the scale but there is always a possibility that in a very short period of time we may get to the very top end of it and that is possible simply by looking up and addressing the only being in existence that can be addressed and in a way that He cannot ignore our demands; CHRIST ALMIGHY HELP! And this was the revelation that began the journey of six or eight days to the Transfiguration and which in turn pointed to the transformation that willPage164occur on the day that AT-ONE-isMENT will occur, the Day of Atonement. It began with Peter answering the question that Jesus asked him; ‘who do you say that I am?’ And Peter answered, ‘You are The Christ!’ One of those days if I ever do an analysis on this blog I would like to compare how much time I spend on the statement as compared to the first four words of the book of Genesis; ‘In the beginning God…’ Both those statements are related and both have extreme difficulty and depth associated with them. But I think that it is the light that has shone on Peter at this stage is 6 AM on the first day of creation and which follows 12 hours of darkness. It was God the Father who gave God the Holy Spirit the command to produce light to which the Holy Spirit responded and produced divine light. It was the combination of divine light and time which produced The Christ and therefore The Christ is neither God the Father nor the Holy Spirit but a begotten being with the first light of the first day last Peter is able to say now, “You are the Christ and your role will be to supervise all events including this Transfiguration of Jesus which will be a spiritual forerunner to the reaal event of the Day of Atonement. I am reasonably sure that one day the Holy Spirit will show us what happened in those first 12 hours of creation before Christ appeared on the scene but more importantly we need to see how The Christ is going to be involved in the real event and particularly the preparation that is made beforehand at least at this stage and after hand following the Day of Atonement. Both extremes are as at 6 AM on the first day there existed to physical entities, the throne room of God which has always existed and the newly created tent of meeting which was planet Earth and the other extreme was this statement by apostle Peter and which was given to him by God the Father and an event from which heaven on earth was about to begin from. Jesus has existed from all times but The Christ was not begotten until 6 AM on the first day of creation and it is this union and this relationship that we now seek to study. The amount of planning and execution that went into events after 6 AM of the first day of creation and ride up to Peter given this amazing revelation is beyond comprehension unless of course you have no problems with creation and arranging of one with 20 or 30 or maybe even 40 zeros after it and the positioning of one with 80 zeros after it atoms and molecules for every unit of time that has existed and I have gone back to the first three or even four days of creation and now I arrive at the other end and possibly even the last 40 days and the sequel to the 3889 years in between. I should be able to tell you the differences between what Matthew has had to tell us as introduction and how this was expanded by Mark and now its fruition in the Gospel of Luke but at this stage that relationship is still unknown. The chapters and verses and in the NIV Bible study the headings that have been added are extremely useful but are not a part of original Scripture. I use them as guidelines only but I realise that whether I used 10 or 20 or 30 events before and after the Transfiguration that this is a subjective judgement only. I can treat these events at least as a possibility and will continue to do so on the condition that this version of the Bible does not tell me that the fourth commandment or the one that begins with, “remember to keep holy” is no longer relevant and has been changed and no longer has to be obeyed. This would be Satan pushing his wares and therefore ground which has to be stay away from. But it was Mark who started the clock ticking and it would be a reasonable ground for a chronology to count the cross of the Day of Atonement from this revelation that has been given to Peter, “You are The Christ!” Luke begins with the final cleanup and the 12 are sent out and given amazing power including authority to drive out demons and if this be the case then why couldn’t they drive out the Demon that was inside of this boy? Jesus came and does give us authority over evil but unfortunately it has to be matched by faith and prayer and Satan is the 1^st to see if this does not happen and will just ignore it. Calling in the name of Jesus, calling in this powerful name will not cause a reaction but the comment of, ‘they are just words and they mean nothing to you!’ A high-powered rifle means nothing unless you know how to use it! There are many Christians out therePage 165today following this advice of Jesus and what a wonderful lot of human beings most of those people are!It was with great relief that when I found verse seven in chapter 9 because after this point the pivotal issue in the ministry of Jesus Christ was the death of John the Baptist. The joint ministry became one. The Holy Spirit had returned to heaven. The Ministry of water baptism had become the Ministry of the cross and the baptism of the Holy Spirit. The length of the life of this planet would be turned into heavenly mode after 4000 years of creation and would not go on for another 4000 years. You or me would not be here! I thus had to find in the outline of this gospel where this pivotal moment occurred and lo and behold it is not mentioned in the outline of Luke. Everything crashed in from everywhere and the beginning of an extended holiday was about to start if ever I go back to it again. But then versus 7 to 9 appeared and they arrived with a splash. Herod had misjudged the traumatic events that he was responsible for would not only have on the population but on himself as well. He realised that he had bitten off more than he could chew and was now looking at the consequences. The only way that I could account for the lack of the murder of John the Baptist being recorded was that the events that were to follow were not dependent on his death. Here I was so close to solving the mystery of the two witnesses now the death of John the Baptist is not recorded. I do not have to go through the train of logic that resulted and how that singled out Luke from the other Synoptics but it did occur and there is a heavy emphasis on it occurring and that is because it is the pivotal issue.  _{(114105 +3600)}
  7112050. _{XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 22/12/2020  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX}22122020.. Still trying to adjust to Peter’s swings in spirituality from one moment contact with God the Father and the next moment contact with the devil and the sense of relief of finding the account of the death of John the Baptist in the Gospel of Luke the pendulum has swung the other way. The attention has now swung to Herod whose conscience is worrying him, “I beheaded John.” I would have given quids to see the looks on Joseph’s brothers faces when Joseph revealed himself to them and also to see the look on Herod’s face if he saw John the Baptist. Herod did see Jesus on the day of the crucifiction but that of itself is another story. Every human endeavour and discipline either have made or should have made some attempts to analyse what happened on 14 – 01 – 3889 on Mount Calvary which was a Friday. No doubt history has made many such an attempt and the primary objective of history up to now anyway has been to disprove or discredit the Bible. Its ultimate aim seems to be, “we have found another error in the Bible and we all agree the tally goes up by one and congratulations are in order and it may even mean that more letters can be added after our name” if this search for “truth” is indeed Demon inspired then one of its aims would have to be to disprove that it was Herod who killed John the Baptist such is the tie  between Herod and John but Scripture rules this out by the definitive statement, “But Herod said, ‘I beheaded John’”. And this becomes now another link that we seek in Scripture, John the Baptist, Herod and Good Friday. Scripture is quite explicit as to how Jesus was affected moment that he heard that Herod had beheaded John the Baptist. It was one witness down and it happened in a most brutal way. John’s faith wavered quite a bit whilst he was in jail and another answer that we seek is would Jesus have still spoken about John in such glowing terms as the greatest prophet of them all had Jesus been speaking after the beheading of John? But we have more than suppositions to deal with we have to deal with how Jesus reacted to this dreadful murder and all those who were complicit with it. By allowing Herod to get away with it the Jews now expected Herod to allow him to murder Jesus and not to step in the way and when they sent Jesus over to Herod he knew the undertaking that he had given them and that was that he would not step in the way. But all Jesus wanted  was to be alone with His Father.Page 166How would I react if the Holy Spirit left me? Well I certainly would not be as devastated as Jesus was and I know that this cannot happen whilst I am alive. Even if I accept Beelzebub and welcome him into my life does not mean that the Holy Spirit has left me. The pleadings of the Holy Spirit may have diminished to such a degree that they cannot be heard by as in the case of John the Baptist Holy Spirit will not leave me until I die. I will certainly notice changes as soon as Beelzebub with his capricious nature comes in the pleadings of the Holy Spirit remain.  ______The information has just come through and it is that Herod is admitting to killing John. The apostles have returned and they reported to Jesus what they had done. Jesus and the apostles withdraw to a town called Bethsaida and when the crowds learned about this they follow Jesus and what Jesus told them about was the kingdom of God. At the end of the day Jesus had the crowd sitting down in groups of about 50 and He blessed five loaves of bread and two fish and distributed them around the crowd of 5000 men, (counting women and children there may have been more than 10,000 there). After everyone had eaten and was satisfied the disciples picked up 12 baskets fulls of broken pieces. This hardly seems like the itinerary of someone who has just lost their comforter and in whose presence Jesus existed. There is no indication at this stage that Jesus has decided that he cannot go to the cross and Good Friday without the presence of the Holy Spirit and the only alternative is to finish the work that he has come down to do and that is to finish time and begin heaven of eternity. It is at this time that Jesus asks Peter, “But what about you?” He asked. “Who do you say I am?” Peter answered, “the Christ of God.” Much hangs off this answer. It has to be able to account for the fact that the miracle of the 5000 is the only one that is recorded in the three Synoptics and the Gospel of John as well. The Christ that I have been dealing with from Genesis came into existence as at 6 AM on the first day of creation and the role of this Christ was now to supervise creation through the rough periods it was about to go through and at the end of it to steer planet Earth into the calm seas of eternity and heaven on earth. The Christ had knowledge and sense before any beginning and forever after that the possibility of the cross of Good Friday did exist, but that it was a possibility only and Jesus did not have to go through with it. The Christ certainly knew this as at the moment that He was begotten, 6 AM first day of creation. Because 14 – one – 3889 was only a possibility Christ had to plan and manoeuvre events in such a way that this did not occur. We are now at this pivotal point and it seems as if it is now, and the Day of Atonement is the reality and it is recorded in each of the synoptic gospels with an introduction of the Transfiguration. But this miracle of the feeding of the 5000 is also recorded in the Gospel of John; verse 21; ‘Jesus strictly warned them not to tell this to anyone. And he said, “The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and he must be killed on the third day be raised to life.”’ Thus this alternative of the cross of Good Friday must be kept secret . This is not the Day of Atonement that has been described. From the Day of Atonement Jesus will be raised on the second day, die on Sabbath and be raised on Sunday. He will not be killed by His own people. The Day of Atonement is a day of worship and the suffering that is imposed as predicted by Abraham striking Isaac down; the two involved are God the Father And God the Son and this of itself is a deep truth. It is a truth to which we have been to before and will again have to visit on many occasions. The concept that God the Father takes God the Son and binds Him with a rope and strikes him down with a knife and then places His body onto an altar and burns it with fire and this is a display of love within the Godhead than most would find this repugnant and stay away. What happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary makes it worse not better. The acts of cruelty and basrtedry of what happened on Good Friday as to what is going to occur on the Sabbath of the Day of Atonement cannot even be compared. What happened in Leviticus 16 to the scapegoat when it was pushed over the edge of a cliff and destroyed in a matter of seconds cannot be compared to what Jesus wentPage 167through in six hours on the cross of Good Friday. When we are presented, those who accept what Jesus did for them two thousand years ago we will not only have no confessed sins we will be presented as those who have lived and died as Jesus did in other words as perfection. But how can and why does perfection need to be presented to the Day of Atonement? Jesus will not be presenting any of those sins that we confessed because they have gone and no longer exist anywhere in this universe or anywhere else. What Jesus will be presenting in fact will be Himself and as perfection and we of whom Jesus was a part of and now we are a part of Him into the presence of God and into eternity. You would think that as Jesus is a part of God that this cannot be rejected by what has not happened today but will happen in 1800 years time is that there will be 70 trillion unconfessed unintentional sins still present and some of those will belong to the saints who are now asking to be admitted into the presence of God and into heaven. The consequence of sin is separation from God and therefore death and this applies to everyone including Jesus. He takes these sins on Himself and it is divinity and perfection that demand that death must result and therefore whichever day of Atonement Scripture speaking about, the one that should have occurred 2000 years ago or Leviticus 16 or the one that will occur in 1900 years time will/would have demand this as a penalty. And Jesus knew even before creation and, “In the beginning God” that He would be paying this penalty. The text in front of us now seems to be saying that Jesus is going ahead with the Day of Atonement although there is still a possibility that Friday on Mount Calvary exists. But Scripture must prove to us that in order to see the real value of what happened on Mount Calvary we must first establish that it was an option only and not a certainty. Jesus decided to show His disciples the full extent of His love on the night that He washed His disciples feet but even that could have been changed as late as 10 PM on the Thursday night before Good Friday in Gethsemane. (+116130 +3600)
  7112051.  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 23/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           23122020. The miracle of this transformation/Transfiguration continues to deepen. In Matthew Peter’s answer to the question that Jesus asks him, “what about you?” He asked. “Who do you say I am?”. Simon Peter answered, “you are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” This is the foundational stone of the Christian church, “And I tell you that you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not overcome it. I will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven, whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven”. Jesus does warn the disciples not to tell anyone but the warning is that He is the Christ. Jesus then warns us from verses 24- 28 and it is of interest how those warnings change between the Gospels and particularly how it concerns the apostle John. “Then Jesus said to his disciples, “Anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for me will find it. What good will it be from man if he gains the whole world, yet forfeits his soul? Or what can a man give in exchange for his soul? For the Son of man is going to come in his Father’s glory with his angels, and then who will reward each person according to what he has done. I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom.” This then is followed by the Transfiguration.

           In Mark Peter’s answer to the question, “Who do you say I am?” Was “You are the Christ.” And again the warning about not telling anyone about The Christ. The admonitions that follow are similar with the addition of what will happen to those who are ashamed of the Son of Man. Again it is John who gets the last mention, “I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power.” This certainly throws a different slant on the third

           Page 168

           coming when Jesus will come back to close the door of mercy with John and Elijah and there is much going to happen in that intervening period before both John and Elijah are murdered. The next topic is the Transfiguration.

           In Luke Peter’s answer the question, “who do you say I am?” Was “the Christ of God.” As there is such a profound depth in this matter and this is my first attempt to try to solve the mysteries here I will try to follow the events within [  ]. [The first thing is to have to admit that I have grossly miss under estimated the scope of the ministry of the Christ back in Genesis at 6 AM on the first day of creation. I left out provisions for the cross on Good Friday because this meant that there would have to have been a challenge to the daily sacrifice and this in turn meant the destruction of this universe and planet. Luke does have a provision and that is introduced by the concept of the third day. ‘The Son of Man must suffer many things and be rejected by the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and he must be killed and on the third day be raised to life.’ This is the cross of Good Friday and the introduction of the third day and the rejection of the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law rules out the Day of Atonement. But the description does not stop here and goes on for another some 3260 years time when I miss read the text and I thought that it said, ‘I tell you the truth, some of you who are standing here will not taste death until after they see the kingdom of God’. I mistranslated death before to death after they see the kingdom of God. In my scenario therefore both John and Elijah have a ministry of 1260 days at the end of which they are killed but all the action occurs after they taste death. The entourage is assembled with the two witnesses at the head, the144,000 wise virgins who now have the scrolls of heaven and the names of the 144 million saints are all lined up and the  command from heaven comes down with the invitation to return to heaven which they respond and return into the throne room of God itself. This event is witnessed by all the evil living on planet Earth may realise there are now going to be major repercussions because they did not respond to the final cause of mercy and repentance made by the witnesses. They expect hell to break loose on earth and this is what happens in reality. No, Scripture tells us that the witnesses, one of which is John who is now standing before Jesus will see the glory of God before they die and this is a far greater contemplation for the wicked living on earth at this time than have a murdered John and Elijah earlier. It will be too late then whereas now the glory of God is displayed and the response of the wicked of his glory is that they murder both John and Elijah. Call to heaven is broad-based and consists of a new song that everybody must be able to sing before admission as we have just seen in Revelation chapter 14. The specifics of an invitation though which only applies to the wise virgins is to, “come up here!” If I am one of the foolish virgins left behind then I will vividly live through these circumstances and experience the disappointment. A very strange thought just came by me and that was what if I was in heaven at this time, in the throne room of God itself and awaiting the arrival of this glorious entourage. Scrolls are handed in person to God sitting on the throne and the names read out and as each name is read out there is a thunderous round of applause. It is not because we know this person very well because we have only been up there for 1260 years but when we realise there is still an eternity to go after spending 1 million years with this person we will get to know them very well and then you have to times that by another hundred 44 million to include the rest of the flock. That is still not one drop of time in the ocean and we will know each other not by name but by the robe of righteousness that Jesus gives us on entry into heaven and what He has done to get us there. Then the unbelievable happens, actually impossible my name is not read out! There is no cheer and the bottom drops out of my existence. How could this be? There has already been a check on those who got into heaven in Revelation 7:13,14; ‘Then one of the elders asked me, “These in white robes- who are they, and where do they come from? “I answered, “Sir, you know.” And he said, “these are they who have come out of the great tribulation;

           Page 169

           they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.” All 144 million new arrivals in heaven share the same anxiety and this anxiety for all is squashed by hearing the words, “The blood of the Lamb”. The nuances associated with this term do not really matter and I think to me it would be a matter of as I entered heaven the doorframe had blood of the Lamb and I had missed it. This will not happen in the universe to come because for many years will see the doorway and the entry into the new universe with literal drops of blood from Jesus Christ that were placed there on Good Friday so this problem will not arise. As we march from the old universe into the new one we will crane our necks to check this blood out and we notice as we passed through the blood of the Lamb in this universe changes to divinity or the blood of the ox. The shock of realising that my name is not on those roles can only be expressed as, I have relied on Jesus and I have been let down! Antidote to me this is an impossibility! Herod would have been in a state of shock if he saw John the Baptist again but this is not what the text is telling us, the text is telling us that by killing John the Baptist Herod has also signed the death warrant of Jesus Christ and is now seeking to look at the person whose death warrant he has just signed. That was the deal; the Jews would allow Herod to kill John the Baptist and in return he would allow them to kill Jesus Christ. One person, Herod was therefore responsible for the death of the two great prophets. Some interpret, ‘they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb,’ as it was the blood that washed these robes free from sin but I have always maintained that the blood of the Lamb could not mix with and remove sin. This robe is the robe of righteousness that Jesus wove for us and as such could not contain any sin. It was woven in the presence of sin and therefore required contact with the blood in order to remove any traces of sin and evil but the blood itself did no washing. The fact that John was standing there and with Elijah in some 3300 years time will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God, throws a different light on our two witnesses to come in Revelation. Jesus on the cross of Good Friday did not taste death before he saw the kingdom of God and then was able to call, “It is finished!” Could also indicate that these witnesses before they die will be shown the results of their work and the kingdom of God. So Luke has taken us from being raised on the third day or the cross of Good Friday right up to that final rapture at the third coming of Jesus and the closing of the door of mercy. But who actually kills our two witnesses? Are they rejected by the elders, chief priests and teachers of law and they must be killed and then rise on the third day? Mark does only mention the very last part of the scenario in that, ‘And he said to them, “I tell you the truth, some of you who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power!” So yes, Mark does make an allowance for the cross of Good Friday and is carrying on effect until the closing of the door of mercy.

           It is Matthew that differs from the other two but then again the question that Jesus asks is differently put, ‘Who do people say The Son of Man Is?’ Simon Peter answered, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.’ I am closer to answering the question I set out to answer but not there yet.] s (+118075 +3600)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 24/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXX

           24122020. We are now one day before the celebration of the birthday of an amazing being. Jesus asked his disciples, “who do people say The Son of Man is?” They replied, “some say John the Baptist, others say Elijah and still others, Jeremiah or one of the prophets.” “But what about you?” He asked. “Who do you say I am?” Simon Peter answered, “You are the Christ, the son of the living God.” That response from Peter not only changed the history of this earth but also of this universe and it was because it came from God. We have seen that response on many occasions before but now we try to look at the response to that response: the history at, the history after and the history

           Page 170

           before. Despite the heavy crashes that Peter was about to suffer it did not stop him from being the recipient of this information. “And I tell you that you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not overcome it. I will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven; whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.” Then he warned his disciples not to tell anyone that he was the Christ.’ Scripture is split into three periods of time then; what happened at this time, what happened after what happened before. All three synoptic gospels take us from this time right up to, “I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see The Son of Man coming in his kingdom.” As yet we do not know enough about the synoptic gospels to allocate what part of the history each will tell but we do know that together we will be told that Jesus will be brutally murdered by His own people and after three days will be raised from the dead. From here time moves on by some 3260 years where each gospel describes the event of the two witnesses, John and Elijah and John is specifically referred to because he is now standing in front of Jesus and he will be alive at this glorious event. When John has come back to earth as one of the two witnesses and after an evangelistic campaign of 1260 days both these witnesses what they are going to be shown become the two most privileged human beings of all time. They are about to taste death just before they see The Son of Man coming in His kingdom. They are about to see the door mercy closing on this earth and the new one into the eternities to come will open. Yes this still will be 500 or even 600 years before the final chapter is enacted on earth and it will involve the fires of hell but the fires of hell will not overcome it. Those two witnesses will introduce the eternities which are about to begin but first of all that door of mercy must be firmly closed  and it is their death, the death of two prophets of God that ensures that the door has been firmly and justly closed. Whether this door is closed by the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law who combine murder those witnesses, who are raised from the dead after three days still to be determined. By this time even Herod will have been resurrected and the two may apply a role in their murder. There is an overwhelming amount of Scripture dedicated to time after the second coming of Jesus Christ and even surprisingly after the door of mercy has been closed. Much of Scripture is also dedicated to the door of mercy the closed when the two witnesses of John the Baptist and Jesus Christ were murdered by their own people and to this history we are continually returning. But it is the history between the act of creation and the cross that I want to look at and it may be that there is too little background from Genesis to allow such an attempt, the celebration to commemorate tomorrow the birth of Jesus Christ necessitates such an attempt at this early stage.

           [In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth we have one member of the holy Trinity; God the Father. We also have the Holy Spirit because it was the Holy Spirit who was hovering over the waters of the deep. We also have Jesus because Jesus is the omnipresence that radiates from the throne room of God and has been defined and confined by time period is confined within a single optical fibre that radiates from God’s presence and is everywhere but we cannot see Jesus unless we are within the presence of this fibre. The areas between the fibre also contain Jesus but we cannot see him and these areas we may call dark matter or dark energy or dark something we cannot see. Thus as at the moment of creation all three members of the holy Trinity are there. As at 6 AM and after 12 hours of darkness the earth was formless and empty and God the Father commanded the Holy Spirit to produce light, which is what happened. In a physical sense I take this combination of time and light to be gravity and this gravity instantaneously permeated the universe which that stage only had two heavenly bodies; the Most Holy Place and the Holy Place. The spiritual combination of divine light at divine time I call the begotten being The Christ. This was a divine being that was supposed to supervise the rest of creation in such a way that it could recover from the

           Page 171

           problem of sin and then continue for the eternities to come. The Christ was not responsible for the creation of the earth or time but could well have been responsible for whatever happened after 6 time then progressed AM of the first day. At this stage I’m going to assume that it was The Christ Who did the creation and on the first day by creating gravity he allowed it to work on these formless planet Earth. The second stage of creation was to create upward forces which in part at least were responsible for lifting or water that surrounded the earth up into the sky to create an expanse up there somewhere. The amount of water left behind on earth, the oceans was almost negligible to what was taken away. On day three of creation The Christ allowed for the operation of both upward  and downward, gravity to operate together and which resulted in the floatation of the continents. This gave a ground for vegetation to grow on and the earth was filled with this vegetation. There were major changes on day four of creation as divine light was withdrawn and replaced by light that we see today that contains both a wave nature and the particle nature. I still have this addition of particles to light as the disorder that would result now from what would be created on the next day and that is Satan and the angelic hosts. The number of heavenly bodies increased from 2 to an almost unimaginable number and period days five and six were also separate identities with separate creations on each and that included mankind on day six in the form of Adam and Eve. Days seven was a separate entity and an entity that Jesus Christ died for on Good Friday and to establish it as an entity of eternity; The Sabbath Day and today specifically protected with the admonition, “Remember to keep holy…” Time then progressed through firstly an incident about which little is given in Scripture initially at first and is the rebellion of Satan and the angelic hosts but the second incident is the major stumbling stone for humanity and that was rebellion of Eve under the encouragement of Satan. Adam was also involved in this rebellion but his sin was deliberate and initially have made no attempt to include him as a part of the solution of the restoration between God and man. So who was involved in this restoration? It was God the Father Who  made the announcements. It was Eve’s seed who was going to crush the head of Satan and in return Satan would bruise the heel of Eve’s seed. This was the divine work and would be carried out by God the Son or the Son of God. This involved a separation within the holy Trinity in that the Holy Spirit had already separated as from day one but now there would be a separation between God the Father and God the Son. This separation would result in Jesus As the Son of God in coming to earth as the Nazirite and the correction would be made under very specific conditions and is described in great detail in the Book of Numbers in chapter 6. It’s earthly component is called the Twin birds sacrifice. Most today ignore this Twin birds sacrifice that was announced in the garden of Eden on the day that Eve sinned as irrelevant and totally ignore it without realising that this is the exact sacrifice that is finally going to occur on the Day of Atonement and our entry into the new universe. There are now going to be a number of forks in the road and where we can lose our way and he now is the first one of them as to whom Eva’s seed is? The Son of Man or Son of God or the Christ but must be Nazirite. There was going to be one major change To This Day of Atonement and that was that confessed intentional sins were going to be included and it was not just Eve that was going to be saved but Adam is well. The heavenly being that made this adjustment and it should prove beyond doubt the power of faith was the high priest Melchizedek. So what category are we going to place Melchizedek? Does it really matter at this stage because when He had finished His ministry he handed it over to the temple which was a tent in the desert in the first place to God and again we must define the entity involved here. But we are getting closer and closer to Matthew 16:16 and, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God”. And the central tenet of faith that the Christian churches based on. (+119850 +3600)

           XXXXXXXXXXXXXX 25/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

  7112052. Page 172
           25122020. The highlight of the day, the highlight of the week, the highlight of the month, the highlight of the year and the highlight of humanity between creation and eternity is the commemoration of the birthday of my Lord God and Saviour, Jesus Christ. And to commemorate this day I tried to write a summary of the central tenet of the Christian faith and that was Peter’s answer to Jesus when Jesus enquired, “and who do you say I am?” Simon Peter answered, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” Jesus immediately acknowledged the source of that reply, “Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for this was not revealed to you by man, but my Father in heaven. And I tell you that you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not overcome it.” I tried to follow the forward history of time of this church at least as far as John standing in front of Jesus before he tasted death and saw The Son of Man coming in his kingdom. But to try to follow the Christ from Genesis only produced the opposite to what is being shown to us now. The after history works out pretty well actually and it is Herod who is responsible for killing the two witnesses of John the Baptist and Jesus Christ. With their death the history of the Jewish church is closed and the new church which begins is based on the tenet of faith, “you are the Christ, the Son of the living God” but even though this was the start of the Christian church this was not its final form and there was going to be a final dogleg which would see both evil and sin depart from this horizon. This was a wonderful privilege that is still to be shown to Elijah and John both of whom are alive and in heaven today. The specific being that Jesus is referring to in verse 28 is the apostle John; ‘I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see The Son of Man coming in his kingdom.’ Both John and Elijah will be standing there when Jesus explains to them how their death is now going to fit into the big picture of eternity. It is their death that will usher in the kingdom of God and of eternity. This journey actually began on 14 – 01 – 3889 where the elders and teachers of law got together and murdered Jesus but it was only with the approval of Herod. Then we are told that Jesus was risen from the dead on the third day and much time is skipped over for the next 3260 years until we get to Elijah and John and therefore The Son of Man coming with His kingdom which now becomes the kingdom of eternity as the door of mercy has been closed. It is rather strange that in this history the second coming of Jesus is not mentioned which indicates that history is a continuum between the first and the third coming. But then again there is much other data that is not included. What has turned out to be a bit of a disappointment so far in that the Christ who was begotten with first light on the first day of creation in Genesis has arrived as the opposite to what I expected, but I did qualify that this was a first attempt and with so many forks in the road in which I only took one wrong direction would result in a wrong analysis. As this is such a vital result and on which my commentary on Genesis plans I now have a second approach/effort. This time I am going to work backwards and allocate degree of confidence with each conclusion and if it is a goes between two alternatives I will call 50/50.

           I begin with the level of confidence of 100% in that it is Jesus as The Son of Man Who has just asked this question of Peter and the one who now stresses and defines the answer that Peter gives. He specifically does not want his disciples to tell anyone about the fact that he was the Christ because in all probability it would not happen and specifically in each of the synoptic gospels He drops down to the Transfiguration. He is not going to the cross of Good Friday, He is going to the Day of Atonement as is depicted in the Transfiguration. So far we have one fact and that fact is the level of confidence of 100% that it is the Son of Man Who is now speaking and when I started the Genesis and came forward and found the Son of God asking this question I knew I was wrong. It probably is still a matter of barking up the wrong tree to go into such an analysis with only a slight idea what is happening in the genealogy of Matthew no idea of what is going on in the genealogy of Luke. But if again I finish up on the wrong track I will leave this matter alone until I can relate to these

           Page 173
           genealogies. Having started off with a 100% level of confidence that Jesus is the Son of Man at the time when He asked this question we go back pretty well to the start and certainly the start of sin on earth in the garden of Eden when both Adam and Eve sinned. It is God the Father Who is making the pronouncement that it was going to be Eve’s seed who was going to be crushing the head of Satan and in return having His heel bruised and again it would be close to a 98% level of confidence that I call this event to be the Day of Atonement. So the question must relate to whether it was Jesus As the Son of Man or Jesus as the Son of God that would be involved in that sacrifice of the Day of Atonement? Eve’s seed? That of itself seems self explanatory. All human beings excluding Adam  are Eve’s seed. Jesus was born to the Virgin Mary and her genealogy is traced through Scripture back to Eve not that there could any other origin. It seems an open and shut question that it is Jesus As the Son of Man that is the one Who is involved here. But if we look at the other side of the coin we see that it is God the Father Who is assigning a specific role for, well is it God the Son or is it The Son of Man? Going onto our existence just before we cross over into the new universe it is Jesus as the rider of the white horse who leads the army against the wicked evil who are still living and were responsible for the dreadful tribulation of the last days. Having led this battle Jesus specifically tells us that He must now leave us alone in the work that He will be doing will be His Father’s Business and that we cannot come along with Him. This is going to finally involve the Day of Atonement and what God is talking about to Satan and Eve at this time. It is doing the work of His Father going to be done by The Son of God or is it going to be done by The Son of Man? So the final answer at this stage stands at 50/50. Jesus is Eve’s seed and therefore qualifies for that role announced in Eden on the first day our first parents sinned. Again if this is the case then The Son of Man is going to the cross of the Day of Atonement and therefore is going to AT-ONE-isMENT, and restore humanity to divinity. At this stage the role Melchizedek might be of significance but I have far bigger fish to fry than this. Having made the call here would define Jesus the Nazirite and whose role was to clean up the mess if anyone fell dead alongside him without warning and under all other conditions He was to stay away from the dead. Perhaps it may be of help if we look at The Christ, the Son of the living God. As all divinity cannot die especially God then it should be of interest how Christ and the living God are related? The Christ is not Jesus because Jesus has always existed but the Christ appeared at 6 AM on the first day of creation. The Christ was the product of two divine attributes; light and time. The specific role of The Christ was to supervise the rest of creation and the specific goal was to see it through turbulent times of sin. Having seen it through those times The Christ was to continue to live with them for the rest of eternity. He was to become one with them so that they could become one with Him. He became one with them when Jesus called, “It is finished” but I still have difficulty with relating this statement ,’ before they see The Son of Man coming in his kingdom’. I can see how we’d being joined to Him and as the Son of God being presented to God the Father and being allowed entry into the throne room of God. But it is not as clear-cut as this and we must look at more Scripture to fill in this picture. We have to acknowledge that it was Jesus Who told His disciples not to tell anyone that he was The Christ and the reason probably was because there was a distinct possibility that Jesus would not go through the cross of Good Friday. This same admonition was given to miracles and teachings that would apply to Good Friday which would not come into fruition. But the disciples have been given a clear warning that this was a possibility and therefore drawn courage from it when it actually did occur and this warning is being given right at the end of the earthly ministry of Jesus.

           There is no doubt that Peter’s confession is a time determining event and the numbers of days until the Transfiguration are given and the events within are also given. But all accounts of the Transfiguration are followed by the same miracle and that is the healing of a boy with an evil spirit. I

           Page 174

           know that this is not the same chronology that we are going to see on earth once the fires of hell have been extinguished and there is a seven-day period of defilement for Jesus because He has pleaded guilty to 70 trillion sins. But this could well be an earthly equivalent to what is going to happen up there. But up there and there will be a seven-day period of defilement which will occur after the destruction of Satan and the fires of hell have been extinguished and the Day of Atonement about to begin. Down here depending on how you count there will be six or seven or eight days from being shown the Transfiguration and further final assault on Satan. Most of the demons by now have their physical bodies removed and they were drowned in those two mass drownings in the lake. There are certain answers in Scripture that I seek a definitive value of and one of those is the condition of Satan. What I need to know is that every Demon was drowned in that lake regardless of which drowning that was a part of, but everyone has to have drowned including the one that is now being addressed. This is important because if there is no demon with a heavenly body that can appear in that heavenly body and cause me great harm such as pushing me over some railing or grabbing the steering wheel on my car and causing me to swerve into oncoming traffic or causing my foot to slip off the pedal especially the brake pedal or some other physical harm. This would be a possibility even if only one demon retained this ability and could it be the one that is now being addressed. (And others as well) It explains why the disciples could not remove him and the violent resistance that it put up and explains why Jesus gave the further admonition for it not to return into this boy. This demon did not have to have any issues that it wanted to push, it’s issue was just to hurt this boy and those around him. I wish I knew how to avoid getting a demon of this stature inside of me and I would greatly admire the level of Christianity of anyone who was capable of removing such a demon. This demon was capable of exerting so much harm despite the love and care that the father tried to show his son but despite what is being described here has this taken the ability of Satan to enter into people who do not want? I suspect that the answer is no and that is why such care must be taken to stay away from Satan’s territory and that territory is the world of the dead. When my lovely mother-in-law died some 23 years ago I continually thought about what a wonderful person she was how much we will miss her and continue to miss her and wonderful personality. I do know that she is dead and make no attempt to communicate the world of the dead. It is in situations such as those to enter into the world of the dead and have Satan waiting for us there. It is one of Satan’s most successful teachings to draw you into the world of the dead and try to speak to either of those in heaven or hell. Satan is not in heaven but he does manage to intercede and block any prayers that you have bound for that region.  But this is not our last encounter with Satan and we still have at least Beelzebub to come. Satan is certainly giving notice that he’s not going to be easily moved or removed.  (+122270 +3600) this

  7112053. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 26/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           26122020. The next topic after the miracles of Jesus is the Book of Genesis. From there we move onto Deuteronomy where last time I had the incredible realisation that just as the Israelites were to cross over into the promised land they sent out spies and retrieved information about the land into which they are about to enter. When you transpose the old Testament or the earthly step into the new Testament or where we are going we too will be given information about the land we are about to enter. It will not be 12 spies coming back after surveying the land and carrying massive bunches of grapes, in fact it would be of little value sending up 12,000 or even 12 million people up there and then bringing them back tell everyone else about it. There are so many fakes and frauds doing this today and even 12 million genuine voices would not be believed. You have fakes like Jimmy Swaggart and his ministries that spend so much time in contact with the Lord so they claim that you

           Page 175

           should consider yourself fortunate to be able to listen to them at all. The spirit world that they have been in tells them to disobey the commandments of God for which He died and are celebrated on a daily basis within the daily sacrifice. Then they are told to support atheists as they torment and kill Christians and to join any armies which are prepared to do this. For this the supreme Pope, Jimmy Swaggart, will christen you as a, “born again Christian!” And it is not just Swaggart propagates such lies it is the majority of the Christian church so-called and so much so that the fourth commandment is not on the radar screen anywhere even though it is the only thing that God Himself has written with His own finger and wrote it on stone, “Remember to keep holy the Sabbath day.” What Satan is doing and must continue to do is to keep the channel of communication between Jesus and humanity closed and to keep His blessings away from us so that he can replace them with a series of demonic teachings. No, the messages that will come from heaven in these difficult times are going to be Jesus will open up Scripture for us and that opening will begin with page1 and verse1, ‘In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.’ I do not claim to be a part of that message but then neither can I nor anyone else who attempts to interpret the Bible is not just a book of theology of science and history as well be disqualified for their endeavours. Actually one of my latest endeavours was to do just that: to use the Bible to write a short history of a science book based on the Bible. I was going to call it a brief history and the endeavour was to fill one page but after putting much thought into it and not being able to get any traction the aim will now go to fill a fraction of a page and I was actually going to give up until I saw Peter’s reply to the question of Jesus, “but who do you say that I am?” It was not just Peter’s reply by the significance that Jesus attached to this reply that will keep me searching, “ you are the Christ, the Son of the living God!” And I won’t be the first or last who have tried to understand its significance! My problems involve the compartmentation of events into seven compartments. I still have to translate one force that is now applicable and that is of gravity into what I have been taught. So what I have been taught is that if there are two electrons in an orbital one will be spinning clockwise and the other will be spinning anticlockwise and I now want to translate these as a resultant of the clockwise spin to be the downward force of gravity and the one spinning anticlockwise as the up thrust and is therefore opposing gravity. This situation is only of value when the two forces of equal and the object is floating, it accounts neither for upward thrust or downward pull of gravity. There we get to the situation gravity was created one day and as you do this work it was not opposed by the upward forces. Electrons were only spinning in a clockwise direction. On the second day when the upward forces were created were the electrons responsible for this uplift created or have they already been created and were turned on into their spins? And then both came into operation on day three when the continents floated? Compartments, different forces on different days and only sink or swim and actually be lifted above the water are the only forces in operation? Spin and rotation and magnetism have to be in there somewhere but where and are they altogether. Questions there are galore but answers are few in number.

           The specific problem that I am having concerns the forces within nature and which I am supposed to use to describe what is around me. I have no problem with fish and birds being created on one day, animals and Adam and Eve and even some plants on another day and even all those stars and the angelic hosts on still another day but the forces seem to be a different matter. Gravity which has an upward and downward component was created on day one but not present on day two and then turned on on day three. When that water was lifted from the earth to form an expanse in the sky on day two as it was holding the continents down, as it was being lifted the continents should have started floating but they stayed in their present position until day three when all that water pressure holding them down was up there in the yonder sky somewhere have long left them and it was not

           Page 176

           until the darkness began on day three that they started to float and had completed floating on the next day and were above the ocean so the plants could be planted on them. Yes I do know that these were times of miracles and the creative miraculous power of the Christ was in operation but so were the forces of nature, they themselves were being created. Having created them The Christ is able to turn them on and off as He wishes but were any of these powers given over to Satan by Adam and Eve? In the beginning God created time and God alone can create time period it is within time that we are only able to exist and where there is no time we are not able to exist. The omnipresence of Jesus does exist there but we cannot exist and this puts a strange angle on the omnipresence of Jesus Who is supposed to be both light and life and if these areas which do not contain time are made up of both light and life then why can’t I exist in there as well? If this is indeed the dark matter or the dark energy than the light that exists within it cannot be seen and must be of a form that was present between noon and 3 PM on Good Friday. Anyway just leaving those dark areas behind and concentrating on the concentration of what was within the optic fibre of time and their area where we are allowed to exist. This area was defined by God the Father when He gave the order to the Holy Spirit to, “Let there be light”, and it was so. This has been the role of the Holy Spirit from day one of creation right through to the endless strands of time and that is to shed light on the work of Jesus Christ and in this case it was what was represented within time. Just before the new universe begins the Holy Spirit will return to heaven and there will be a great wedding feast as the bride and the bridegroom of marriage and it will be in the presence of the Holy Spirit Holy Spirit is the fine linen and will stay as such and will throw light on the  work of Jesus which we will wear as Christ Robe of righteousness. Back on earth there was a flash of light, divine light which combined with time, the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ, and between them they generated a matrix which filled all the space within the optic fibre of time. Because of its divine nature gravity cannot be destroyed and as we are looking through the doorway which has just been blown open when Peter’s conflagration slammed into Eden2 we will probably see a ball of glowing plasma slip past us and fill the universe ahead of it as divinity cannot be destroyed. So I am okay as at 6 AM on the first day with the whole optic fibre now being filled with gravity. At times I wonder whether these forays into the science of early Genesis are of that much value but then I realise that it is the science from beginnings which is making every effort to undermine the Bible. I also realise that from this science that I have discovered the concept of The Christ and it is The Christ Who is in charge of creation and making sure that we wheather the storms of sin and come into the calm waters of eternity and during this journey and the one to follow we will be accompanied by The Christ and it is in that wonderful response that Peter gave to the question that Jesus asks him, “but who do you say that I am?” And which Peter answers, “you are the Christ, the Son of the living God” and a statement on which the history of the Christian church will rely forevermore. Much has been gained from our brief foray into the history of science with the Bible as a source. But now trying to look at a bigger picture and in terms of the great tribulation which the Bible seems to be telling us is on its way. I am going to try to interpret the little bit of science that I know from the secular world but I have to keep in mind the source of that science and that is that it has come from nothing and it has a specific bent on edge and that is to disprove the Bible and to do a total demolition on it.

           If all/most of the world of academia were liars and dishonest they would stand by the theory of evolution regardless of how absurd it was even if it changed into the world of lunacy. Regardless of what happened the theory of evolution would remain. They would publicly support the murder of Christians who refuse to believe in it as a scenario that I have painted in a worldwide financial crash and the replacement of money with plastic cards which would only be given out to those who sign a statement of belief in the theory of evolution. Anyone who didn’t, regardless of how ridiculous the

           Page 177

           theory is would have all their earthly possessions confiscated, be jailed and ultimately put to death. No, this world of academia is far too principled to allow this to happen and if it does happen you would find more converts from this world than from anywhere else. It is certainly going to be of great worth if we have an alternative book of science for them to look at. But it is still with tongue in cheek that I look at the results and I know that most creationists today would not agree with me. But then again I look back over the years at their effort to debunk such a ridiculous theory of evolution and I would not even put a mark of pathetic in their defence. It is not rocket science to see that something cannot come from nothing. Evolution today has never been more widely taught and taught as fact. Something creationists has gone terribly wrong!

           I start with two heavenly bodies, the Holy Place or planet Earth and the Most Holy Place or the throne room of God plus an almost immeasurable amount of time which has been illuminated and saturated with divine light. So I am now after 6 AM on the first day of creation. Two objects one from which radiates time and after criss-crossing the universe and untold number of times returns back to the Most Holy Place in order to begin its journey again. This could allow our earthly bodies to be near the centre of creation of this universe. Is this a binary star where they are circling around each other or is this an earth and moon scenario where one of them is the heavy object and the other a light one is rotating around it? Not an absurd question because this is the scenario for the first three days of creation before it is flooded with all those stars. If the question is ever asked for those who have put serious study into the Michaelson Morley experiment I would put my hand up. I have no intention of returning back to the study but needless to say the consensus of the creationists was that it did not prove that the earth was stationary and that the sum moved around the earth. This obviously was the consensus of the secular lot and even though my golfing friend Ken would not concede he had lost the argument and that is exactly what this experiment showed. But then again I had violently disagreed with their conclusion about the authenticity of the moon landings. The role of keeping the Sabbath day, and once you lose that one there is a whole cascade follows beginning with the eternal fires of hell, and the state of the dead be that in heaven or hell or nowhere and the list of other clangers that are made up according to your taste! But even from a creationist point of view it does not seem right that the earth is stationary and that the Most Holy Place is circling around it. The throne room of God is the what could be the exact centre of this universe and everything including this earth be circling around it. So I will have to leave Michaelson Morley experiment in abeyance for the time being.

           Leading the binary pair behind on day one and going on today two we are now going to place a fence around it to form a courtyard with these twin structures within it. Like the courtyard on earth this structure cannot hold any confessed intentional sins but it was only supposed to hold unconfessed unintentional sins. Even on the Day of Atonement the animal that had confessed intentional sins placed on it, the scapegoat was not only taken outside of the courtyard but also outside of the city and destroyed. This is why the cross on Good Friday stood outside of the temple and outside of the city and the Temple which is soon to be rebuilt at the second coming of Jesus Christ will be the exception because from then onwards there will be no more confessed intentional sins to be taken care of. This courtyard is today printed in the sky and is outlined by the most spectacular stars in existence. There is also an off chance that these waters will surround the image of the new Jerusalem when it is created on day four. All this water was lifted miraculously without does not say that the forces of repulsion were not in operation on this day and so we come back to where we started and the operation of repulsion and gravity as they worked in the floatation of the continents. If all creation by then is made up of the same constituents that are available today in

           Page 177

           that there is an equal amount of gravity and repulsion, clockwise and anticlockwise spinning objects, how is it possible in order to get a resultant of either up or down? If there is more spinning upwards and yes we can get uplift and if there is more pointing down then we can go gravity or down left but most of the time we finish up with an equal amount. Yes there are magnets with an overall thrust of these are rare and certainly an exception and in most cases it is equal numbers up and down. But gravity and the force of attraction between objects seems to operate on the attractive components because gravity itself is a field of attraction.

           The force of repulsion is a different kettle of fish. To get this you have to be measuring the distance of some object from a central point and if you note that the distance is the same but its position is changing then you have circular motion and circular motion is associated with centrifugal force. So distance between the two objects is crucial as is the fact that one of them keeps changing direction whilst maintaining the same distance to the focal point. We have already been here in trying to analyse the distance between the three entities of the holy Trinity and allocating gravitational attraction in the order of zero point energy which is almost immeasurable. This involves going back in time to before time began and hardly makes any sense at all except for the realisation what occurred at the time that the holy Trinity decided to go ahead with creation and the possibility of sin actually appeared. There is more harm and damage that occurred to the holy Trinity at this point that would occur some 4000 years later on the cross of Good Friday. But what did happen is then reflected on on Good Friday on Mount Calvary and therefore it is the twin Lamb sacrifice that dominates the daily sacrifice.

           It is at this point that we have to decide which side of time is more worthwhile spending on. Is it from 6 AM on the first day of creation when the Christ was begotten and could well now be the one that is now going to take us through this earth and the eternity to come even though Matthew has just told us that the disciples were not to mention the Christ as this may not even occur and then immediately the text switches to the Transfiguration and the coming of the Day of Atonement. Or do we go back the other side of time even before it began and try to allocate the forces and the distances involved within the holy Trinity and on which the other side of creation that we read about in Genesis will be based on. As my ideas are fairly woolly about the whole topic of circular motion and not just pre-creation days I will leave it till the next time. (+125465 +3600)

  7112054. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 27/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           27122020. I consider that I have just been involved in a lot of heavy lifting and after that I would expect to bring in the harvest or at least a major part of it. But does it really matter whether Jesus Is the Son of God or the Son of Man? Surely all that is going to matter to us anyway is that our relationship with God is going to be restored and be that whether it is Jesus as The Son of Man or Eve’s seed Who is involved or whether it is Jesus doing the work of His Father or the Son of God, does it really matter? If you want to quibble about it then do so about what happened on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. The restoration of humanity and divinity at the bottom wrung was done by the Son of God which would then have resulted in heaven on earth as it was planned out to be in the first place. But for the restoration to take place on the seventh step of the ladder and an existence within the throne room of God was done by Jesus The Son of Man. It did not have to be done at this very high level but it was a special gift that the Son of Man was to give us. But it is this sort of logic that has given us the wrong answer every time so far. Last night when I thought through the issues I could not believe that I can get the wrong answer from every angle that I tried. What we are supposed to be looking for is the question that Jesus asked Peter, “but what about you, who do you

           Page 178

           say that I am?” Simon Peter answered, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.” We can judge the correctness of the answer when Jesus replied, “Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for this was not revealed to you by man, but my Father in heaven. And I tell you that you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not overcome it. I will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven; whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven: and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.” And the crux of this matter is verse 20; “then he warned his disciples not to tell anyone that he was the Christ.’ Well so far that is the story that I thought I was telling but I had  missed one crucial element and that was, “who do people say the Son of Man is?”. The one Who is speaking to us is Jesus The Son of Man and the one who in six days time will be undergoing the transfiguration which in turn is the symbol of the Day of Atonement. It is The Son of Man who is going to the cross of Atonement. It is Eve’s seed who is going to the cross of Atonement. It is Eve’s seed who is going to crush the head of Satan and I for one would have missed that as an event in the healing of the boy possessed by the Demon. I for one would have missed that this was now the end of the Jewish church and this event would now be sealed by the death of both John the Baptist and Jesus Christ. This of itself was not an unmistakable event. The being that began these chain of events was none other than God Himself and He alone is qualified to set dates within the history of the universe that He created. The date that God set was 01 – 01 – 01 and the place where these events began from was in Egypt and the commemoration was the Passover. It was God Who put Moses in charge of His people and Moses is now going to have an input or at least see the results of the journey he began. But to finish one church and to start another, to finish dealing with one universe and began dealings with another universe are indeed monumental changes. These changes of themselves are announced by none other God Himself and these changes are announced to the apostle Peter. Does that mean that even if you have been given the greatest piece of history in existence, does that mean that you can never fall? Well fall Peter did and it was from these greatest heights and the momentum that he gained took him to the lowest lows. The divine revelation was revealed as two stages, “You are the Christ” and so as not to leave any confusion who Jesus was the Holy Spirit adds, “The Son of the living God.”

           It is only now that the Book of Genesis starts making any real sense. 6 AM on the first day of creation when divine light combines with time there could have been two beings created at this moment. One was Jesus As the Son of Man who then went on to supervise creation so that it could overcome the obstacle that sin was about to produce and it is this Jesus Who announces Himself as the Son of Man who would then supervise this amazing creation in which unfortunately a man had fallen down suddenly alongside the Nazite and as the Son of Man Jews it would go on to the Day of Atonement and correct this heinous error. And preparations were now in place for this correction to take place even though it was at a level that not only included unintentional unconfessed sins but also included confessed intentional sins. Yes, time could quite easily have finished and the journey that Moses began nearly 1500 years ago could now and looked as if it was going to be now finished. But then came that amazing revelation that God gave Peter. It was not the Son of Man that was the “created being” that happened at 6 AM on the first day of creation. Scripture does not say that it was and I only assumed that this was a suitable solution to what was about to occur in those remaining hours and days of creation. It was a reasonable assumption because even at this late stage Jesus as The Son of Man is warning His disciples still anyone that he was the Christ. This may not happen and probably would not and it would have been our first assumption that was correct. Jesus was the Son of Man.100% level of confidence. Because the option of Jesus was the Christ and Son of the living God was still only a remote possibility even at this late stage preparations were now made for the Day of Atonement and thus the Transfiguration. The events here though are quite definitive and the

           Page 179

           person standing in front of the disciples is the Son of God. But I am not allowed to rewrite Genesis and substitute Son of Man and it is not just with the Son of God but with the Son of the Living God. And that substitution of Son of God with the Son of the Living God of itself allows the mind to drop into freefall. This universe is about to be destroyed and recreated as another universe, this gathering of people, God’s people or the Jews are now going to be replaced with a totally different lot who will call themselves Christians and this will necessitate the disappearance of the Jew of the face of the earth. Thus will be the result when the two witnesses of John and Elijah come back to earth in some 1300 years time and are murdered and the door of mercy slam shut the people who remain on this earth after this time are no longer a part of the solution of salvation. They like the Jews may hang around for a bit longer but their fate is determined by Hades. So in retrospect and because Good Friday on Mount Calgary did occur I am now allowed to go back and substitute that at 6 AM on the first day of creation it was The Christ Who came into being. He was not there before and if we go back in time as far as we want to we will not find Him there, he was “created” for a specific purpose and that could well have been as the Son of Man and eternity would have continued happily onwards but as it works out the “created” turned out to be the Christ. Look at the detail and the significance of this particular statement and try to marry at not just against The Son of God but against the Son of the Living God. Surely there can be no such thing as a “dead God” even on the cross of Good Friday or the cross of the Day of Atonement. It is no surprise that many objects were created on the side of humanity but it is a surprise to me at least to find the Christ created on the side of divinity. So before the first day of creation God the Father existed and existed afterwards as well within the throne of God. Before the creation event occurred and on day one of creation Jesus as the only presence of God existed but after they won creation He existed in a different form. He was defined and confined within the optic fibre of time and the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. This existence is defined by only a very small amount of the omnipresence of Jesus Christ. Not sure at this stage where the Holy Spirit fits into the picture. So what needs our attention is 6 AM on the first day of creation when divine light combined with time. It may be cribbing a bit but at least part of that answer lies in what was given to Peter by God, “You are the Christ, the Son of the Living God.” The problem with this answer is that it must carry from now and onto eternity but it must also carry backward in time until day one of creation and 6 AM.  (+127188 +3600)

  7112055. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 28/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
           28122020. A topic in Scripture that I have been following for a while now is that all the role of Jesus as The Son of Man and Jesus as The Son of God because I judged it as being important but have had no success. This negative answer I took as coming from the Holy Spirit to mean that with my seventh year of blogging I should take as leave or a sabbatical. This decision would be confirmed by one more day/night of intensive study and writing and then I would have leave to rejuvenate my physical and mental states when all of a sudden, and it is not that it wasn’t there before Matthew 16:13-appeared on the screen. Peter’s answer to the question Jesus asked him, ‘but what about you? Who do you say I am?’ Simon Peter answered, “You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.’ Not just the questions but the answers fell into place as well. The central tenet of the Christian faith and to think that I would give up blogging that day before I was about to be shown what I have sought for such a long time. Forget about all those falls of past present and future as the person to whom this marvellous truth was revealed, Peter was also about to go through some big ones himself. It has nothing to do with the messenger but every to do with the message. The message is that we are Christians and why that is significant is because Jesus was/is the Son of God and if you want to I can give you the name of a book that concentrates on this one topic and it is called the Bible. But you

           Page 180

           may ask why is this so significant and in biblical terminology it is the difference between Jesus going to the cross of Good Friday or Jesus not going to the cross of Good Friday and off that one sentence results the destruction of this sinful universe and the creation of a sinless one. Even though this revelation is so significant the apostles are still asked to keep it under wraps and to reveal it at some later time, after the cross Good Friday. In the meantime we still may continue to examine this topic providing of course we realise that it did not have to happen and the world/universe has already existed for nearly 4000 years on the proviso that it could happen and would continue to exist forevermore on the condition of the full extent of the love of Jesus Christ. I gain consolation from any of my biblical studies if I can apply them to the book of Revelation and I intend to do so now but at a dual level. I am going to treat it as the revelation of Jesus Christ which God gave him but I am also going to treat it as the revelation of Christ Jesus and the second application will only be shown to be valid or invalid with further study of Scripture and particularly the Gospel of John.

           If the Bible begins and it does begin at, “In the beginning God” this appears to rule out any forays into pre-beginning times but then again to have a beginning seems to allow something that existed before this beginning, at this beginning and after this beginning so with tongue in cheek I will proceed on this ground, otherwise the difference in time between my two topics is going to be 12 hours of darkness on day one of creation and the presence of Jesus Christ but at 6 AM on the first day the topic of Christ Jesus becomes valid. I would wrongly say that the Book of Revelation is actually about Christ Jesus because it talks about the throne room of God and this is one area that we would not be able to enter had Jesus not gone to the cross of Good Friday. The topic that I seek to study in the book of Revelation is that of the two witnesses and that is actually an extension of what I am now studying in Matthew 16: 28; ‘I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see The Son of Man coming in his kingdom.’ There was a time in the ministry of Jesus where this topic could not be discussed openly.

           Jesus told his apostles of the brutal way in which He was going to meet His end and He knew that this would be the death of the second witness and that the door of mercy would have to close. Actually it is quite amazing that the door of mercy did not close back on Mount Sinai with Aaron and the congregation worshipping the golden calf. But the Book of Revelation tells us for this door to close two witnesses are going to be required to be killed which is what is still happen and it did happen with the death of Jesus Christ. This was the official closing and which could have happened only a matter of days into the desert crossing of all those who left Egypt on 01 – 01 – 01. This was now the end of the Jewish nation as a people of God although all those who had confessed before this murder was going to heaven with Jesus from the garden of Eden on the Thursday night before the cross of Good Friday and then come back via the Day of Atonement and into eternity on earth. It is different in the Book of Revelation when the two witnesses are murdered and those who had not taken advantage of the Ministry of John and Elijah will now have no options to turn to as their death closes the door of mercy. The Jews are in a more fortunate position because as the door of mercy closed on them another door was opened and this was the door that would ultimately lead into the new universe. There was a new church established and this church would be led by, the Christ Who was Son of the living God. Even then initially it would be led by the Holy Spirit as from the day of Pentecost. The role of the Holy Spirit is, always has been and always will be to point to the achievements of Jesus Christ. This is the role of the Holy Spirit today. On Good Friday on Mount Calvary when the second witness died the door of mercy closed on the Jewish church on the Christian church and it is at this point which involves two witnesses of the book of Revelation andour   Chapter 11. It seems as if Scripture treats the timeslot between the death of Jesus on the cross

           Page 181

           Mount Calvary and the return of Jesus with His two witnesses as one era even though the timeslot is some 3260 years in duration. There are actually two major events that occur here and which are described in Daniel chapter 12. The first one of them is that the power of God’s people is broken and this occurs at the second coming when all the righteous, those going to heaven are taken back to heaven. But the power of God’s people is not finally broken until the two witnesses who come from heaven with Jesus and after a ministry of 1260 days are murdered, resurrected and taken back with Jesus and again a point in history is that of our two witnesses. The door of mercy that closes this time was that of the Christian church which opened on Mount Calvary and now after 3260 years is about to close but the difference this time is that you are either in or out and there will be no further chances. Just because the door of mercy closed on the Jews 2000 years ago does not mean they were thrown into hell and time finished and neither will it mean that once the door of mercy closes within the Christian church all the baddies are going to hell, while not immediately anyway. It looks like it could be another 600 years before this happens and we move across to the new universe.  (+ 128270+3600)

  7112056. XXXXXXXXXX29/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXX
           29122020. Our two witnesses from Revelation chapter 11 are finishing off the work which was begun by another two witnesses some 3260 years before. In Matthew 16:28 we are told that at least John who is standing here will not taste death until I see The Son of Man coming in his kingdom than there is no reason why the same privilege would not have been given to the first witness, John the Baptist. Yes John the Baptist did go through trials that tested his faith and like almost every other human being he either failed or went very close to it just like the one who has just received this amazing revelation as to, “but who do you say that I am?” This question was being asked by the Son of Man or by Jesus Christ that the answer that Peter gave was, Christ Jesus. Just because the faith of John the Baptist waivered does not mean that Jesus did not pick him up and show him the Son of Man coming in his kingdom. The beheading of John the Baptist certainly left an impression on Herod and so it was no ordinary beheading and probably like Stephen John was shown heaven and died with a heavenly look on his face without feeling a thing. The privilege that John the Baptist was shown was the birth of the Christian church And the Son of Man coming in his kingdom. It was at his death that the Holy Spirit returned to heaven and would come back at Pentecost to lead the Christian church and would finally finish up as the final and that every saint would wear and which would explain to us the beauty of Christ’s robe of righteousness. That privilege that was given to John the Baptist could not be matched by any other human being and that includes John and Elijah and the two witnesses who are about to die. When the first two witnesses died, John the Baptist and Jesus Christ the door of mercy was closed on the first church of God but it did lead into the establishment of the Christian church. When our two witnesses die in Chapter 11 it too will lead to the door of mercy closing and an earthquake much more massive than occurred at 3 PM on Good Friday as this was now entry into the church of eternity and confirmed by presenting the scrolls with the names of the saints on them. Much should be and is written on the role of those final two witnesses just like much is written on the role of the first two witnesses. Much happens in time between the dates of the first two in the last two witnesses, but it is one era of church history. The exit point is John and Elijah but what was this exit point? After the birth of the second witness, Christ Jesus the Holy Spirit was going to be given about 2000 years to collect the harvest. All invited, anyone who wanted to be accepted but this led to the most unchristian like church imaginable. There was to be a sieving process there was to be a culling process and the service size was selected

           Page 182

           by the Son of Man. The final serving was called the great tribulation and if its intention was to show how evil sin and the beast were it certainly did that but what continues to surprise me is that there was to be another 1200 years of not just checking the results of what happened at the second coming but also giving those left behind a chance to join the saints. For the first 1000 years after the second coming Satan or the external source of sin would be removed from the picture and the beast will be left in control. During this time Satan had to transfer some of his power and authority onto the beast because he himself would be out of the picture and a more graphic explanation could not be given then is given in Revelation chapter 20. This exchange of power and authority must happen before the second coming as at the second coming it will be too late. So it must happen either during the great tribulation or before it and when the millennium begins it will be the beast who is solely in control. With the demon out of the picture all those demonic ministries like that of Jimmy Swaggart will lose their fervour for war and whereas if Satan had been here he would have started say an average of four major wars per hundred years or 40 wars over the millennium now there will be none but those demonic ministries may live in the hope of a war. So the problem with the start of the millennium is not going to be between Satan and the beast but just the beast gaining sole power over the earth. This is going to be a relatively simple operation and the few nations that opposes like Iran and North Korea and whoever else will be nuked. There will be a problem however if there is opposition within the beast itself and the six heads. What if conflict develops between say China and America? This could really be a nasty scenario as their weapons will not be aimed at scaring snakes in the desert but at high population cities. In a way this will be an advantage because when the 7 billion dead arose from the dead they will have somewhere to live. The UK and France will look on and support whoever the winner is going to be but Russia will be asked to join with either China or America and the question they will ask themselves will be, “how far can we kick America or trust America in this conflict?” There will be much history for them to draw an answer from. But overall regardless of what happens there will be one winner and that winner will rule unimpeded 1000 years and now we are coming to the time of our final two witnesses. Even the staunchest atheists would not deny  that a period of 1000 years of grace was insufficient for any person to put their hand up and say, “I want to be admitted!” At the second coming when the righteous are taken back to heaven they will represent better than 99.99% of the total and there will only be 144,000 wise virgins alive at this time. It would be a fair assumption to say that those resurrected dead would be resurrected in their heavenly bodies whatever shape and form that these bodies have and whatever appendages are attached we must come back with a certain amount of memory because if we had no memory there would be little point in having a millennium where we pray for those left behind. Those prayers are powerful enough to prevent the trumpets of partial destruction from being blown. It is only when our prayers are gathered within the golden sensor and hurled back to earth that their power ceases and once this protection is gone the trumpets are blown. If I am resurrected with a certain amount of my memory (all my memory?) Then when Herod is resurrected at the end of the millennium will be also have a certain amount of his memory like seeing the expression on John the Baptist’s face when his head was brought into him? Is he going to remember the anxiety that he felt worrying about the death warrant that is signed for the death of Jesus Christ? Could it be Herod himself who now organises the death of both John and Elijah? How is Herod related to this beast that will now go on to murder John and Elijah? There are many fascinating possibilities in the time span we are about to enter.

           But the first issue we have to consider that the end of the thousand years there will be a resurrection of the wicked dead and particularly Satan himself. Satan gave away far too much of his power and authority to the beast and the beast has now been in full control for 1000 years and the

           Page 183

           last thing that he is going to do is to relinquish any of it. As far as Satan is concerned the beast is an idiot and the very last person who is capable of leading the forces of evil into the battle of Armageddon. Whatever the cost Satan must gain to get at least least equal co-Regency with the beast. (+130016 +3600)

  7112057. XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX30/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX s30122020. That is a fair question, why can’t Satan allow the beast to keep ruling because he will be the first 1 to be killed and then Satan can take over? Why lose 2000 300 million troops which will be required in the battle against the rider of the white horse and his heavenly armies? Satan has just spent a millennium locked up in the abyss and even though it was a horrible place his ministries have pulled through. Headed by his greatest Ministry, the Jimmy Swaggart ministries they have survived the millennium by the usual technique of lying. So Satan should be reasonably satisfied by that result by what has not happened an has not occurred in all this time and it is something that he desperately misses and that is war. And this war is not just going to be any ordinary war, the number of dead involved will be staggering and the only problem with it is going to be that for the first time this war will not be attributed to Christianity. But as the old saying goes, you can’t win them all! Actually this time around Satan can win them all because he can kill as many of the opposition that he wants and in return they cannot kill one of his. His lot have just been resurrected from the dead and therefore have suffered their first death and if he were to kill them they would be thrown into hell which is still some 800 years distant. Satan is going to have to stop himself from killing the beasts troops at 2.3 billion because all those are valuable troops in the battle to come. This relationship between Satan and the beast was relevant at the first coming, the second coming and now at the time of the two witnesses. The identity of Satan may be self-explanatory but to specifically point to and identify him as a different matter even in the demon possessed people. There are more nuances available to us when dealing with the beast and at the first coming it is a safe bet to assume that it was Herod who murdered both John the Baptist and Jesus Christ. If this be the case then it is a combination of God’s people at the time the Jews, and the ruling power of the day that was Rome ruling through Herod. In both cases it was a collaboration between these two that resulted in the murder of John the Baptist and Jesus Christ. At this soon second coming it could still well be the combination of the Jews with the ruling power of the day which I took to be America but there is an extra complication in that it has six heads. If this is the United Nations Security Council we have five heads and we need to find the six head. Is this thing going to stand as one unit against Christianity or is there going to be some war between these heads where at least one of them will be mortally wounded? I used to think that the foregone conclusion would be that if anyone took on the USA that they would have the floor wiped with them but looking at the present condition of the USA this is not so and if I was a betting person I would have my money on China, especially if it were backed by Russia. Whatever the scenario the results are going to be quite ugly and watching from heaven we will see what the results are. Both ways it is Satan and his final fling at war before being tied up and then the expression of joy and delight when he comes out of his lockdown. Satan will be out of control in his desire to begin this war. Satan cannot allow the beast to be the sole ruler because he regards him as an idiot. Who else would go to war and lose at least one third of his troops with no prospect of winning? If you think that power cannot corrupt to such an extent then look at your own situation today with the coronavirus epidemic. They are people you have put into a position of power to rule for you grab every steric of power that they can get and keep on adding on to it with no chance of relinquishing it and lorded over you more every possible opportunity. Power does corrupt and it does lead to absurdities which is the world of  insanity and what happens when you rub out that word sanity. But it would be of interest to see the composition of the host that goes into the millennium and what will be s composition will be after it has had its

           Page 184

           war with just released Satan. The details of this war are given under the title of the three woe trumpets, with the locusts, the 200 million crazed horseman and the final trumpet is where we are at and the closing of the door of mercy. At this stage I cannot see why our two witnesses will not be dealing with Herod, the Jews and whatever ruling power that emerged after the battle with Satan happens to be. Revelation 9:20,21; ‘the rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues still do not repent of the work of our hands; they did not stop worshipping demons, and idols of gold, silver, bronze, stone and wood – idols cannot see or hear or walk. Nor did they repent of their murders, their magic arts, their sexual immorality or their thefts.’

           In the meantime heaven is preparing for its final history and the sending of the two witnesses who along with the hundred 44,000 wise virgins and led by Jesus Christ are coming back to earth for the closing of the door of mercy. Revelation 10:1-4; ‘Then I saw another mighty angel coming down from heaven. He was robed in a cloud, with a rainbow above his head; his face was like the sun, and his legs were like fiery pillars. He was holding a little scroll, which lay open in his hands. He planted his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land, and he gave a loud shout like the roar of a lion. When he shouted, the voices of the seven thunders spoke. And when the seven wonders spoke, I was about to write; but I heard a voice from heaven say, “Seal up what the seven thunders have said and do not write it down.”’

           The first coming of Jesus Christ was a relatively localised heavenly illuminated affair. The second coming when Jesus to come down as a mighty angel with a great chain to bind Satan for the thousand years will be a much more grandeur event and will probably equal what happened at 10 PM on that Thursday night in Gethsemane when Jesus made the declaration that, “I AM HE!” When all the living will drop dead but for how long after His departure this will continue we are not told. We will be able to work it out if our clocks keep on ticking during this time and on one of those rare occasions a newspaper may be of value. This assumes that it has the correct date on it that it was printed. It could be some time before those left behind get back into their usual routines. So what degree of exposure do we see when, “another mighty angel coming down from heaven.” It is obvious that we don’t drop dead and that we do observe the event for those who are still on earth at the first coming. This time his legs will be like fiery pillars and he will plant his right leg on the sea and the left leg on the land. This is the same place where the two beasts came out of, the beast out of the sea and the beast out of the land and the fact that the right foot was on the sea is presenting major issues for us in the book of Genesis and manifesting itself as a clockwise and anticlockwise spin. He has an important message for us that is within the little scroll and is this little scroll being compared to the big scroll with seven seals with the names of the redeemed on it, we are still to determine. This scroll is little and it lay open in his hand with the message clearly visible. Jesus gives a loud shout like the roar of a lion which induces the seven thunders to speak but when they do speak John is told not to record the message. It is too early to present humanity with this message as this message contains the death of hope and the last 7 to 800 years of human existence the death of hope will be replaced by the hope for death but events are recorded during this last seven or 800 years. For this message to be effective Jesus has to come down at the start of a 1260 day Ministry and be visible to all even though He is in the temple that was rebuilt after the second coming. He makes an oath on the one who lives forever and ever and created the heavens and all that is in them, the earth and all that is in it, and he said, “there will be no more delay! But in the days when the seventh angel is about to sound his trumpet, the mystery of God will be accomplished, just a as he announced to his servants the prophets.” We are well within our stamping grounds here and it is the Christ Who is involved. So what was the message on this little scroll and what was the message

           Page 185

           of the mystery of God that will be accomplished just as he announced to his servants the prophets? The door of mercy being closed could be one answer to the message of the little scroll and the message could well have been last announced to the apostle Peter by God and “You are the Christ, the Side of the living God and this is about to come into fruition with the beginning of the church of eternity which started way back on Good Friday on Mount Calvary. ‘Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: “go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land.” So one of the two witnesses involved at this time, the apostle John, “So I went to the angel and ask him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, “Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour, but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey.” So I took the little scroll from the angel’s hand and ate it, and it tasted as sweet as honey in my mouth, but when I had eaten it, my stomach turned sour. Then I was told, “you must prophesy again about many peoples, nations languages and kings.”’ If we are to follow the history of the two witnesses from the first coming, John the Baptist and Jesus Christ and then to compare them to the third coming, the apostle John and Elijah then we should note that there will be similarities and dissimilarities between them. Both are present and responsible for the door of mercy closing. Back then the door of mercy closed on one church but opened on another church whereas this time there is no hope and the door of mercy into that church that was started some 3260 years ago is now closing. There are two witnesses and both of them will die and would be very long odds if they were killed by the same beast that killed John the Baptist and Jesus Christ. I am not sure whether this comparison is valid because up to now only the first witness is involved and that is the apostle John. But what an incredible privilege John is being given to live time as it was going to be ahead of him in 3260 years.  (+132973 +3600)

  7112058.  

           XXXXXXXXXXXX 31/12/2020 XXXXXXXXXXXXXX

           31122020. So far it has been all about the apostle John. He has seen the third coming and recorded the vivid details. The grandeur of the event was such that it was visible to the whole world and everyone knew what it was about. But there are still many details which are missing and I want to go through these before going through a final summary. If John is the first witness is emulating John the Baptist as the first witness of the first coming then he will first have to prepare the way for the Lord by a ministry of repentance and water baptism. He will have to announce the Ministry of Jesus by baptising Him. The first witness baptised the second witness. They will then conduct a dual ministry of baptism by water and of repentance for a definite period of time when John the Baptist was murdered by Herod and this in itself was a universe changing event. The Holy Spirit departed from this earth and all including Jesus Himself. It is still unclear whether at this moment the water baptism and repentance of the second witness changed to the baptism of the Holy Spirit, but this change would now come. So the first witness, John the Baptist played a crucial role in the Ministry of the second witness: Jesus Christ. It is looking like this in the history of the two witnesses 1260 years after the second coming and which term will close the door of mercy.

           This is an attempted combination of Scripture and commentary of Chapter 11 entitled the two witnesses. Verse one; ‘I was given a reed like a measuring rod and told, “go and measure the temple of God and the altar and count the worshippers there.” For John to make these observations about Jesus coming down for the third time about the mighty angel coming down from heaven with those details which we still have to explain, whether John arrived six months earlier all the same time the John the Baptist arrived before his introduction of Jesus Christ by baptism, the apostle John arrived at a significant time for the arrival of the mighty angel. His task was to prepare the people for the last time with baptism and repentance but it seems that is very first task was to prepare a place for

           Page 186

           Jesus to base have his ministry in, the temple. It could not have been such a simple event as by this time the city was full of fakes and frauds which all claim to be the temple of God. Certainly the ones that were rebuilt in the area of the original temple which was destroyed by the abomination that causes desolation would have made such a claim as would the ones that stood around the cross on Good Friday and the place to where the original temple was moved. The issue was settled by measuring as Jesus does everything according to an exact plan and even here when Satan copied his temples he would have followed the exact measurements of God. Satan could not reproduce the original cross as it was still stained by the blood from the body of Jesus Christ. To compensate for this Satan may have claimed that he had found the original 10 commandments as the arc of the covenant. The Ark of the covenant was no longer an issue as the commandments that were written on the stones had been transferred to the hearts of the redeemed and also fulfilled to the degree and standard that was required by God the Father. Worshippers there would have been unique as well not that there were just 144,000 of them there is this number could easily be reproduced by what could not be reproduced was the seal of God that they had on their foreheads and that they had received at the second coming. No the demonic ministries of Jimmy Swaggart and others at the time would try to convince people that they too can hand out the Holy Spirit which is what they spend their time doing now to propagate these demonic ministries. Verse two; ‘but exclude the outer-court, do not measure it, because it has been given to the Gentiles. They will trample on the holy city for 42 months.’ If there is a courtyard then it must define an area inside and outside of the courtyard. The 144,000 foolish virgins were present within this courtyard and were counted but people outside of it were not. Even though these virgins were evil they all had the seal of God which defined that area as holy and the centrepoint of that holiness was that mighty angel who made the whole area holy. The Gentiles are going to present a contrast to this holiness and they will trample the area outside of it and contrast it with evil but this will only last for 42 months or 1260 days. They all knew what this little scroll John had eaten was about and they were going to respond in the opposite way to what was being called for. Verse three; ‘And I will give power to my two witnesses, and they will prophesy for 1260 days, clothed in sackcloth.’ This is the first time that the second witness has been added, Elijah so there is no doubt that there were two witnesses. The period of time they will prophesy for is 1260 days so does this mean that John did 1260 days +6 months or whatever time as well? We do need more explanation for Elijah but their dual ministries were ministries of sackcloth and water baptism if there was to be even one convert. Verse four; ‘these are the two olive trees and the two lampstands that stand before the Lord on earth.’ Olive oil as a symbol of the Holy Spirit and the trees of life whereas the lampstands stand for light and that is the dual nature of Jesus Christ, is both light and life. Verse five; ‘if anyone tries to harm them, fire comes from their mouths and devours them. This is how anyone wants to harm them must die.’ The Ministry of John and Elijah is not confined to the courtyard because only holy people are allowed being there in the first place. Both will wander around the city in the area and many will try to cause them harm but the word will soon spread around for those trying to do so as to what will happen to them. The Ministry of both witnesses is actually about fire and how to stay out of the fires of hell. Verse six; ‘these men have the power to shut up the sky so that it will not rain during the time they are prophesying: and they have the power to turn the waters into blood and to strike the earth with every kind of plague as often as they want.’ Everything about these 1260 days as divinity written over it and that divinity is about to exercise judgements and the more that evil raises its ugly head the greater the response of divinity. At no stage doesn’t look that evil is going to finish up on top during those 1260 days except all of a sudden within the last three days we get verse seven; ‘then

           Page 187

           when they have finished their testimony, the beast that comes up from the abyss will attack them, and overpower and kill them.’

           What relief and what joy must have filled the earth and what gratitude to the boost who had killed those two witnesses. The heartache that they had been giving the world was made all the worst because there was no hope for alleviation. They stood alone, their message stood alone and no one wanted a bar of it and to see them dead must have been exhilarating at least and the flavour of the month was none other than the beast. They will have no problem in marching under and fighting under his banner. Certainly it is a major problem to us that the beast comes up from the abyss, Satan came up from the abyss but when the beast go down in order to come back up? Verse eight; ‘their bodies will lie in the street of the great city, which is figuratively called Sodom and Egypt, where also their Lord was crucified.’ There has to be a tieback now to Good Friday where their Lord was crucified and to beast be spiritually significant that death has to last for 3 ½ days. Maybe this is the time that is required for the gloating of evil to close the door of mercy on itself or maybe it is the time and Jesus required Lazarus to be dead for to establish death beyond doubt that this is a significant time period and certainly something significant occurs and that is that humanity closes the door of mercy on itself. At the time of the flood the door of mercy did not close on humanity until seven days after Noah had entered the ark and the door was sealed. At the time of the cross of Good Friday the door of mercy was closed on Satan after he had gloated for six hours on Jesus on the cross. And now on all humanity 3 ½ days of celebration and gloating closes the door on humanity for good. Verse 11; ‘but after 3 ½ days the breath of life from God entered them, and they stood on their feet, and terror struck those who saw them. This should at least give me a partial indication of what happens when I die; the breath of life from God leaves me and presumably returns to God but irreversible decaying process does not start to occur until after four days why Jesus waited four days before the resurrected Lazarus. It certainly raises a question as to when people are cremated within four days of death why my culture will not bury the dead until after four days. My in-laws would tell me that it was common knowledge from people to move in their coffins when buried under this time. The terror that struck all those smaller would be the end of the joy that they felt when they were celebrating the death of those prophets. John and Elijah both knew what had happened and why it happened and when Jesus first announced this when he was on earth and in answer to Peter’s query; ‘but who do you say that I am?’ Verse 12; ‘then they heard a loud voice from heaven saying to them, “Come up here.” They went up to heaven in a cloud, while they looked on.’ Scripture does not give exactly the same details here we are not told and Jesus accompanied back to heaven nor the wise virgins carrying the scrolls with the final tally sheets of the saints on them went back either, but they did. Verse 13; ‘at that very hour there was a severe earthquake and 1/10 of the city collapsed. 7000 people were killed in the earthquake, and the survivors were terrified and gave glory to the God of heaven. The second woe had passed and the third woe is coming soon.’ Okay, I have mixed up my woes a little bit this is just a brief visit to try to consolidate the original Scripture in Matthew  16:28. This earthquake will now determine events over the next 500 years and there is no doubt about the severity when one 10^th of the city collapsed at 7000 people were killed. That was the shock waves that resulted from the door of mercy closing in heaven and they can give all the glory to the God of heaven that they want but the door of mercy is closed and the cut-off point is that sharp. That cut-off point was just as sharp to the Jewish nation at the death of Jesus Christ on the cross at 3 PM where there was also an earthquake and all those holy men came out of their graves. From that point onwards there would only be one way of salvation and that was not through the Jewish church or the Jewish faith. There was only one way of salvation and that was through Jesus Christ although the door of mercy on this new church would remain open until this point and this earthquake that took 1/10 of the city at 7000 people with it. The door of mercy on this church

           Page 188

           now close for good and had people given glory to the God of heaven and very short time before how different the results would be now. I think that in both cases the door of mercy close at the death of second witness. Verse 15-19 and the seventh trumpet,; ‘the seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there was a loud voice in heaven, which said: “the kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he will reign for ever and ever.” And the 24 elders, who were seated on their thrones before God, fell on their faces and worship God, saying: “we give thanks to you, Lord God Almighty, the one who is and who was, because you have taken your great power and have begun to rain. The nations were angry; and your wrath has come. The time has come for judging the dead, and for rewarding your servants the prophets and your saints and those who have reverence for your name, both small and great – and for destroying those who destroy the earth.” Then God’s temple in heaven was opened, and within this temple was seen the ark of his covenant. And they came flashes of lightning, rumbling, peals of thunder, an earthquake and a great hailstorm..’

           Even though it is quite some time since I have visited chapter 10 and 11 I’m still surprised that I mixed up the woe trumpets so badly but then again it is the Bible that I’m following that is inerrant and not this commentary. The sixth trumpet can be understood as a woe trumpet because all the goodies God heaven and the baddies are going to remain and it is only a matter of when they will be destroyed in hell. All of this of what is now going to happen over the next 600 years could not be for the benefit of the evil on earth because we will only be a short way into eternity when they disappear of our radar screens, it must be for the benefit of those who will be in heaven. So the seventh trumpet remains a major issue and to clean up the issue of that apostle that was standing in front of Jesus that he would be alive in some 3260 years time. The only trial that I can think about the beast being in the abyss was on Good Friday on Mount Calvary when in fact the beast within me should have been totally destroyed and I should be a holy saint. It was Jesus who resurrected this beast to the extent that there is no person alive who would mistake me for a holy saint. It is still a long time to go for the Day of Atonement when this will happen. As well we still have a great mystery that uses a spoken of the prophets. But this trip back to chapter 10 and 11 has been a value but it still needs a summary of it which I will attempt tomorrow. As tomorrow is the start of a new year I will allow myself the luxury of starting a new blog: blog 18 of 01 – 01 – 2021. Providing we begin next year with commemorating and taking advantage of what just happened, the birth of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ and then building on this tenet of faith there can be no problems which we will not be able to solve. It is this blessed hope with which I will begin by blogging with. (+134772 +3600) I have to find

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

            

           s